Merge changes made in Gnus trunk.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (19634 23255))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
13
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
16
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31
32 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33
34 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
36
37 \(fn)" t nil)
38
39 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
40 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
41
42 \(fn)" t nil)
43
44 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
46
47 \(fn)" t nil)
48
49 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
50 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
51 Mutate the result.
52
53 \(fn)" t nil)
54
55 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
56 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57
58 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
59 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
60 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
61 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
62
63 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
64
65 ;;;***
66 \f
67 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
68 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
69 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
70
71 (autoload 'list-one-abbrev-table "abbrevlist" "\
72 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
73
74 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
75
76 ;;;***
77 \f
78 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
79 ;;;;;; (19672 56753))
80 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
81
82 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
83 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
84 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
85 extensions.
86 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
87 the file name.
88
89 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
90
91 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
92 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
93 \\{ada-mode-map}
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
100 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
104 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
105
106 \(fn)" t nil)
107
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
111 ;;;;;; (19672 41738))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
113
114 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
115 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
116 Completion is available.
117
118 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
119
120 ;;;***
121 \f
122 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
123 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
124 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
125 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
126 ;;;;;; (19661 46305))
127 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
128
129 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
130
131 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
132 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
133 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
134 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
135
136 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
137
138 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
139 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
140 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
141
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
143
144 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
145 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
146 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
147 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
148 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
149 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
150
151 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
152
153 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
154 Prompt for a change log name.
155
156 \(fn)" nil nil)
157
158 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
159 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
160
161 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
162 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
163 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
164 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
165
166 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
167 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
168 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
169
170 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
171 current buffer to the complete file name.
172 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
173
174 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
175
176 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
177 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
178 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
179 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
180
181 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
182 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
183
184 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
185
186 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
187 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
188 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
189
190 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
191 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
192 after a comma on an existing line.
193
194 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
195 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
196 the same person.
197
198 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
199 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
200 notices.
201
202 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
203 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
204
205 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
206
207 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
208 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
209 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
210 the change log file in another window.
211
212 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
213
214 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
215 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
216 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
217 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
218 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
219 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
220
221 \\{change-log-mode-map}
222
223 \(fn)" t nil)
224
225 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
226 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
227
228 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
229 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
230
231 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
232 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
233
234 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
235 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
236
237 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
238 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
239
240 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
241 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
242 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
243 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
244 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
245
246 Has a preference of looking backwards.
247
248 \(fn)" nil nil)
249
250 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
251 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
252 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
253 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
254 or a buffer.
255
256 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
257 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
258
259 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
260
261 ;;;***
262 \f
263 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
264 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
265 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (19580 19536))
266 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
267
268 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
269 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
270 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
271 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
272 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
273 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
274 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
275 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
276 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
277 interpreted as `error'.")
278
279 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
280
281 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
282 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
283 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
284 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
285 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
286 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
287 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
288 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
289
290 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
291
292 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
293 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
294
295 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
296
297 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
298 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
299
300 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
301
302 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
303 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
304
305 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
306 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
307 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
308 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
309 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
310
311 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
312 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
313 the new one.
314
315 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
316 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
317 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
318 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
319 mapped to the closest extremal position).
320
321 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
322 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
323 the cache-id will clear the cache.
324
325 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
326
327 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
328
329 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
330 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
331 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
332 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
333 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
334 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
335 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
336 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
337 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
338 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
339 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
340 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
341 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
342 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
343 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
344 definition will always be cached for later usage.
345
346 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
347
348 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
349 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
350 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
351
352 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
353 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
354 BODY...)
355
356 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
357 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
358 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
359 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
360 see also `ad-add-advice'.
361 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
362 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
363 before/around/after-advices will be used.
364 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
365 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
366 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
367 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
368 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
369 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
370
371 Semantics of the various flags:
372 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
373 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
374 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
375
376 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
377 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
378
379 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
380 advised function should be compiled.
381
382 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
383 during activation until somebody enables it.
384
385 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
386 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
387 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
388 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
389
390 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
391 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
392 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
393 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
394 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
395 during preloading.
396
397 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
398 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
399 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
400 BODY...)
401
402 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
403
404 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
405
406 ;;;***
407 \f
408 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
409 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
410 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (19574 61126))
411 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
412
413 (autoload 'align "align" "\
414 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
415 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
416 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
417 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
418 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
419 rule's `separate' attribute).
420
421 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
422 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
423 `separate' attribute set.
424
425 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
426 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
427 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
428 on the format of these lists.
429
430 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
431
432 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
433 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
434 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
435 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
436 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
437 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
438 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
439 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
440 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
441 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
442 options.
443
444 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
445 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
446
447 Fred (123) 456-7890
448 Alice (123) 456-7890
449 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
450 Joe (123) 456-7890
451
452 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
453 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
454 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
455
456 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
459 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
461 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
462 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
463 align that section.
464
465 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
466
467 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
468 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
469 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
470 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
471 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
472 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
473 been used to align that section.
474
475 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
476
477 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
478 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
479 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
480 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
481 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
482 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
483 to be colored.
484
485 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
486
487 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
488 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
489
490 \(fn)" t nil)
491
492 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
493 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
494
495 \(fn)" t nil)
496
497 ;;;***
498 \f
499 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
500 ;;;;;; (19696 28661))
501 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
502
503 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
504
505 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
506
507 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
508
509 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
510
511 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
512
513 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
514
515 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
516
517 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
518
519 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
520
521 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp '(lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
522
523 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p '(lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
526
527 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
528
529 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable '(lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
530
531 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
536 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
537 \\<allout-mode-map>
538
539 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
540 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
541 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
542
543 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
544 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
545 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
546 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
547 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
548 outline.)
549
550 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
551
552 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
553 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
554 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
555 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
556 - easy topic encryption and decryption
557 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
558 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
559 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
560
561 and many other features.
562
563 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
564 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
565 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
566 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
567 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
568
569 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
570 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
571 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
572 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
573 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
574 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
575 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
576 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
577
578 Exposure Control:
579 ----------------
580 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
581 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
582 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
583 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
584 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
585
586 Navigation:
587 ----------
588 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
589 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
590 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
591 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
592 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
593 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
594 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
595 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
596 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
597 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
598
599
600 Topic Header Production:
601 -----------------------
602 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
603 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
604 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
605
606 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
607 ---------------------------------
608 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
609 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
610 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
611 current topic
612 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
613 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
614 are alternated according to nesting depth.
615 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
616 the offspring are not affected.
617 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
618
619 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
620 ----------------------------------
621 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
622 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
623 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
624 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
625 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
626 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
627 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
628 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
629
630 Topic-oriented Encryption:
631 -------------------------
632 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
633 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
634
635 Misc commands:
636 -------------
637 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
638 and establish a default file-var setting
639 for `allout-layout'.
640 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
641 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
642 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
643 buffer with name derived from derived from that
644 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
645 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
646 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
647 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
648 format.
649 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
650 auto-activation.
651
652 Topic Encryption
653
654 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
655 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
656 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
657 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
658
659 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
660 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
661 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
662 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
663
664 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
665 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
666 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
667 pitfalls.
668
669 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
670 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
671 for details.
672
673 HOT-SPOT Operation
674
675 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
676 navigation and exposure control.
677
678 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
679 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
680 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
681 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
682 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
683
684 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
685 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
686 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
687 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
688 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
689
690 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
691 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
692 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
693 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
694 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
695 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
696 at the beginning of the current entry.
697
698 Extending Allout
699
700 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
701 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
702 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
703
704 `allout-mode-hook'
705 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
706 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
707 `allout-structure-added-hook'
708 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
709 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
710
711 Terminology
712
713 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
714
715 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
716 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
717 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
718 CURRENT ITEM:
719 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
720 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
721 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
722 called the:
723 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
724
725 ANCESTORS:
726 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
727 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
728 of the ITEM.
729 OFFSPRING:
730 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
731 SUBTOPIC:
732 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
733 CHILD:
734 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
735 SIBLINGS:
736 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
737
738 Topic text constituents:
739
740 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
741 text.
742 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
743 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
744 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
745 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
746 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
747 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
748 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
749 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
750 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
751 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
752 the PREFIX.
753
754 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
755 of the ITEM.
756 PREFIX-LEAD:
757 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
758 It can be customized by changing the setting of
759 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
760
761 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
762 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
763 program code without interfering with processing of the text
764 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
765 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
766 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
767 docstring for more detail.
768 PREFIX-PADDING:
769 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
770 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
771 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
772 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
773 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
774 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
775 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
776 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
777 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
778 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
779 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
780 more details.
781 EXPOSURE:
782 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
783 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
784 CONCEALED:
785 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
786 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
787
788 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
789 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
790 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
791
792 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
793
794 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
795
796 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
797 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
798
799 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
800 setup for auto-startup.
801
802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
803
804 ;;;***
805 \f
806 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
807 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (19668 18649))
808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
809
810 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
811
812 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
813 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
814 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
815 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
816 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
817 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
818
819 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
820
821 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
822 Not documented
823
824 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
825
826 ;;;***
827 \f
828 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
829 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (19277 34922))
830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
831
832 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
833 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
834 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
835 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
836 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
837 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
838 in the current window.
839
840 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
841
842 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
843 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
844 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
845
846 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
847
848 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
849 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
850 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
851
852 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
853
854 ;;;***
855 \f
856 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
857 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (19594 48841))
858 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
859
860 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
861 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
862
863 \(fn)" t nil)
864
865 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
866 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
867
868 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
869 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
870 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
871 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
872
873 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
874 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
875
876 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
877
878 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
879
880 ;;;***
881 \f
882 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
883 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (19599 45674))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
885
886 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
887 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
888 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
889 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
890 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
891 \\[yank].
892
893 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
894 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
895 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
896 the rules.
897
898 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
899 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
900 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
901 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
902
903 \(fn)" t nil)
904
905 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
906 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
907 \\{antlr-mode-map}
908
909 \(fn)" t nil)
910
911 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
912 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
913 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
914
915 \(fn)" nil nil)
916
917 ;;;***
918 \f
919 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
920 ;;;;;; (19628 54816))
921 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
922
923 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
924 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
925 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
926 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
927 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
928 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
929
930 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
931
932 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
933 Toggle checking of appointments.
934 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
935 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
936
937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
938
939 ;;;***
940 \f
941 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
942 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
943 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (19580 19536))
944 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
945
946 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
947 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
948 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
949 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
950
951 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
952 kind of objects to search.
953
954 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
955
956 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
957 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
958 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
959 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
960 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
961 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
962
963 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
964 normal variables.
965
966 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
967
968 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
969
970 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
971 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
972 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
973 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
974 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
975 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
976
977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
978 noninteractive functions.
979
980 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
981 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
982
983 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
984 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
985
986 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
987
988 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
989 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
990
991 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
992
993 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
994 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
995 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
996 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
997
998 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
999 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1000 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1001 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1002
1003 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1004 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1005
1006 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1007
1008 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1011 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1012 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1013 thus be found in `load-history'.
1014
1015 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1016
1017 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1018 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1019 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1020 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1021 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1022 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1023
1024 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1025 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1026 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1027
1028 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1029
1030 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1031 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1032 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1033 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1034 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1035 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1036
1037 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1038 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1039 bindings.
1040 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1041
1042 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1043
1044 ;;;***
1045 \f
1046 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (19668
1047 ;;;;;; 19473))
1048 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1049
1050 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1051 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1052 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1053 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1054 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1055 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1056
1057 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1058 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1059 archive.
1060
1061 \\{archive-mode-map}
1062
1063 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1064
1065 ;;;***
1066 \f
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (19672 56753))
1068 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1069
1070 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1071 Major mode for editing arrays.
1072
1073 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1074 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1075 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1076
1077 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1078
1079 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1080 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1081 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1082
1083 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1084 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1085 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1086 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1087 The variables are:
1088
1089 Variables you assign:
1090 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1091 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1092 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1093 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1094 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1095 row numbers in the buffer.
1096
1097 Variables which are calculated:
1098 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1099 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1100
1101 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1102 take a numeric prefix argument):
1103
1104 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1105 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1106 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1107 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1108
1109 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1110 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1111 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1112 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1113
1114 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1115 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1116 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1117 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1118
1119 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1120 between that of point and mark.
1121
1122 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1123 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1124
1125 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1126 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1127 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1128 newlines inside rows)
1129
1130 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1131
1132 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1133
1134 \(fn)" t nil)
1135
1136 ;;;***
1137 \f
1138 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (19623
1139 ;;;;;; 59989))
1140 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1141
1142 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1143 Toggle Artist mode.
1144 With argument STATE, turn Artist mode on if STATE is positive.
1145 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1146 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1147
1148 How to quit Artist mode
1149
1150 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1151
1152
1153 How to submit a bug report
1154
1155 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1156
1157
1158 Drawing with the mouse:
1159
1160 mouse-2
1161 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1162 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1163 below).
1164
1165 mouse-1
1166 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1167 or pastes:
1168
1169 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1170 --------------------------------------------------------------
1171 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1172 to new point
1173 --------------------------------------------------------------
1174 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1175 --------------------------------------------------------------
1176 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1177 --------------------------------------------------------------
1178 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1179 --------------------------------------------------------------
1180 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1181 --------------------------------------------------------------
1182 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1183 --------------------------------------------------------------
1184 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1185 --------------------------------------------------------------
1186 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1187 --------------------------------------------------------------
1188 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1189 lines
1190 --------------------------------------------------------------
1191 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1192 --------------------------------------------------------------
1193 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1194 --------------------------------------------------------------
1195 Paste Paste Paste
1196 --------------------------------------------------------------
1197 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1198 --------------------------------------------------------------
1199
1200 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1201 or diagonally.
1202
1203 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1204 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1205 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1206 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1207 poly-lines.
1208
1209 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1210 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1211 overwrite means the opposite.
1212
1213 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1214 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1215 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1216
1217 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1218
1219 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1220 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1221
1222 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1223 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1224 are currently drawing something.
1225
1226 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1227 some time to fill.
1228
1229
1230 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1231 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1232
1233
1234 Settings
1235
1236 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1237
1238 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1239
1240 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1241
1242 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1243
1244 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1245 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1246
1247 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1248
1249
1250 Drawing with keys
1251
1252 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1253 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1254 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1255 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1256 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1257 When pasting: Pastes
1258
1259 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1260
1261 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1262
1263 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1264 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1265 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1266 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1267 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1268 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1269
1270
1271 Arrows
1272
1273 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1274 of the line/poly-line
1275
1276 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1277 of the line/poly-line
1278
1279
1280 Selecting operation
1281
1282 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1283
1284 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1285 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1286 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1287 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1288 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1289 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1290 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1291 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1292 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1293 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1294 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1295 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1296 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1297 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1298 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1299 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1300 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1301 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1302 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1303 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1304
1305
1306 Variables
1307
1308 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1309 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1310
1311 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1312 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1313 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1314 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1315 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1316 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1317 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1318 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1319 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1320 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1321 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1322 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1323 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1324 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1325 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1326 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1327 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1328 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1329 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1330
1331 Hooks
1332
1333 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1334 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1335
1336
1337 Keymap summary
1338
1339 \\{artist-mode-map}
1340
1341 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1342
1343 ;;;***
1344 \f
1345 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (19439
1346 ;;;;;; 4022))
1347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1348
1349 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1350 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1351 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1352
1353 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1354 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1355 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1356 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1357
1358 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1359 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1360
1361 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1362 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1363
1364 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1365
1366 Special commands:
1367 \\{asm-mode-map}
1368
1369 \(fn)" t nil)
1370
1371 ;;;***
1372 \f
1373 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1374 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
1375 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1376
1377 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1378 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1379 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1380
1381 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1382
1383 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1384 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1385 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1386 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1387 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1388 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1389 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1390 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1391 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1392 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1393
1394 For example:
1395 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1396 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1397 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1398 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1399 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1400
1401 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1402
1403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1404
1405 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1406 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1407 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1408 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1409 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1410 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1411
1412 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1413
1414 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1415 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1416 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1417 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1418 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1419 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1420
1421 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1422
1423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1424
1425 ;;;***
1426 \f
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1428 ;;;;;; (19594 48841))
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1430
1431 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1432 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1433
1434 \(fn)" t nil)
1435
1436 ;;;***
1437 \f
1438 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1439 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (19508 78))
1440 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1441
1442 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1443 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1444 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1445
1446 \(fn)" t nil)
1447
1448 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1449 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1450 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1451 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1452
1453 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1454
1455 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1456 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1457 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1458 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1459 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1460 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1461
1462 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1463
1464 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1465 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1466 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1467 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1468
1469 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1470 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1471
1472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1473
1474 ;;;***
1475 \f
1476 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1477 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1478 ;;;;;; (19687 6902))
1479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1480
1481 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1482
1483 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1484
1485 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1486 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1487 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1488 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1489 save the buffer too.
1490
1491 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1492
1493 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1494
1495 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1496 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1497 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1498 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1499 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1500 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1501
1502 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1503 directory or directories specified.
1504
1505 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1506
1507 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1508 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1509 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1510
1511 \(fn)" nil nil)
1512
1513 ;;;***
1514 \f
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1516 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1517 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (19277 34915))
1518 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1519
1520 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1521 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1522
1523 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1524 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1525 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1526 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1527 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1528
1529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1530
1531 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1532 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1533
1534 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1535 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1536
1537 \(fn)" nil nil)
1538
1539 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1540 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1541 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1542
1543 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1544 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1545 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1546 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1547 reflected in the current buffer.
1548
1549 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1550 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1551 writing before you save the file!
1552
1553 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1554
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1556
1557 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1558 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1559
1560 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1561 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1562
1563 \(fn)" nil nil)
1564
1565 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1566 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1567 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1568 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1569 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1570 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1571
1572 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1573
1574 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1575 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1576 With optional prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert Mode
1577 if ARG > 0, else disable it.
1578
1579 This is a global minor mode that reverts any buffer associated
1580 with a file when the file changes on disk. Use `auto-revert-mode'
1581 to revert a particular buffer.
1582
1583 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1584 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1585 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1586 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1587 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1588
1589 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1590 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1591 specifies in the mode line.
1592
1593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1594
1595 ;;;***
1596 \f
1597 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1598 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (19645 60484))
1599 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1600
1601 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1602 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1603 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1604 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1605 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1606
1607 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1608
1609 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1610 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1611 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1612 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1613
1614 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1615 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1616 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1617
1618 Effects of the different modes:
1619 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1620 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1621 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1622 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1623 a random distance & direction.
1624 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1625 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1626 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1627
1628 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1629
1630 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1631 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1632 definition of \"random distance\".)
1633
1634 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1635
1636 ;;;***
1637 \f
1638 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1639 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
1640 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1641 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1642
1643 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1644 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1645 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1646 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1647
1648 \(fn)" t nil)
1649
1650 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1651 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1652 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1654 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1655 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1656
1657 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1658
1659 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1660 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1661 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1662 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1663 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1664 seconds.
1665
1666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1667
1668 ;;;***
1669 \f
1670 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1671 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (19277 34919))
1672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1673
1674 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1675 Time execution of FORMS.
1676 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1677 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1678 FORMS once.
1679 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1680 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1681 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1682
1683 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1684
1685 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1686 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1687 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1688 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1689 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1690
1691 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1692
1693 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1694 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1695 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1696 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1697 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1698
1699 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1700
1701 ;;;***
1702 \f
1703 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1704 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (19661 46305))
1705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1706
1707 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1708 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1709 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1710 of corresponding buffers.
1711 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1712 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1713 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1714 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1715 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1716 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1717
1718 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1719
1720 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1721 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1722
1723 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1724
1725 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1726 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1727 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1728 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1729
1730 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1731 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1732 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1733 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1734 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1735
1736 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1737 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1738
1739
1740 Special information:
1741
1742 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1743
1744 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1745 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1746 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1747 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1748 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1749 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1750 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1751 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1752 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1753 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1754 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1755
1756 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1757 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1758 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1759 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1760 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1761 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1762 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1763 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1764
1765 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1766
1767 ----------------------------------------------------------
1768 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1769 if that value is non-nil.
1770
1771 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1772
1773 \(fn)" t nil)
1774
1775 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1776 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1777 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1778 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1779 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1780 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1781 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1782 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1783 When called interactively, GLOBAL is t if there is a prefix arg or the current
1784 mode is not `bibtex-mode', START is nil, and DISPLAY is t.
1785
1786 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1787
1788 ;;;***
1789 \f
1790 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1791 ;;;;;; (19611 36358))
1792 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1793
1794 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1795 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1796
1797 \(fn)" t nil)
1798
1799 ;;;***
1800 \f
1801 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1802 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1803 ;;;;;; (19582 65302))
1804 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1805
1806 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1807
1808 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1809 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1810 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1811
1812 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1813
1814 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1815 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1816
1817 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1818
1819 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1820 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1821
1822 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1823
1824 ;;;***
1825 \f
1826 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (19277
1827 ;;;;;; 34922))
1828 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1829
1830 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1831 Play blackbox.
1832 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1833
1834 What is blackbox?
1835
1836 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1837 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1838 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1839 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1840 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1841 your score.
1842
1843 Overview of play:
1844
1845 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1846 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1847 four.
1848
1849 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1850 movement keys.
1851
1852 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1853 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1854
1855 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1856 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1857
1858 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1859 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1860 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1861 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1862 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1863 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1864
1865 Details:
1866
1867 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1868
1869 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1870 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1871 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1872 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1873
1874 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1875 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1876 denoted by the letter `R'.
1877
1878 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1879 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1880 denoted by the letter `H'.
1881
1882 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1883 example.
1884
1885 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1886 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1887 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1888 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1889 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1890 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1891 ray.
1892
1893 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1894 degree deflection it causes.
1895
1896 1
1897 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1898 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1899 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1900 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1901 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1902 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1903 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1904 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1905 2 3
1906
1907 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1908 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1909
1910
1911 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1912 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1913 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1914 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1915 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1916 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1917 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1918 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1919
1920 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1921 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1922 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1923 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1924 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1925 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1926 emerging from the box.
1927
1928 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1929
1930 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1931 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1932 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1933 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1934 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1935 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1936 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1937 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1938
1939 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1940 a reflection.
1941
1942 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
1943
1944 ;;;***
1945 \f
1946 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
1947 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
1948 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
1949 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1950 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (19668 18952))
1951 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1952 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
1953 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
1954 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1955
1956 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
1957 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1958 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1959 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1960 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1961 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1962 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
1963
1964 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
1965 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
1966 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
1967
1968 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
1969 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
1970 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
1971 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
1972 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
1973 recent one.
1974
1975 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1976 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1977 yank successive words.
1978
1979 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
1980 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
1981 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
1982 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
1983 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
1984
1985 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
1986 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1987 the list of bookmarks.)
1988
1989 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
1990
1991 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
1992 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1993 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1994 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1995 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1996 this.
1997
1998 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1999 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2000 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2001 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2002
2003 BOOKMARK may be a bookmark name (a string) or a bookmark record, but
2004 the latter is usually only used by programmatic callers.
2005
2006 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2007 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2008 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2009
2010 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2011
2012 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2013 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2014
2015 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2016
2017 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2018 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2019 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2020
2021 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2022 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2023 after a bookmark was set in it.
2024
2025 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2026
2027 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2028 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2029 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2030
2031 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2032 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2033
2034 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2035
2036 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2037
2038 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2039 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2040 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2041 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2042
2043 Both OLD and NEW are bookmark names (strings), never bookmark records.
2044
2045 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2046 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2047 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2048
2049 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2050 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2051 name.
2052
2053 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2054
2055 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2056 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2057 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2058
2059 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2060 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2061 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2062 this.
2063
2064 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2065
2066 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2067 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2068 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2069
2070 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2071 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2072 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2073 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2074 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2075 probably because we were called from there.
2076
2077 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2078
2079 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2080 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2081 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2082
2083 \(fn)" t nil)
2084
2085 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2086 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2087 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2088 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2089 \(second argument).
2090
2091 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2092 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2093 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2094 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2095 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2096
2097 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2098 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2099 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2100 `bookmark-default-file'.
2101
2102 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2103
2104 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2105 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2106 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2107 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2108 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2109 while loading.
2110
2111 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2112 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2113 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2114 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2115 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2116 explicitly.
2117
2118 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2119 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2120 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2121 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2122
2123 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2124
2125 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2126 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2127 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2128 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2129 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2130
2131 \(fn)" t nil)
2132
2133 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2134
2135 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2136
2137 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2138 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2139
2140 \(fn)" t nil)
2141
2142 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2143
2144 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2145
2146 ;;;***
2147 \f
2148 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2149 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2150 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2151 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox
2152 ;;;;;; browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape browse-url-xdg-open
2153 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2154 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2155 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2156 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
2157 ;;;;;; (19696 28661))
2158 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2159
2160 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type '(windows-nt ms-dos cygwin)) 'browse-url-default-windows-browser) ((memq system-type '(darwin)) 'browse-url-default-macosx-browser) (t 'browse-url-default-browser)) "\
2161 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2162 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2163 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2164
2165 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2166 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2167 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2168 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2169 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2170
2171 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2172
2173 (autoload 'browse-url-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2174 Not documented
2175
2176 \(fn)" nil nil)
2177
2178 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2179 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2180 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2181 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2182 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2183 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2184
2185 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2186
2187 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2188 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2189 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2190 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2191 narrowed.
2192
2193 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2194
2195 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2196 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2197
2198 \(fn)" t nil)
2199
2200 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2201 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2202
2203 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2204
2205 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2206 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2207 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2208 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2209 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2210 first, if that exists.
2211
2212 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2213
2214 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2215 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2216 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2217 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2218
2219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2220
2221 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2222 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2223 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2224 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2225 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2226 to use.
2227
2228 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2229
2230 (autoload 'browse-url-default-browser "browse-url" "\
2231 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2232 Default to the URL around or before point.
2233
2234 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2235 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2236 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2237 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2238
2239 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2240 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2241
2242 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2243 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2244
2245 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2246
2247 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2248 Not documented
2249
2250 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2251
2252 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2253 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2254 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2255 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2256
2257 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2258 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2259 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2260 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2261
2262 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2263 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2264 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2265
2266 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2267 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2268
2269 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2270
2271 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2272 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2273 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2274 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2275
2276 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2277 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2278 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2279 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2280
2281 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2282 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2283 new tab in an existing window instead.
2284
2285 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2286 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2287
2288 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2289
2290 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2291 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2292 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2293 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2294 Firefox.
2295
2296 When called interactively, if variable
2297 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2298 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2299 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2300 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2301
2302 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2303 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2304 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2305
2306 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2307 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2308
2309 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2310 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2311 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2312 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2313 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2314 URL in a new window.
2315
2316 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2317
2318 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2319 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2320 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2321 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2322
2323 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2324 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2325 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2326 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327
2328 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2329 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2330 new tab in an existing window instead.
2331
2332 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2333 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2334
2335 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2339
2340 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2341
2342 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2343 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2344 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2345 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2346
2347 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2348 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2349 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2350 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2351
2352 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2353 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2354
2355 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2356
2357 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2358 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2359
2360 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2361 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2362 program is invoked according to the variable
2363 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2364
2365 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2366 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2367 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2368 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2369
2370 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2371 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2372
2373 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2374
2375 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2376 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2377 Default to the URL around or before point.
2378
2379 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2380 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2381 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2382
2383 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2384 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2385 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2386 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2387
2388 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2389 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2390
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point.
2396
2397 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2398 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2399 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2400
2401 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2402 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2403
2404 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2405
2406 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2407 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2408 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2409 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2410
2411 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412
2413 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2414 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2415 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2416 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2417 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2418 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2419
2420 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2421
2422 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2423 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2424 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2425 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2426 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2427
2428 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2429 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2430 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2431 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432
2433 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2434 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435
2436 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2437
2438 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2439 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2440 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2441 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2442 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2443 current one.
2444
2445 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2446 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2447 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2448 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2449
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2451 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454
2455 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2456 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2457 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2458 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2459 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2460 don't offer a form of remote control.
2461
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around the point.
2473
2474 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2475 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2476
2477 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2478 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2479
2480 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481
2482 ;;;***
2483 \f
2484 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (19277
2485 ;;;;;; 34922))
2486 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2487
2488 (autoload 'bruce "bruce" "\
2489 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2490
2491 \(fn)" t nil)
2492
2493 (autoload 'snarf-bruces "bruce" "\
2494 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2495
2496 \(fn)" nil nil)
2497
2498 ;;;***
2499 \f
2500 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2501 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (19515 27412))
2502 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2503
2504 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2505 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2506 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2507 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2508
2509 \(fn)" t nil)
2510
2511 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2512 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2513 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2514 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2515
2516 \(fn)" t nil)
2517
2518 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2519 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2520
2521 \(fn)" t nil)
2522
2523 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2524 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2525 \\<bs-mode-map>
2526 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2527 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2528 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2529 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2530
2531 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2532 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2533 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2534 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2535 name of buffer configuration.
2536
2537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2538
2539 ;;;***
2540 \f
2541 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (19612 4032))
2542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2543
2544 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2545 Play Bubbles game.
2546 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2547 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2548 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2549 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2550 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2551 columns on its right towards the left.
2552
2553 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2554 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2555 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2556 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2557
2558 \(fn)" t nil)
2559
2560 ;;;***
2561 \f
2562 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2563 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (19418 12890))
2564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2565
2566 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2567
2568 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2569 Minor mode to buttonize bugzilla references in the current buffer.
2570
2571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2572
2573 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2574 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2575
2576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2577
2578 ;;;***
2579 \f
2580 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2581 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2582 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2583 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2584 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (19687 6902))
2585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2586 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2587 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2588 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2589
2590 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2591
2592 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2593 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2594 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2595 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2596 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2597 else the global value will be modified.
2598
2599 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2600
2601 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2602 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2603 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2604 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2605 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2606 else the global value will be modified.
2607
2608 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2609
2610 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2611 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2612 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2613
2614 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2617 Recompile every `.el' file in BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2618 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2619 Files in subdirectories of BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY are processed also.
2620
2621 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2622 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2623 BYTECOMP-ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2624 BYTECOMP-ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2625 compile it. A nonzero BYTECOMP-ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2626 before scanning it.
2627
2628 If the third argument BYTECOMP-FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2629 that already has a `.elc' file.
2630
2631 \(fn BYTECOMP-DIRECTORY &optional BYTECOMP-ARG BYTECOMP-FORCE)" t nil)
2632 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2633
2634 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2635 Compile a file of Lisp code named BYTECOMP-FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2636 The output file's name is generated by passing BYTECOMP-FILENAME to the
2637 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2638 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2639 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2640
2641 \(fn BYTECOMP-FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2642
2643 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2644 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2645 Print the result in the echo area.
2646 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2647
2648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2649
2650 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2651 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2652 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2653
2654 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2655
2656 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2657 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2658 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2659 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2660 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2661 all functions called by those functions.
2662
2663 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2664 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2665 cons, etc.).
2666
2667 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2668 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2669 invoked interactively.
2670
2671 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2672
2673 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2674 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2675 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2676 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2677
2678 \(fn)" nil nil)
2679
2680 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2681 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2682 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2683 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2684 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2685 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2686 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2687 already up-to-date.
2688
2689 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2690
2691 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2692 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2693 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2694 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2695
2696 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2697 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2698 and corresponding effects.
2699
2700 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2701
2702 ;;;***
2703 \f
2704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (19580
2705 ;;;;;; 19536))
2706 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2707
2708 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2709
2710 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2711
2712 ;;;***
2713 \f
2714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (19580 19536))
2715 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2716
2717 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2718
2719 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2720
2721 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2722
2723 ;;;***
2724 \f
2725 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2726 ;;;;;; (19631 54972))
2727 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2728
2729 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2730 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2731 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2732 from the cursor position.
2733
2734 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2735
2736 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2737
2738 ;;;***
2739 \f
2740 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2741 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2742 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (19552
2743 ;;;;;; 37739))
2744 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2745 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2746
2747 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2748 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2749
2750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2751
2752 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2753 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2754
2755 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2756
2757 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2758 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2759
2760 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2761
2762 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2763 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2764
2765 \(fn)" t nil)
2766
2767 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2768 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2769 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2770 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2771
2772 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2773
2774 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2775 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2776 This is most useful in the X window system.
2777 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2778 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2779
2780 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2781
2782 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2783 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2784 See calc-keypad for details.
2785
2786 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2787
2788 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2789 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2790
2791 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2792
2793 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2794 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2795
2796 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2797
2798 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2799 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2800
2801 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2802
2803 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2804 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2805 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2806
2807 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2808
2809 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2810 Define Calc function.
2811
2812 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2813 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2814 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2815
2816 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2817 actual Lisp function name.
2818
2819 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2820
2821 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2822
2823 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2824
2825 ;;;***
2826 \f
2827 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (19612
2828 ;;;;;; 4032))
2829 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2830
2831 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2832 Run the Emacs calculator.
2833 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2834
2835 \(fn)" t nil)
2836
2837 ;;;***
2838 \f
2839 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (19687
2840 ;;;;;; 6902))
2841 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2842
2843 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2844 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2845 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2846 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2847 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2848 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2849
2850 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2851 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2852 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2853 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2854 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2855 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2856 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2857 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
2858 window.
2859
2860 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
2861 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
2862
2863 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
2864 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
2865 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
2866 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
2867 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
2868 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
2869
2870 Runs the following hooks:
2871
2872 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
2873 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
2874 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
2875 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
2876
2877 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
2878
2879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2880
2881 ;;;***
2882 \f
2883 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
2884 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (19582 65302))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
2886
2887 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
2888 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
2889
2890 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
2891
2892 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
2893 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
2894 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
2895 it fails.
2896
2897 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2898
2899 ;;;***
2900 \f
2901 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
2902 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
2903 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
2904
2905 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
2906 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
2907
2908 In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
2909 uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
2910 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
2911 restriction to ASCII.
2912
2913 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
2914
2915 capitalizedWorDD
2916 ^ ^ ^^
2917
2918 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
2919 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
2920 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
2921
2922 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
2923 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
2924 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
2925 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
2926 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
2927 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
2928 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
2929
2930 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
2931 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
2932
2933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2934
2935 ;;;***
2936 \f
2937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (19580
2938 ;;;;;; 19536))
2939 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
2940 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
2941
2942 ;;;***
2943 \f
2944 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
2945 ;;;;;; (19632 52521))
2946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
2947
2948 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
2949 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
2950
2951 \(fn)" nil nil)
2952
2953 ;;;***
2954 \f
2955 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2956 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2957 ;;;;;; (19646 27154))
2958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2959
2960 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
2961 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
2962 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
2963 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
2964 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
2965 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
2966 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
2967
2968 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
2969
2970 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2971 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2972 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2973 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2974 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
2975 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
2976 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
2977 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
2978 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
2979 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
2980
2981 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
2982 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2983 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2984 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2985 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2986 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
2987
2988 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2989
2990 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
2991 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
2992
2993 Key bindings:
2994 \\{c-mode-map}
2995
2996 \(fn)" t nil)
2997
2998 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2999 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3000
3001 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3002 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3003 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3004 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3005 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3006 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3007 message.
3008
3009 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3010
3011 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3012 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3013
3014 Key bindings:
3015 \\{c++-mode-map}
3016
3017 \(fn)" t nil)
3018
3019 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3020 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3021 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3022
3023 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3024 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3025 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3026 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3027 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3028 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3029 message.
3030
3031 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3032
3033 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3034 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3035
3036 Key bindings:
3037 \\{objc-mode-map}
3038
3039 \(fn)" t nil)
3040
3041 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3042 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3043 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3044
3045 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3046 Major mode for editing Java code.
3047 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3048 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3049 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3050 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3051 message.
3052
3053 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3054
3055 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3056 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3057
3058 Key bindings:
3059 \\{java-mode-map}
3060
3061 \(fn)" t nil)
3062
3063 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3064 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3065 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3066
3067 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3068 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3069 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3070 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3071 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3072 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3073 message.
3074
3075 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3076
3077 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3078 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3079
3080 Key bindings:
3081 \\{idl-mode-map}
3082
3083 \(fn)" t nil)
3084
3085 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3086 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3087 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3088 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3089
3090 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3091 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3092 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3093 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3094 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3095 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3096 message.
3097
3098 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3099
3100 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3101 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3102
3103 Key bindings:
3104 \\{pike-mode-map}
3105
3106 \(fn)" t nil)
3107 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3108 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3109 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3110 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3111 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3112 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3113
3114 ;;;***
3115 \f
3116 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3117 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (19623 58121))
3118 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3119
3120 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3121 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3122 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3123 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3124
3125 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3126
3127 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3128 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3129 might get set too.
3130
3131 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3132 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3133 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3134 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3135 way.
3136
3137 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3138 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3139 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3140 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3141 a null operation.
3142
3143 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3144
3145 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3146 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3147 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3148 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3149
3150 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3151
3152 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3153 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3154 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3155
3156 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3157
3158 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3159 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3160 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3161 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3162 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3163
3164 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3165
3166 ;;;***
3167 \f
3168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (19580 19536))
3169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3170 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3171 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3172 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3173
3174 ;;;***
3175 \f
3176 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3177 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3178 ;;;;;; (19639 17158))
3179 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3180
3181 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3182 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3183
3184 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3185
3186 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3187 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3188
3189 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3190
3191 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3192 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3193
3194 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3195 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3196 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3197 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3198 execution.
3199
3200 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3201
3202 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3203
3204 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3205 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3206
3207 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3208 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3209 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3210 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3211
3212 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3213 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3214 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3215 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3216 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3217 `write' commands.
3218
3219 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3220 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3221 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3222 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3223
3224 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3225 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3226 semantics.
3227
3228 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3229
3230 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3231
3232 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3233
3234 STATEMENT :=
3235 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3236 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3237
3238 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3239 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3240 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3241 | integer
3242
3243 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3244
3245 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3246 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3247 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3248
3249 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3250 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3251 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3252
3253 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3254 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3255
3256 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3257 BREAK := (break)
3258
3259 REPEAT :=
3260 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3261 (repeat)
3262 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3263 ;; (repeat))
3264 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3265 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3266 ;; (read REG)
3267 ;; (repeat))
3268 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3269 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3270 ;; (read REG)
3271 ;; (repeat))
3272 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3273
3274 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3275 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3276 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3277 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3278 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3279 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3280 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3281 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3282 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3283 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3284 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3285 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3286 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3287 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3288 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3289 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3290
3291 WRITE :=
3292 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3293 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3294 ;; representation.
3295 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3296 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3297 ;; (write r7))
3298 | (write EXPRESSION)
3299 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3300 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3301 ;; representation.
3302 | (write integer)
3303 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3304 ;; buffer.
3305 | (write string)
3306 ;; Same as: (write string)
3307 | string
3308 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3309 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3310 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3311 ;; representation.
3312 | (write REG ARRAY)
3313 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3314 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3315 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3316 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3317 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3318 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3319
3320 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3321 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3322
3323 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3324 END := (end)
3325
3326 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3327 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3328 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3329
3330 ARG := REG | integer
3331
3332 OPERATOR :=
3333 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3334 + | - | * | / | %
3335
3336 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3337 | & | `|' | ^
3338
3339 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3340 | << | >>
3341
3342 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3343 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3344 | <8
3345
3346 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3347 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3348 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3349 | >8
3350
3351 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3352 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3353 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3354 | //
3355
3356 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3357 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3358
3359 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3360 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3361 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3362 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3363 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3364 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3365 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3366 | de-sjis
3367
3368 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3369 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3370 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3371 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3372 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3373 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3374 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3375 ;; byte of SJIS.
3376 | en-sjis
3377
3378 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3379 ;; Same meaning as C code
3380 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3381
3382 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3383 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3384 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3385 | <8=
3386
3387 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3388 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3389 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3390
3391 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3392 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3393 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3394 | //=
3395
3396 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3397
3398
3399 TRANSLATE :=
3400 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3401 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3402 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3403 LOOKUP :=
3404 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3405 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3406 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3407 MAP :=
3408 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3409 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3410 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3411 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3412 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3413 MAP-ID := integer
3414
3415 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3416
3417 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3418
3419 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3420 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3421 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3422 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3423 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3424 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3425
3426 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3427
3428 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3429 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3430 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3431
3432 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3433
3434 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3435
3436 ;;;***
3437 \f
3438 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3439 ;;;;;; (19594 48841))
3440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3441
3442 (autoload 'cfengine-mode "cfengine" "\
3443 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3444 There are no special keybindings by default.
3445
3446 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3447 to the action header.
3448
3449 \(fn)" t nil)
3450
3451 ;;;***
3452 \f
3453 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3454 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (19277 34919))
3455 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3456
3457 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3458 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3459 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3460
3461 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3462
3463 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3464 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3465 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3466
3467 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3468
3469 ;;;***
3470 \f
3471 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3472 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3473 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3474 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3475 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3476 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3477 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3478 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3479 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (19687 6902))
3480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3481 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3482 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3483 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3484 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3485 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3486
3487 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3488 Not documented
3489
3490 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3491
3492 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3493 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3494 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3495 the users will view as each check is completed.
3496
3497 \(fn)" t nil)
3498
3499 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3500 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3501 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3502 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3503 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3504 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3505 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3506 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3507
3508 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3509
3510 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3511 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3512 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3513 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3514 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3515 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3516 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3517 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3518
3519 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3520
3521 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3522 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3523 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3524 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3525 spacing are all verified.
3526
3527 \(fn)" t nil)
3528
3529 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3530 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3531 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3532 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3533 otherwise stop after the first error.
3534
3535 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3536
3537 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3538 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3539 Only documentation strings are checked.
3540 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3541 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3542 a separate buffer.
3543
3544 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3545
3546 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3547 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3548 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3549 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3550 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3551
3552 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3553
3554 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3555 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3556 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3557 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3558 if there is one.
3559
3560 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3561
3562 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3563 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3564 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3565 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3566 if there is one.
3567 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3568
3569 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3570
3571 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3572 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3573 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3574
3575 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3576
3577 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3578 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3579 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3580 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3581 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3582
3583 \(fn)" t nil)
3584
3585 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3586 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3587 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3588 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3589 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3590 space at the end of each line.
3591
3592 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3593
3594 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3595 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3596 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3597 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3598
3599 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3600
3601 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3602 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3603 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3604 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3605
3606 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3607
3608 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3609 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3610 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3611 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3612
3613 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3614
3615 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3616 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3617 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3618 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3619
3620 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3621
3622 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3623 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3624 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3625 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3626
3627 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3628
3629 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3630 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3631 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3632 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3633
3634 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3635
3636 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3637 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3638 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3639 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3640
3641 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3642
3643 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3644 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3645 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3646 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3647
3648 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3649
3650 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3651 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3652 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3653 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3654
3655 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3656
3657 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3658 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3659 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
3660 turn it off.
3661
3662 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3663 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3664 checking of documentation strings.
3665
3666 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3667
3668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3669
3670 ;;;***
3671 \f
3672 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3673 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3674 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (19277 34920))
3675 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3676
3677 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3678 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3679 Return the length of resulting text.
3680
3681 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3682
3683 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3684 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3685
3686 \(fn)" t nil)
3687
3688 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3689 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3690 Return the length of resulting text.
3691
3692 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3693
3694 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3695 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3696
3697 \(fn)" t nil)
3698
3699 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3700 Not documented
3701
3702 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3703
3704 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3705 Not documented
3706
3707 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3708
3709 ;;;***
3710 \f
3711 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3712 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (19277 34915))
3713 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3714
3715 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3716 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3717 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3718 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3719 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3720 editing and the result is evaluated.
3721
3722 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3723
3724 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3725 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3726 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3727 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3728 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3729
3730 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3731
3732 \(fn)" t nil)
3733
3734 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3735 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3736 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3737 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3738 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3739
3740 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3741 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3742 \\{command-history-map}
3743
3744 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3745 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3746
3747 \(fn)" t nil)
3748
3749 ;;;***
3750 \f
3751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (19627 57387))
3752 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3753
3754 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3755 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3756 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3757 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3758 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3759 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3760
3761 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3762 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3763
3764 ;;;***
3765 \f
3766 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3767 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
3768 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3769
3770 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
3771 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
3772 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
3773 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
3774 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
3775 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
3776 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
3777 of this function.
3778
3779 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
3780 function's common-lisp-indent-function property specifies how
3781 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
3782 property are:
3783
3784 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
3785 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
3786
3787 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
3788 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
3789 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
3790 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
3791 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
3792 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
3793 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
3794 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
3795 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
3796 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
3797 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
3798 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
3799
3800 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
3801 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
3802 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
3803
3804 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
3805 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
3806 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
3807 list elements are:
3808
3809 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
3810
3811 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
3812
3813 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
3814
3815 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
3816 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
3817
3818 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
3819 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
3820
3821 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
3822 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
3823 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
3824 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
3825 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
3826 value specified by their associated list element.
3827
3828 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
3829
3830 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
3831 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
3832 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
3833
3834 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
3835 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
3836 * indent the first argument by 4.
3837 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
3838 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
3839 have an offset of 2+1=3.
3840
3841 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3842
3843 ;;;***
3844 \f
3845 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3846 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
3847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3848
3849 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
3850 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3851 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3852 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3853
3854 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3855 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3856 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3857 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3858
3859 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3860 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3861
3862 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3863
3864 ;;;***
3865 \f
3866 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (19277
3867 ;;;;;; 34915))
3868 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3869
3870 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
3871 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3872 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3873 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3874 of `scheme-program-name').
3875 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
3876 it is given as initial input.
3877 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3878 discards input when it starts up.
3879 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3880 is run).
3881 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3882
3883 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
3884 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*scheme*"))
3885
3886 ;;;***
3887 \f
3888 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3889 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3890 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3891 ;;;;;; (19687 6902))
3892 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3893
3894 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
3895 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
3896 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
3897 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
3898 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
3899 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
3900 functions have already modified the buffer.
3901
3902 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
3903
3904 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
3905 either globally or locally.")
3906
3907 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
3908 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3909 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3910 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3911 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3912 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3913 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
3914 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3915 process as its initial input.
3916
3917 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3918
3919 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3920
3921 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3922
3923 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
3924 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3925 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3926 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3927 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
3928 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
3929 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3930 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
3931 process as its initial input.
3932
3933 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3934
3935 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
3936
3937 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3938
3939 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
3940 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3941 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3942 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3943 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3944 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3945
3946 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3947
3948 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
3949 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
3950 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
3951 directory tracking functions.")
3952
3953 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
3954 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3955 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3956
3957 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3958
3959 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3960
3961 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
3962 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3963 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3964
3965 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3966
3967 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3968
3969 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
3970 Send COMMAND to current process.
3971 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3972 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3973
3974 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3975
3976 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
3977 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3978 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3979 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
3980
3981 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
3982
3983 ;;;***
3984 \f
3985 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
3986 ;;;;;; (19478 62344))
3987 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
3988
3989 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
3990 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3991 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3992 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3993
3994 This command pushes the mark in each window
3995 at the prior location of point in that window.
3996 If both windows display the same buffer,
3997 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3998 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3999
4000 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4001 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4002 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4003 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4004 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4005 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4006 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4007 ignored.
4008
4009 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4010 this command work in interlaced mode:
4011 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4012 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4013 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4014
4015 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4016
4017 ;;;***
4018 \f
4019 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4020 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4021 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4022 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4023 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (19656
4024 ;;;;;; 61992))
4025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4026
4027 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4028 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4029
4030 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4031
4032 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4033 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4034 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4035 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4036 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4037 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4038 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4039
4040 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4041
4042 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4043 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4044
4045 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4046
4047 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4048 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4049 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4050 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4051 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4052 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4053 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4054
4055 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4056 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4057 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4058 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4059 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4060
4061 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4062 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4063 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4064 describing how the process finished.")
4065
4066 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4067 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4068 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4069 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4070 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4071
4072 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4073 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4074 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4075
4076 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4077
4078 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4079 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4080 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4081 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4082
4083 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4084
4085 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4086 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4087
4088 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4089 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4090
4091 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4092 (lambda ()
4093 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4094 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4095 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4096 (concat \"make -k \"
4097 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4098
4099 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4100 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4101
4102 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4103 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4104 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4105 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4106
4107 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4108
4109 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4110 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4111 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4112 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4113
4114 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4115 and move to the source code that caused it.
4116
4117 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4118 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4119
4120 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4121 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4122 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4123 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4124
4125 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4126 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4127 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4128 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4129
4130 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4131 kills its subprocesses.
4132
4133 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4134 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4135 to a function that generates a unique name.
4136
4137 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4138
4139 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4140 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4141 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4142 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4143
4144 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4145 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4146
4147 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4148 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4149 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4150 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4151
4152 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4153 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4154 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4155
4156 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4157
4158 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4159
4160 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4161 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4162 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4163 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4164 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4165
4166 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4167
4168 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4169
4170 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4171
4172 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4173 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4174 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4175 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4176 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4177 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4178 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4179
4180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4181
4182 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4183 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4184 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4185 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4186 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4187 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4188
4189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4190
4191 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4192 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4193 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4194
4195 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4196
4197 ;;;***
4198 \f
4199 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4200 ;;;;;; (19277 34915))
4201 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4202
4203 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4204 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4205 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4206 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4207 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4208 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4209
4210 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4211
4212 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4213 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4214
4215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4216
4217 ;;;***
4218 \f
4219 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4220 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4221 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4222 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
4223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4224
4225 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4226 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4227 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4228 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4229 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4230 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4231 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4232
4233 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4234 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4235 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4236
4237 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4238 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4239 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4240
4241 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4242 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4243 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4244 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4245
4246 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4247 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4248 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4249 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4250 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4251 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4252 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4253
4254 \\{conf-mode-map}
4255
4256 \(fn)" t nil)
4257
4258 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4259 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4260 Comments start with `#'.
4261 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4262
4263 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4264
4265 \[Desktop Entry]
4266 Encoding=UTF-8
4267 Name=The GIMP
4268 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4269 Name[cs]=GIMP
4270
4271 \(fn)" t nil)
4272
4273 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4274 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4275 Comments start with `;'.
4276 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4277
4278 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4279
4280 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4281 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4282 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4283
4284 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4285 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4286
4287 \(fn)" t nil)
4288
4289 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4290 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4291 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4292 between `/*' and `*/'.
4293 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4294
4295 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4296 // another kind of comment
4297 /* yet another */
4298
4299 name:value
4300 name=value
4301 name value
4302 x.1 =
4303 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4304 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4305
4306 \(fn)" t nil)
4307
4308 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4309 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4310 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4311 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4312 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4313 `conf-space-keywords'.
4314 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4315 in an interactive fashion instead.
4316
4317 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4318
4319 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4320
4321 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4322 image/png png
4323 image/tiff tiff tif
4324
4325 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4326 class desktop
4327 # Standard multimedia devices
4328 add /dev/audio desktop
4329 add /dev/mixer desktop
4330
4331 \(fn)" t nil)
4332
4333 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4334 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4335 See `conf-space-mode'.
4336
4337 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4338
4339 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4340 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4341 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4342 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4343
4344 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4345
4346 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4347 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4348
4349 \(fn)" t nil)
4350
4351 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4352 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4353 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4355
4356 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4357
4358 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4359 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4360
4361 \(fn)" t nil)
4362
4363 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4364 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4365 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4366 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4367
4368 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4369
4370 *background: gray99
4371 *foreground: black
4372
4373 \(fn)" t nil)
4374
4375 ;;;***
4376 \f
4377 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4378 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (19583 60940))
4379 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4380
4381 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4382 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4383 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4384 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4385
4386 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4387
4388 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4389 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4390 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4391 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4392
4393 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4394
4395 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4396 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4397 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4398 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4399
4400 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4401
4402 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4403 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4404
4405 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4406
4407 ;;;***
4408 \f
4409 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4410 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (19561
4411 ;;;;;; 48711))
4412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4413
4414 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4415 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4416 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4417 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4418 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4419 following the copyright are updated as well.
4420 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4421 interactively.
4422
4423 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4424
4425 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4426 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4427 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4428
4429 \(fn)" t nil)
4430
4431 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4432 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4433
4434 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4435
4436 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4437 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4438
4439 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH)" t nil)
4440
4441 ;;;***
4442 \f
4443 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4444 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (19672 56753))
4445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4446 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4447 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4448 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4449 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4450 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4451 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4452 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4453
4454 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4455 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4456 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4457 Tab indents for Perl code.
4458 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4459 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4460
4461 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4462 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4463 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4464 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4465 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4466 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4467 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4468 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4469 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4470 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4471 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4472 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4473
4474 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4475
4476 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4477 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4478
4479 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4480
4481 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4482 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4483 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4484 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4485 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4486 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4487 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4488 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4489 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4490
4491 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4492
4493 bite if angry;
4494
4495 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4496 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4497 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4498 to nil.)
4499
4500 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4501 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4502 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4503
4504 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4505
4506 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4507 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4508 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4509 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4510 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4511
4512 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4513
4514 if (A) { B }
4515
4516 into
4517
4518 B if A;
4519
4520 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4521
4522 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4523 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4524 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4525 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4526 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4527 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4528 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4529 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4530 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4531 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4532 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4533 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4534 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4535
4536 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4537 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4538 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4539 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4540 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4541 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4542
4543 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4544 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4545 man via menu.
4546
4547 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4548 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4549 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4550 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4551 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4552
4553 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4554 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4555 span the needed amount of lines.
4556
4557 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4558 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4559 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4560 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4561
4562 Variables controlling indentation style:
4563 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4564 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4565 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4566 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4567 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4568 `cperl-auto-newline'
4569 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4570 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4571 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4572 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4573 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4574 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4575 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4576 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4577 `cperl-indent-level'
4578 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4579 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4580 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4581 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4582 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4583 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4584 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4585 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4586 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4587 `cperl-brace-offset'
4588 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4589 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4590 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4591 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4592 `cperl-label-offset'
4593 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4594 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4595 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4596
4597 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4598 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4599 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4600 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4601 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4602 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4603
4604 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4605 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4606 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4607 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4608
4609 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4610 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4611 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4612 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4613 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4614 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4615 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4616
4617 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4618 column 0 is indented on
4619 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4620
4621 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4622 with no args.
4623
4624 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4625 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4626 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4627
4628 \(fn)" t nil)
4629
4630 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4631 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4632
4633 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4634
4635 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4636 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4637
4638 \(fn)" t nil)
4639
4640 ;;;***
4641 \f
4642 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4643 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
4644 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4645
4646 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4647 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4648 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4649 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4650 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4651
4652 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4653
4654 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4655 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4656
4657 \(fn)" t nil)
4658
4659 ;;;***
4660 \f
4661 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4662 ;;;;;; (19609 2266))
4663 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4664
4665 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4666 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4667 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4668 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4669
4670 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4671 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4672
4673 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4674
4675 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4676 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4677 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4678
4679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4680
4681 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4682
4683 ;;;***
4684 \f
4685 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4686 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
4687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4688
4689 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4690 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4691 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4692 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4693
4694 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4695 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4696 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4697 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4698
4699 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4700 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4701 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4702
4703 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4704 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4705 'bob', and 'eve'.
4706
4707 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4708 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4709 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4710
4711 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4712
4713 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4714 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4715 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4716
4717 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4718
4719 ;;;***
4720 \f
4721 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (19611
4722 ;;;;;; 35698))
4723 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
4724
4725 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
4726 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
4727
4728 \(fn)" t nil)
4729
4730 ;;;***
4731 \f
4732 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
4733 ;;;;;; (19648 63621))
4734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4735
4736 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4737 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4738 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4739 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4740 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4741 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
4742
4743 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
4744
4745 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
4746 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4747 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
4748 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
4749 and typed text replaces the active selection.
4750
4751 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
4752 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
4753 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
4754 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
4755 function of these prefix keys.
4756
4757 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
4758 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
4759 options:
4760 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
4761 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
4762 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
4763
4764 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
4765 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
4766 the prefix fallback behavior.
4767
4768 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
4769 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
4770 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
4771 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
4772
4773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4774
4775 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
4776 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
4777
4778 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4779
4780 ;;;***
4781 \f
4782 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
4783 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4784 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4785 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4786 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
4787 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4788 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4789 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4790 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
4791 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
4792 ;;;;;; (19645 60484))
4793 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4794
4795 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4796 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
4797
4798 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4799
4800 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
4801 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
4802
4803 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4804
4805 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
4806 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
4807
4808 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
4809 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'"))
4810
4811 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
4812 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4813
4814 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4815 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4816
4817 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4818 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4819
4820 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4821
4822 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4823
4824 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
4825 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4826 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4827
4828 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4829 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4830
4831 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4832 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4833
4834 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4835 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4836
4837 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4838
4839 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4840
4841 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
4842 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4843 Return VALUE.
4844
4845 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4846 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4847
4848 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4849 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4850
4851 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4852 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4853
4854 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4855
4856 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4857
4858 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
4859 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4860 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4861 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4862 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4863
4864 \(fn)" t nil)
4865
4866 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
4867 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4868 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4869 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4870
4871 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
4872
4873 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
4874 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4875
4876 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4877
4878 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4879 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
4880
4881 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4882
4883 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
4884
4885 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
4886 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4887
4888 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4889
4890 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
4891
4892 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4893 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4894 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4895
4896 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4897
4898 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
4899 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
4900 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
4901 as part of Emacs itself.
4902
4903 Each elements looks like this:
4904
4905 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
4906
4907 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
4908 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
4909 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
4910 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
4911 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
4912 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
4913 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
4914 and `defface'.
4915
4916 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
4917
4918 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
4919 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
4920 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
4921 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
4922 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
4923
4924 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
4925 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
4926 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
4927 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
4928
4929 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
4930
4931 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
4932 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
4933 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4934 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
4935 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4936
4937 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
4938 that were added or redefined since that version.
4939
4940 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4941
4942 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
4943 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
4944 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
4945 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4946
4947 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4948 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4949
4950 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4951
4952 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
4953 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
4954 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
4955
4956 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4957 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
4958
4959 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4960
4961 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
4962 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
4963
4964 \(fn)" t nil)
4965
4966 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
4967 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
4968
4969 \(fn)" t nil)
4970
4971 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
4972 Customize all already saved user options.
4973
4974 \(fn)" t nil)
4975
4976 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
4977 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
4978 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
4979 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
4980 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
4981 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
4982
4983 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
4984 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
4985 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
4986 If TYPE is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
4987 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
4988 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
4989
4990 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
4991
4992 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
4993 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
4994 With prefix ARG, include variables that are not customizable options
4995 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
4996
4997 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4998
4999 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5000 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5001
5002 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5003
5004 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5005 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5006
5007 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5008
5009 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5010 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5011 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5012 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5013 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5014 that option.
5015
5016 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5017
5018 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5019 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5020 The result includes selecting that window.
5021 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5022 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5023 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5024 that option.
5025
5026 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5027
5028 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5029 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5030
5031 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5032
5033 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5034 File used for storing customization information.
5035 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5036 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5037 it should be an absolute file name.
5038
5039 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5040 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5041 something like the following in your init file:
5042
5043 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5044 \(load custom-file)
5045
5046 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5047 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5048
5049 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5050 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5051 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5052 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5053 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5054
5055 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5056 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5057 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5058 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5059 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5060 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5061 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5062 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5063 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5064 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5065
5066 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5067
5068 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5069 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5070
5071 \(fn)" nil nil)
5072
5073 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5074 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5075
5076 \(fn)" t nil)
5077
5078 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5079 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5080 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5081
5082 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5083
5084 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5085 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5086 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5087 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5088 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5089
5090 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5091
5092 ;;;***
5093 \f
5094 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme customize-create-theme)
5095 ;;;;;; "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (19645 60484))
5096 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5097
5098 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5099 Create or edit a custom theme.
5100 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5101 is `user', provide an option to remove these as custom settings.
5102 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5103 named *Custom Theme*.
5104
5105 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5106
5107 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5108 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5109
5110 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5111
5112 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5113 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5114 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5115 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5116
5117 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5118
5119 ;;;***
5120 \f
5121 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5122 ;;;;;; (19474 36901))
5123 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5124
5125 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5126 Mode used for cvs status output.
5127
5128 \(fn)" t nil)
5129
5130 ;;;***
5131 \f
5132 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5133 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (19580 19536))
5134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5135
5136 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5137 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5138
5139 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5140
5141 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5142 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5143 C++ modes are included.
5144
5145 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5146
5147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5148
5149 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5150 Turn on CWarn mode.
5151
5152 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5153 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5154
5155 \(fn)" nil nil)
5156
5157 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5158 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5159 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5161 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5162 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5163
5164 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5165
5166 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5167 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
5168 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if
5169 ARG is positive.
5170 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5171 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5172 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5173
5174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5175
5176 ;;;***
5177 \f
5178 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5179 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5180 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
5181 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5182
5183 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5184 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5185
5186 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5187
5188 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5189 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5190
5191 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5192
5193 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5194 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5195 For readability, the table is slightly
5196 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5197
5198 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5199 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5200 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5201 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5202 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5203
5204 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5205
5206 ;;;***
5207 \f
5208 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5209 ;;;;;; (19552 37739))
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5211 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5212 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5213 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5214 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5215
5216 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5217 Completion on current word.
5218 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5219 and presents suggestions for completion.
5220
5221 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5222 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5223 completions.
5224
5225 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5226 then it searches *all* buffers.
5227
5228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5229
5230 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5231 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5232
5233 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5234 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5235 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5236 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5237 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5238
5239 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5240 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5241
5242 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5243 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5244 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5245
5246 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5247 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5248
5249 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5250
5251 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5252
5253 ;;;***
5254 \f
5255 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5256 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
5257 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5258
5259 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5260 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5261
5262 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5263
5264 ;;;***
5265 \f
5266 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (19664
5267 ;;;;;; 56235))
5268 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5269
5270 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5271 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5272 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5273 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5274 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5275
5276 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5277
5278 ;;;***
5279 \f
5280 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (19668
5281 ;;;;;; 19168))
5282 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5283
5284 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5285 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5286
5287 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5288 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5289 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5290
5291 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5292 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5293 Data lines are not indented.
5294
5295 Key bindings:
5296
5297 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5298 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5299
5300 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5301 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5302 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5303 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5304
5305 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5306
5307 dcl-basic-offset
5308 Extra indentation within blocks.
5309
5310 dcl-continuation-offset
5311 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5312
5313 dcl-margin-offset
5314 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5315
5316 dcl-margin-label-offset
5317 Indentation for a label.
5318
5319 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5320 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5321
5322 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5323 dcl-block-end-regexp
5324 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5325 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5326 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5327 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5328 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5329
5330 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5331 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5332 Two such functions are included in the package:
5333 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5334 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5335
5336 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5337 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5338 One such function is included in the package:
5339 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5340
5341 dcl-tab-always-indent
5342 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5343 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5344 margin.
5345
5346 dcl-electric-characters
5347 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5348 typed.
5349
5350 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5351 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5352 which words trigger electric indentation.
5353
5354 dcl-tempo-comma
5355 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5356 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5357 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5358
5359 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5360 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5361 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5362 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5363
5364 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5365 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5366 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5367 dcl-imenu-label-call
5368 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5369
5370 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5371 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5372 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5373 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5374
5375
5376 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5377
5378 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5379 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5380 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5381 $ i = 1
5382 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5383 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5384 $ label:
5385 $ if i.eq.1
5386 $ then
5387 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5388 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5389 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5390 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5391 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5392 \"lined up with the command line\"
5393 $ type sys$input
5394 Data lines are not indented at all.
5395 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5396 $ endif
5397 $
5398
5399
5400 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5401 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5402
5403 \(fn)" t nil)
5404
5405 ;;;***
5406 \f
5407 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5408 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (19580 19536))
5409 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5410
5411 (setq debugger 'debug)
5412
5413 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5414 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5415 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5416 of the evaluator.
5417
5418 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5419 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5420 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5421
5422 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5423
5424 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5425 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5426
5427 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5428
5429 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5430 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5431 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5432 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5433 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5434 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5435
5436 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5437 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5438
5439 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5440
5441 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5442 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5443 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5444 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5445 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5446
5447 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5448
5449 ;;;***
5450 \f
5451 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5452 ;;;;;; (19670 666))
5453 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5454
5455 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5456 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5457
5458 \(fn)" t nil)
5459
5460 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5461 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5462 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5463 Upper-case letters are commands.
5464
5465 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5466 modify it.
5467
5468 The most useful commands are:
5469 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5470 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5471 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5472 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5473 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5474 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5475
5476 \(fn)" t nil)
5477
5478 ;;;***
5479 \f
5480 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5481 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (19324
5482 ;;;;;; 55755))
5483 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5484
5485 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5486 Customization of `columns' group.
5487
5488 \(fn)" t nil)
5489
5490 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5491 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5492
5493 START and END delimits the text region.
5494
5495 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5496
5497 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5498 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5499
5500 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5501
5502 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5503
5504 ;;;***
5505 \f
5506 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (19519
5507 ;;;;;; 16431))
5508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5509
5510 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5511 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5512 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5513 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5514 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5515 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5516 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5517
5518 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5519
5520 Customization:
5521
5522 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5523 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5524 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5525 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5526 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5527 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5528 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5529 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5530 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5531 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5532 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5533 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5534 blank line.
5535 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5536 Directories to search when finding external units.
5537 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5538 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5539
5540 Coloring:
5541
5542 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5543 Face used to color delphi comments.
5544 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5545 Face used to color delphi strings.
5546 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5547 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5548 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5549 Face used to color everything else.
5550
5551 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5552 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5553
5554 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5555
5556 ;;;***
5557 \f
5558 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (19277
5559 ;;;;;; 34915))
5560 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5561
5562 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5563
5564 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5565 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5566 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5567 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5568 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5569 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5570
5571 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5572
5573 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5574 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5575 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
5576 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
5577
5578 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5579 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5580 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5581 any selection.
5582
5583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5584
5585 ;;;***
5586 \f
5587 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5588 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (19580 19536))
5589 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5590
5591 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5592 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5593
5594 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5595
5596 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5597 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5598 or nil if there is no parent.
5599 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5600 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5601 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5602 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5603 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5604
5605 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5606 arguments are currently understood:
5607 :group GROUP
5608 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5609 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5610 :syntax-table TABLE
5611 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5612 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5613 :abbrev-table TABLE
5614 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5615 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5616
5617 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5618
5619 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5620
5621 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5622 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5623 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5624
5625 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5626 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5627
5628 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5629 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5630 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5631
5632 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5633 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5634
5635 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5636 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5637
5638 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5639
5640 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5641
5642 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5643
5644 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5645 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5646 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5647 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5648 the first time the mode is used.
5649
5650 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5651
5652 ;;;***
5653 \f
5654 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5655 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (19515 27412))
5656 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5657
5658 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5659 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5660 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5661 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5662 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5663 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5664 otherwise.
5665
5666 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5667
5668 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5669 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5670 Is POS is taken to be in buffer BUFFER or current buffer if nil.
5671 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5672 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5673 character composition information (if relevant),
5674 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5675
5676 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5677
5678 ;;;***
5679 \f
5680 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5681 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
5682 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5683 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (19590 30214))
5684 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5685
5686 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5687 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5688 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
5689
5690 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5691
5692 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5693 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5694 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5695 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
5696 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
5697 and function `desktop-read' for details.
5698
5699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5700
5701 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5702 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5703 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5704 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5705
5706 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5707
5708 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5709 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5710 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5711
5712 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5713 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5714 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5715
5716 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5717 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5718
5719 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5720 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5721 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
5722
5723 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
5724 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
5725 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
5726 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
5727
5728 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
5729
5730 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
5731 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
5732
5733 Handlers are called with argument list
5734
5735 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
5736
5737 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5738
5739 desktop-file-version
5740 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5741 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5742 desktop-buffer-point
5743 desktop-buffer-mark
5744 desktop-buffer-read-only
5745 desktop-buffer-locals
5746
5747 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
5748 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
5749
5750 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
5751 code like
5752
5753 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
5754 ...
5755 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
5756 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
5757
5758 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
5759
5760 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5761
5762 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
5763 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
5764 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
5765 List elements must have the form
5766
5767 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
5768
5769 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
5770 function.
5771
5772 Handlers are called with argument list
5773
5774 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
5775
5776 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
5777
5778 desktop-file-version
5779 desktop-buffer-file-name
5780 desktop-buffer-name
5781 desktop-buffer-major-mode
5782 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
5783 desktop-buffer-point
5784 desktop-buffer-mark
5785 desktop-buffer-read-only
5786 desktop-buffer-misc
5787
5788 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
5789 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
5790 created and set.
5791
5792 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
5793 code like
5794
5795 (defun foo-desktop-restore
5796 ...
5797 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
5798 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
5799
5800 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
5801
5802 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
5803
5804 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
5805
5806 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
5807 Empty the Desktop.
5808 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
5809 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
5810 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
5811
5812 \(fn)" t nil)
5813
5814 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
5815 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
5816 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
5817 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
5818 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
5819
5820 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
5821
5822 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
5823 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
5824 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
5825
5826 \(fn)" t nil)
5827
5828 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
5829 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5830 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5831 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5832 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5833 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5834 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5835 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5836
5837 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5838
5839 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
5840 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5841 Also inhibit further loading of it.
5842
5843 \(fn)" nil nil)
5844
5845 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
5846 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5847 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5848 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5849 directory DIRNAME.
5850
5851 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5852
5853 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
5854 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5855
5856 \(fn)" t nil)
5857
5858 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
5859 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5860
5861 \(fn)" t nil)
5862
5863 ;;;***
5864 \f
5865 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
5866 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
5867 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (19582 65302))
5868 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
5869
5870 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
5871 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
5872 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
5873 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
5874 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
5875 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5876
5877 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5878
5879 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
5880 Repair a broken attribution line.
5881 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5882
5883 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5884
5885 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5886 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
5887 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
5888 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
5889
5890 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
5891
5892 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
5893 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
5894
5895 \(fn)" t nil)
5896
5897 ;;;***
5898 \f
5899 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5900 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (19696 27153))
5901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5902
5903 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
5904 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5905 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5906 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5907 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5908
5909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5910
5911 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
5912 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5913 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5914 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5915
5916 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
5917 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
5918 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
5919 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
5920
5921 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
5922 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
5923
5924 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
5925 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
5926 calendar-date-style 'european
5927 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
5928
5929 \(diary-mail-entries)
5930
5931 # diary-rem.el ends here
5932
5933 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5934
5935 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
5936 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5937
5938 \(fn)" t nil)
5939
5940 ;;;***
5941 \f
5942 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
5943 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (19695 9667))
5944 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
5945
5946 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
5947 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
5948
5949 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
5950
5951 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
5952 The command to use to run diff.")
5953
5954 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
5955
5956 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
5957 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5958 When called interactively, read OLD and NEW using the minibuffer;
5959 the default for NEW is the current buffer's file name, and the
5960 default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one exists.
5961 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5962
5963 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
5964 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
5965 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
5966
5967 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5968
5969 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
5970 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5971 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5972 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5973 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5974 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5975
5976 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5977
5978 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
5979 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
5980 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
5981
5982 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5983
5984 ;;;***
5985 \f
5986 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
5987 ;;;;;; (19552 37739))
5988 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
5989
5990 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
5991 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5992 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5993 normal diffs.
5994
5995 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5996 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5997 headers for you on-the-fly.
5998
5999 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6000 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6001 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6002
6003 \\{diff-mode-map}
6004
6005 \(fn)" t nil)
6006
6007 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6008 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6009 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6010
6011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6012
6013 ;;;***
6014 \f
6015 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (19634 23255))
6016 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6017
6018 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6019 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6020 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6021
6022 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6023
6024 ;;;***
6025 \f
6026 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-auto-revert-buffer dired-noselect
6027 ;;;;;; dired-other-frame dired-other-window dired dired-trivial-filenames
6028 ;;;;;; dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (19673 45510))
6029 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6030
6031 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6032 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6033 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6034 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6035 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6036 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6037 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6038 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6039
6040 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6041
6042 (defvar dired-chown-program (purecopy (if (memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix gnu/linux cygwin)) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown"))) "\
6043 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6044
6045 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames (purecopy "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#") "\
6046 Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6047 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6048 A value of t means move to first file.")
6049
6050 (custom-autoload 'dired-trivial-filenames "dired" t)
6051
6052 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6053 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6054 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6055 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6056 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6057 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6058
6059 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6060 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6061 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6062 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6063 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6064 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6065 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6066 list of files to make directory entries for.
6067 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6068 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6069 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6070 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6071
6072 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6073
6074 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6075 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6076
6077 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6078 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6079
6080 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6081 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6082
6083 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6084 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6085
6086 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6087
6088 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6089 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6090
6091 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6092
6093 (defvar dired-auto-revert-buffer nil "\
6094 Automatically revert dired buffer on revisiting.
6095 If t, revisiting an existing dired buffer automatically reverts it.
6096 If its value is a function, call this function with the directory
6097 name as single argument and revert the buffer if it returns non-nil.
6098 Otherwise, a message offering to revert the changed dired buffer
6099 is displayed.
6100 Note that this is not the same as `auto-revert-mode' that
6101 periodically reverts at specified time intervals.")
6102
6103 (custom-autoload 'dired-auto-revert-buffer "dired" t)
6104
6105 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6106 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6107 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6108 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6109 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6110 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6111 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6112 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6113 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6114 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6115 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6116 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6117 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6118 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6119 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6120 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6121 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6122 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6123 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6124 to see why something went wrong.
6125 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6126 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6127 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6128 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6129 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6130 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6131 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6132 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6133 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6134 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6135 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6136 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6137 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6138
6139 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6140 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6141 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6142 again for the directory tree.
6143
6144 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6145 for more info):
6146
6147 `dired-listing-switches'
6148 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6149 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6150 `dired-marker-char'
6151 `dired-del-marker'
6152 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6153 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6154 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6155 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6156
6157 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6158
6159 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6160 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6161 `dired-mode-hook'
6162 `dired-load-hook'
6163
6164 Keybindings:
6165 \\{dired-mode-map}
6166
6167 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6168 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6169
6170 ;;;***
6171 \f
6172 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6173 ;;;;;; (19674 7816))
6174 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6175
6176 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6177 Enable or disable Dirtrack directory tracking in a shell buffer.
6178 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the full
6179 current working directory at all times, and that `dirtrack-list'
6180 is set to match the prompt. This is an alternative to
6181 `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works differently, by tracking `cd'
6182 and similar commands which change the shell working directory.
6183
6184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6185
6186 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6187 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6188 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6189
6190 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-mode'.
6191
6192 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6193 function `dirtrack-debug-mode' to turn on debugging output.
6194
6195 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6196
6197 ;;;***
6198 \f
6199 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (19277
6200 ;;;;;; 34919))
6201 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6202
6203 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6204 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6205 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6206 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6207 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6208 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6209
6210 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6211
6212 ;;;***
6213 \f
6214 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6215 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6216 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6217 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6218 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6219 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (19583 60940))
6220 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6221
6222 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6223 Return a new, empty display table.
6224
6225 \(fn)" nil nil)
6226
6227 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6228 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6229 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6230 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6231 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6232
6233 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6234
6235 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6236 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6237 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6238 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6239 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6240
6241 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6242
6243 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6244 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6245
6246 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6247
6248 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6249 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6250
6251 \(fn)" t nil)
6252
6253 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6254 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6255
6256 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6257 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6258
6259 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6260 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6261 byte.
6262
6263 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6264 in the default way after this call.
6265
6266 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6267
6268 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6269 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6270
6271 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6272
6273 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6274 Display character C using printable string S.
6275
6276 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6277
6278 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6279 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6280 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6281 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6282
6283 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6284
6285 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6286 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6287 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6288 X frame.
6289
6290 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6291
6292 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6293 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6294
6295 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6296
6297 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6298 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6299
6300 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6301
6302 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6303 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6304
6305 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6306
6307 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6308 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6309
6310 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6311
6312 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6313 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6314
6315 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6316
6317 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6318 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6319
6320 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6321 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6322
6323 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6324 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6325
6326 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6327 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6328 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6329 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6330
6331 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6332 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6333 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6334 in `.emacs'.
6335
6336 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6337
6338 ;;;***
6339 \f
6340 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6341 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
6342 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6343
6344 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6345 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6346 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6347 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6348 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6349 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6350 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6351 Default is 2.
6352
6353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6354
6355 ;;;***
6356 \f
6357 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (19631 26857))
6358 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6359
6360 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6361 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6362 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6363 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6364 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6365 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6366 private or ask).
6367 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6368 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6369 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6370 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6371 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6372
6373 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6374
6375 ;;;***
6376 \f
6377 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6378 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (19611 36311))
6379 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6380
6381 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6382 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6383 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6384 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6385 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6386 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6387 table and its own syntax table.
6388
6389 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6390
6391 \(fn)" t nil)
6392 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6393
6394 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6395 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6396
6397 \(fn)" t nil)
6398
6399 ;;;***
6400 \f
6401 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode
6402 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (19519 16431))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6404
6405 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6406 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6407 Image types are symbols like `dvi', `postscript' or `pdf'.
6408
6409 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6410
6411 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6412 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6413
6414 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6415 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6416
6417 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6418 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6419 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6420
6421 \(fn)" t nil)
6422
6423 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6424 Toggle Doc view minor mode.
6425 With arg, turn Doc view minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
6426 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6427
6428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6429
6430 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6431 Not documented
6432
6433 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6434
6435 ;;;***
6436 \f
6437 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (19696 28661))
6438 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6439
6440 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6441 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6442
6443 \(fn)" t nil)
6444
6445 ;;;***
6446 \f
6447 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (19277 34916))
6448 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6449
6450 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6451 Toggle Double mode.
6452 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
6453 turn it off.
6454
6455 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6456 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6457
6458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6459
6460 ;;;***
6461 \f
6462 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (19277 34922))
6463 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6464
6465 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6466 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6467
6468 \(fn)" t nil)
6469
6470 ;;;***
6471 \f
6472 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6473 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6474 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (19658 807))
6475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6476
6477 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6478
6479 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6480 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6481 This defines the control variable MODE and the toggle command MODE.
6482 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6483
6484 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6485 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6486 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6487 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6488 a keymap, or a list of arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6489 If KEYMAP is a keymap or list, this also defines the variable MODE-map.
6490
6491 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6492 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6493 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6494 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6495 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6496 mode is global):
6497
6498 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6499 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6500 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6501 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6502 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6503 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6504 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6505 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6506 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6507 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6508 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6509 :variable PLACE The location (as can be used with `setf') to use instead
6510 of the variable MODE to store the state of the mode. PLACE
6511 can also be of the form (GET . SET) where GET is an expression
6512 that returns the current state and SET is a function that takes
6513 a new state and sets it. If you specify a :variable, this
6514 function assumes it is defined elsewhere.
6515
6516 For example, you could write
6517 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6518 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6519 ...BODY CODE...)
6520
6521 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6522
6523 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6524
6525 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6526
6527 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6528 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6529 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6530 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6531 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6532 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6533 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6534 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6535 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6536 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6537 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6538 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6539
6540 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6541 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6542 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6543 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6544 call another major mode in their body.
6545
6546 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6547
6548 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6549 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6550 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6551 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6552 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6553 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6554 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6555
6556 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6557
6558 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6559 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6560 :inherit Parent keymap.
6561 :group Ignored.
6562 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6563 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6564
6565 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6568 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6569 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6570 the constant's documentation.
6571
6572 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6573
6574 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6575 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6576 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6577
6578 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6579
6580 ;;;***
6581 \f
6582 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6583 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (19580
6584 ;;;;;; 19536))
6585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6586
6587 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6588 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6589
6590 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6591 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6592 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6593
6594 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6595 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6596
6597 :filter FUNCTION
6598
6599 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6600 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6601
6602 :visible INCLUDE
6603
6604 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6605 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6606
6607 :active ENABLE
6608
6609 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6610 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6611
6612 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6613
6614 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6615
6616 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6617
6618 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6619 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6620
6621 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6622 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6623
6624 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6625
6626 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6627
6628 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6629
6630 :keys KEYS
6631
6632 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6633 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6634 computed automatically.
6635 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6636
6637 :key-sequence KEYS
6638
6639 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6640 menu item.
6641 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6642 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6643 keyboard equivalent.
6644
6645 :active ENABLE
6646
6647 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6648 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6649
6650 :visible INCLUDE
6651
6652 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6653 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
6654
6655 :label FORM
6656
6657 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6658 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
6659
6660 :suffix FORM
6661
6662 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6663 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
6664
6665 :style STYLE
6666
6667 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6668 defined:
6669
6670 toggle: A checkbox.
6671 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6672 radio: A radio button.
6673 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6674 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6675 menu bar itself.
6676 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6677
6678 :selected SELECTED
6679
6680 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6681 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6682
6683 :help HELP
6684
6685 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6686
6687 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6688 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6689 as a solid horizontal line.
6690
6691 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6692
6693 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6694
6695 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6696
6697 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6698 Not documented
6699
6700 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6701
6702 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
6703 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6704 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6705 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6706
6707 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6708
6709 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
6710 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6711 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6712 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6713 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6714 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6715
6716 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
6717 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
6718 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
6719
6720 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6721 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6722 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6723
6724 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
6725 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
6726
6727 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
6728
6729 ;;;***
6730 \f
6731 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6732 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6733 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
6734 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6735 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
6736 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6737 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6738 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (19668 19251))
6739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6740
6741 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
6742 Customization for ebnf group.
6743
6744 \(fn)" t nil)
6745
6746 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6747 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6748
6749 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6750
6751 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6752 processed.
6753
6754 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6755
6756 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6757
6758 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6759 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6760
6761 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6762 killed after process termination.
6763
6764 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6765
6766 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6767
6768 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6769 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6770
6771 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6772 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6773 it to the printer.
6774
6775 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6776 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6777 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6778 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6779
6780 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6781
6782 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6783 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6784 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6785
6786 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6787
6788 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6789 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6790
6791 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6792
6793 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6794 processed.
6795
6796 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6797
6798 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6799
6800 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6801 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6802
6803 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6804 killed after process termination.
6805
6806 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6807
6808 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6809
6810 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6811 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6812 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6813 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6814
6815 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6816
6817 \(fn)" t nil)
6818
6819 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6820 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6821 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6822
6823 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6824
6825 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6826
6827 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6828 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6829
6830 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6831
6832 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6833 processed.
6834
6835 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6836
6837 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6838
6839 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6840 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6841
6842 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6843 killed after EPS generation.
6844
6845 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6846
6847 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6848
6849 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6850 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
6851
6852 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
6853 The EPS file name has the following form:
6854
6855 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6856
6857 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6858 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6859
6860 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6861 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6862 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6863 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6864 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6865
6866 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6867 files.
6868
6869 \(fn)" t nil)
6870
6871 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6872 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
6873
6874 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
6875 The EPS file name has the following form:
6876
6877 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6878
6879 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6880 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6881
6882 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6883 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
6884 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
6885 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
6886 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6887
6888 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
6889 files.
6890
6891 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6892
6893 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
6894
6895 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
6896 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6897
6898 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
6899
6900 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
6901 are processed.
6902
6903 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6904
6905 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6906
6907 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
6908 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
6909
6910 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6911 killed after syntax checking.
6912
6913 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6914
6915 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6916
6917 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
6918 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6919
6920 \(fn)" t nil)
6921
6922 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
6923 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
6924
6925 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6926
6927 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
6928 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6929
6930 \(fn)" nil nil)
6931
6932 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6933 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
6934
6935 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6936
6937 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6938
6939 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6940 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6941
6942 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6943
6944 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6945
6946 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6947 Delete style NAME.
6948
6949 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6950
6951 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
6952
6953 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6954 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6955
6956 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6957
6958 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6959
6960 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6961 Set STYLE as the current style.
6962
6963 Returns the old style symbol.
6964
6965 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6966
6967 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6968
6969 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6970 Reset current style.
6971
6972 Returns the old style symbol.
6973
6974 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6975
6976 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6977
6978 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6979 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
6980
6981 Returns the old style symbol.
6982
6983 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
6984
6985 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6986
6987 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6988
6989 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
6990 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
6991
6992 Returns the old style symbol.
6993
6994 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
6995
6996 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6997
6998 \(fn)" t nil)
6999
7000 ;;;***
7001 \f
7002 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7003 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7004 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7005 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7006 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7007 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7008 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7009 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7010 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7011 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7012 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (19668
7013 ;;;;;; 19022))
7014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7015
7016 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7017 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7018 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7019 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7020 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7021 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7022
7023 Tree mode key bindings:
7024 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7025
7026 \(fn)" t nil)
7027
7028 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7029 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7030
7031 \(fn)" t nil)
7032
7033 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7034 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7035
7036 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7037
7038 \(fn)" nil nil)
7039
7040 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7041 View declaration of member at point.
7042
7043 \(fn)" t nil)
7044
7045 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7046 Find declaration of member at point.
7047
7048 \(fn)" t nil)
7049
7050 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7051 View definition of member at point.
7052
7053 \(fn)" t nil)
7054
7055 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7056 Find definition of member at point.
7057
7058 \(fn)" t nil)
7059
7060 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7061 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7062
7063 \(fn)" t nil)
7064
7065 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7066 View definition of member at point in other window.
7067
7068 \(fn)" t nil)
7069
7070 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7071 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7072
7073 \(fn)" t nil)
7074
7075 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7076 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7077
7078 \(fn)" t nil)
7079
7080 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7081 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7082
7083 \(fn)" t nil)
7084
7085 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7086 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7087
7088 \(fn)" t nil)
7089
7090 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7091 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7092 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7093 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7094 completion.
7095
7096 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7097
7098 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7099 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7100 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7101 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7102
7103 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7104
7105 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7106 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7107 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7108 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7109
7110 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7111
7112 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7113 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7114 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7115
7116 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7117
7118 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7119 Search for call sites of a member.
7120 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7121 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7122 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7123 looks like a function call to the member.
7124
7125 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7126
7127 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7128 Move backward in the position stack.
7129 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7130
7131 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7132
7133 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7134 Move forward in the position stack.
7135 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7136
7137 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7138
7139 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7140 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7141
7142 \(fn)" t nil)
7143
7144 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7145 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7146
7147 \(fn)" t nil)
7148
7149 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7150 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7151 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7152 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7153
7154 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7155
7156 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7157 Display statistics for a class tree.
7158
7159 \(fn)" t nil)
7160
7161 ;;;***
7162 \f
7163 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7164 ;;;;;; (19668 18204))
7165 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7166
7167 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7168 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7169 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7170 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7171
7172 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7173 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7174 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7175
7176 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7177 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7178 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7179
7180 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7181
7182 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7183
7184 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7185
7186 ;;;***
7187 \f
7188 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7189 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (19277 34916))
7190 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7191
7192 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7193 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7194 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7195
7196 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7197
7198 ;;;***
7199 \f
7200 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7201 ;;;;;; (19672 47597))
7202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7203
7204 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7205 Not documented
7206
7207 \(fn)" nil nil)
7208
7209 ;;;***
7210 \f
7211 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (19662 23507))
7212 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7213
7214 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7215 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7216 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7217 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7218 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7219 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7220
7221 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7222
7223 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7224 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7225 With non-nil argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7226 positive; otherwise, disable it.
7227
7228 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7229 an EDE controlled project.
7230
7231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7232
7233 ;;;***
7234 \f
7235 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7236 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7237 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (19668 19725))
7238 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7239
7240 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7241 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7242 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7243 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7244 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7245
7246 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7247 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7248 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7249 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7250
7251 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7252
7253 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7254 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7255 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7256 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7257
7258 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7259
7260 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7261 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7262 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7263 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7264
7265 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7266
7267 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7268
7269 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7270 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7271 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7272 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7273 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7274
7275 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7276 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7277 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7278 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7279 instrumented for Edebug.
7280
7281 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7282 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7283 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7284 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7285 already is one.)
7286
7287 \(fn)" t nil)
7288
7289 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7290 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7291
7292 \(fn)" t nil)
7293
7294 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7295 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7296
7297 \(fn)" t nil)
7298
7299 ;;;***
7300 \f
7301 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7302 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7303 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7304 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7305 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7306 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7307 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7308 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7309 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7310 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (19580 19536))
7311 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7312
7313 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7314 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7315
7316 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7319 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7320
7321 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7322
7323 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7324
7325 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7326
7327 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7328 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7329 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7330 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7331
7332 \(fn)" t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7335 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7336 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7337 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7338
7339 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7340
7341 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7342 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7343
7344 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7345
7346 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7349 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7350
7351 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7352
7353 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7354
7355 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7356 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7357 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7358 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7359
7360 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7361
7362 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7363
7364 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7365 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7366 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7367 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7368
7369 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7370
7371 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7372
7373 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7374 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7375 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7376 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7377
7378 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7379
7380 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7381
7382 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7383 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7384 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7385 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7386
7387 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7388
7389 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7390
7391 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7392 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7393 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7394 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7395 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7396 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7397
7398 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7399
7400 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7401 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7402 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7403 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7404
7405 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7406
7407 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7408
7409 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7410 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7411 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7412 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7413
7414 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7415
7416 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7417
7418 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7419
7420 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7421 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7422 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7423 follows:
7424 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7425 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7426
7427 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7428
7429 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7430 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7431 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7432 follows:
7433 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7434 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7435
7436 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7439 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7440 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7441 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7442 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7443
7444 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7445
7446 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7447 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7448 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7449 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7450 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7451 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7452
7453 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7454
7455 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7456
7457 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7458 Merge two files without ancestor.
7459
7460 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7461
7462 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7463 Merge two files with ancestor.
7464
7465 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7466
7467 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7468
7469 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7470 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7471
7472 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7473
7474 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7475 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7476
7477 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7478
7479 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7480 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7481 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7482 buffer.
7483
7484 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7485
7486 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7487 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7488 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7489 buffer.
7490
7491 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7492
7493 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7494 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7495 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7496 and don't ask the user.
7497 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7498 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7499
7500 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7501
7502 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7503 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7504 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7505 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7506 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7507 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7508 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7509 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7510
7511 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7512
7513 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7514
7515 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7516
7517 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7518 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7519 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7520 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7521 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7522
7523 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7524
7525 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7526
7527 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7528 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7529 When called interactively, displays the version.
7530
7531 \(fn)" t nil)
7532
7533 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7534 Display Ediff's manual.
7535 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7536
7537 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7538
7539 ;;;***
7540 \f
7541 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7542 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
7543 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7544
7545 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7546 Not documented
7547
7548 \(fn)" t nil)
7549
7550 ;;;***
7551 \f
7552 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7553 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
7554 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7555
7556 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7557 Display Ediff's registry.
7558
7559 \(fn)" t nil)
7560
7561 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7562
7563 ;;;***
7564 \f
7565 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7566 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (19664 56235))
7567 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7568
7569 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7570 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7571 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7572 which see.
7573
7574 \(fn)" t nil)
7575
7576 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7577 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7578 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7579 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7580
7581 \(fn)" t nil)
7582
7583 ;;;***
7584 \f
7585 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7586 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7587 ;;;;;; (19634 23255))
7588 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7589
7590 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7591 *Non-nil if `edit-kbd-macro' should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7592 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7593
7594 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7595 Edit a keyboard macro.
7596 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7597 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7598 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7599 its command name.
7600 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7601
7602 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7603
7604 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7605 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7606
7607 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7608
7609 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7610 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7611
7612 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7613
7614 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7615 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7616 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7617 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7618 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7619 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7620
7621 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7622 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7623 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7624 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7625
7626 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7627
7628 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7629 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7630 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7631 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7632 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7633 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7634
7635 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7636
7637 ;;;***
7638 \f
7639 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7640 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (19674 11425))
7641 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7642
7643 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7644 Set scroll margins.
7645 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7646 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7647
7648 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7649
7650 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7651 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7652
7653 \(fn)" t nil)
7654
7655 ;;;***
7656 \f
7657 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7658 ;;;;;; (19391 30349))
7659 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7660
7661 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7662 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7663 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7664 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7665 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7666 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7667 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7668
7669 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7670 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7671
7672 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7673 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7674 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
7675 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7676
7677 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7678 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7679 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7680
7681 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7682 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7683 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
7684
7685 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7686
7687 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
7688 Not documented
7689
7690 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7691
7692 ;;;***
7693 \f
7694 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7695 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (19462 38192))
7696 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7697
7698 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
7699 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7700
7701 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
7702
7703 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7704 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7705 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
7706 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
7707 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
7708 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
7709 of the function called in the expression point is on.
7710
7711 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7712
7713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7714
7715 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
7716 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
7717
7718 \(fn)" t nil)
7719
7720 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
7721 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
7722 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
7723 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
7724 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
7725 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
7726 arg list.
7727
7728 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
7729 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
7730 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
7731 effect.
7732
7733 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
7734 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
7735
7736 ;;;***
7737 \f
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
7739 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (19687 6902))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
7741
7742 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
7743 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
7744
7745 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
7746 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
7747 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7750 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
7751
7752 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
7753
7754 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
7755 Automatically reindent lines of code when inserting particular chars.
7756 `electric-indent-chars' specifies the set of chars that should cause reindentation.
7757
7758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7759
7760 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
7761 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
7762 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7764 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7765 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
7766
7767 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
7768
7769 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
7770 Automatically pair-up parens when inserting an open paren.
7771
7772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7773
7774 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
7775 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
7776 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7777 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7778 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7779 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
7780
7781 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
7782
7783 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
7784 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
7785
7786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7787
7788 ;;;***
7789 \f
7790 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (19277
7791 ;;;;;; 34916))
7792 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7793
7794 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
7795 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7796
7797 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7798 an elided material again.
7799
7800 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7801
7802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7803
7804 ;;;***
7805 \f
7806 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
7807 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7808 ;;;;;; (19668 31925))
7809 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7810
7811 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
7812 Lint the file FILE.
7813
7814 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7815
7816 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
7817 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
7818 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
7819
7820 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7821
7822 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
7823 Lint the current buffer.
7824 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7825
7826 \(fn)" t nil)
7827
7828 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
7829 Lint the function at point.
7830 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
7831
7832 \(fn)" t nil)
7833
7834 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
7835 Initialize elint.
7836 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
7837 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
7838
7839 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
7840
7841 ;;;***
7842 \f
7843 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7844 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (19277
7845 ;;;;;; 34919))
7846 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7847
7848 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
7849 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7850 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7851
7852 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7853
7854 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
7855 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7856 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7857 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
7858
7859 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7860
7861 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
7862 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7863 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7864
7865 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7866
7867 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7868
7869 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
7870 Display current profiling results.
7871 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7872 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
7873 displayed.
7874
7875 \(fn)" t nil)
7876
7877 ;;;***
7878 \f
7879 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7880 ;;;;;; (19696 28661))
7881 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7882
7883 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
7884 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7885 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7886
7887 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7888
7889 ;;;***
7890 \f
7891 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7892 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7893 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7894 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7895 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (19672 56753))
7896 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
7897
7898 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
7899 Run Emerge on two files.
7900
7901 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7902
7903 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7904 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7905
7906 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7907
7908 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
7909 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7910
7911 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7912
7913 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7914 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7915
7916 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7917
7918 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
7919 Not documented
7920
7921 \(fn)" nil nil)
7922
7923 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
7924 Not documented
7925
7926 \(fn)" nil nil)
7927
7928 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
7929 Not documented
7930
7931 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7932
7933 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
7934 Not documented
7935
7936 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7937
7938 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
7939 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7940
7941 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7942
7943 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
7944 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7945
7946 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7947
7948 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
7949 Not documented
7950
7951 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7952
7953 ;;;***
7954 \f
7955 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7956 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (19609 2751))
7957 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7958
7959 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
7960 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7961 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7962 text/enriched format.
7963 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7964
7965 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7966 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7967
7968 Commands:
7969
7970 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7971
7972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7973
7974 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
7975 Not documented
7976
7977 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7978
7979 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
7980 Not documented
7981
7982 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7983
7984 ;;;***
7985 \f
7986 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
7987 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
7988 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
7989 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
7990 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
7991 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (19672
7992 ;;;;;; 56753))
7993 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
7994
7995 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
7996 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
7997
7998 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
7999
8000 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8001 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8002
8003 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8004
8005 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8006 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8007 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8008 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8009 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8010 the keys are listed.
8011 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8012
8013 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8014
8015 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8016 Decrypt FILE.
8017
8018 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8019
8020 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8021 Verify FILE.
8022
8023 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8024
8025 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8026 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8027
8028 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8029
8030 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8031 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8032
8033 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8034
8035 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8036 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8037
8038 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8039 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8040 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8041 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8042 should consider using the string based counterpart
8043 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8044 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8045
8046 For example:
8047
8048 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8049 (decode-coding-string
8050 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8051 'utf-8))
8052
8053 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8054
8055 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8056 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8057
8058 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8059 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8060
8061 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8062
8063 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8064 Verify the current region between START and END.
8065
8066 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8067 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8068 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8069 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8070 should consider using the string based counterpart
8071 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8072 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8073
8074 For example:
8075
8076 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8077 (decode-coding-string
8078 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8079 'utf-8))
8080
8081 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8082
8083 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8084 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8085 between START and END.
8086
8087 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8088 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8089
8090 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8091
8092 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8093 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8094
8095 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8096 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8097 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8098 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8099 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8100 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8101
8102 For example:
8103
8104 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8105 (epg-sign-string
8106 context
8107 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8108
8109 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8110
8111 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8112 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8113
8114 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8115 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8116 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8117 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8118 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8119 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8120
8121 For example:
8122
8123 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8124 (epg-encrypt-string
8125 context
8126 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8127 nil))
8128
8129 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8130
8131 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8132 Delete selected KEYS.
8133
8134 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8135
8136 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8137 Import keys from FILE.
8138
8139 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8140
8141 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8142 Import keys from the region.
8143
8144 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8145
8146 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8147 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8148 between START and END.
8149
8150 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8151
8152 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8153 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8154
8155 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8156
8157 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8158 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8159
8160 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8161
8162 ;;;***
8163 \f
8164 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8165 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (19580 19536))
8166 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8167
8168 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8169 Decrypt marked files.
8170
8171 \(fn)" t nil)
8172
8173 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8174 Verify marked files.
8175
8176 \(fn)" t nil)
8177
8178 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8179 Sign marked files.
8180
8181 \(fn)" t nil)
8182
8183 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8184 Encrypt marked files.
8185
8186 \(fn)" t nil)
8187
8188 ;;;***
8189 \f
8190 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8191 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (19634 14572))
8192 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8193
8194 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8195 Not documented
8196
8197 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8198
8199 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8200 Not documented
8201
8202 \(fn)" t nil)
8203
8204 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8205 Not documented
8206
8207 \(fn)" t nil)
8208
8209 ;;;***
8210 \f
8211 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8212 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8213 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (19654 15628))
8214 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8215
8216 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8217 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8218
8219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8220
8221 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8222 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8223 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8224
8225 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8226
8227 \(fn)" t nil)
8228
8229 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8230 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8231 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8232
8233 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8234
8235 \(fn)" t nil)
8236
8237 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8238 Sign the current buffer.
8239 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8240
8241 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8242
8243 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8244
8245 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8246 Encrypt the current buffer.
8247 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8248
8249 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8250
8251 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8252
8253 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8254 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8255 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8256
8257 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8258
8259 \(fn)" t nil)
8260
8261 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8262 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8263 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8265 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8266 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8267
8268 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8269
8270 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8271 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8272
8273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8274
8275 ;;;***
8276 \f
8277 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (19580 19536))
8278 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8279
8280 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8281 Return a context object.
8282
8283 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8284
8285 ;;;***
8286 \f
8287 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8288 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (19652 41479))
8289 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8290
8291 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8292 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8293
8294 \(fn)" nil nil)
8295
8296 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8297 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8298
8299 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8300
8301 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8302 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8303
8304 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8305
8306 ;;;***
8307 \f
8308 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
8309 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (19580 19536))
8310 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8311
8312 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8313 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8314
8315 \(fn)" nil nil)
8316
8317 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8318 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8319 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8320
8321 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8322
8323 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8324 (server (erc-compute-server))
8325 (port (erc-compute-port))
8326 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8327 password
8328 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8329
8330 That is, if called with
8331
8332 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8333
8334 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8335 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8336 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8337
8338 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8339
8340 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8341
8342 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8343 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8344 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8345 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8346
8347 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8348
8349 ;;;***
8350 \f
8351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (19277
8352 ;;;;;; 34919))
8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8354 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8355
8356 ;;;***
8357 \f
8358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (19277 34919))
8359 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8360 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8361
8362 ;;;***
8363 \f
8364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (19277 34919))
8365 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8366 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8367
8368 ;;;***
8369 \f
8370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (19277 34919))
8371 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8372 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8373
8374 ;;;***
8375 \f
8376 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8377 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (19277 34919))
8378 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8379 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8380
8381 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8382 Parser for /dcc command.
8383 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8384 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8385 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8386
8387 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8388
8389 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8390 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8391
8392 \(fn)" nil nil)
8393
8394 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8395 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
8396
8397 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8398 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8399 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8400 that subcommand.
8401
8402 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8403
8404 ;;;***
8405 \f
8406 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8407 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8408 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8409 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8410 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8411 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8412
8413 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8414 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8415
8416 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8417
8418 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8419 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8420 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8421 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8422
8423 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8424
8425 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8426 Not documented
8427
8428 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8429
8430 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8431 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8432
8433 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8434
8435 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8436 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8437
8438 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8439
8440 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8441 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8442
8443 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8444
8445 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8446 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8447
8448 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8449
8450 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8451 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8452
8453 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8454
8455 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8456 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8457
8458 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8459
8460 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8461 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8462
8463 \(fn)" nil nil)
8464
8465 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8466 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8467
8468 \(fn)" nil nil)
8469
8470 ;;;***
8471 \f
8472 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (19277
8473 ;;;;;; 34919))
8474 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8475 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8476
8477 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8478 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8479 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8480
8481 \(fn)" nil nil)
8482
8483 ;;;***
8484 \f
8485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (19277
8486 ;;;;;; 34919))
8487 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
8488 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
8489
8490 ;;;***
8491 \f
8492 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8493 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (19277 34919))
8494 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8495 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8496
8497 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8498 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8499 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8500 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8501 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8502 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8503 system.
8504
8505 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8506
8507 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8508 Not documented
8509
8510 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8511
8512 ;;;***
8513 \f
8514 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8515 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8516 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8517
8518 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8519 Not documented
8520
8521 \(fn)" nil nil)
8522
8523 ;;;***
8524 \f
8525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (19561 48711))
8526 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8527 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8528
8529 ;;;***
8530 \f
8531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (19634 23255))
8532 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8533 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8534
8535 ;;;***
8536 \f
8537 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
8538 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (19277 34919))
8539 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8540 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8541
8542 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8543 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8544 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8545 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8546 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
8547 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8548
8549 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8550
8551 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8552 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8553 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8554 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8555
8556 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8557 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8558 automatically.
8559
8560 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8561 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8562
8563 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8564
8565 ;;;***
8566 \f
8567 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
8568 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
8569 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
8570 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8571 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8572 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8573
8574 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8575 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8576
8577 \(fn)" t nil)
8578
8579 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8580 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8581
8582 \(fn)" t nil)
8583
8584 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8585 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8586
8587 \(fn)" t nil)
8588
8589 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8590 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8591
8592 \(fn)" t nil)
8593
8594 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8595 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8596
8597 \(fn)" t nil)
8598
8599 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8600 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8601
8602 \(fn)" t nil)
8603
8604 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8605 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8606
8607 \(fn)" t nil)
8608
8609 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8610 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8611
8612 \(fn)" t nil)
8613
8614 ;;;***
8615 \f
8616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (19277 34919))
8617 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8618 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8619
8620 ;;;***
8621 \f
8622 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
8623 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8624 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
8625 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
8626
8627 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
8628 Show who's gone.
8629
8630 \(fn)" nil nil)
8631
8632 ;;;***
8633 \f
8634 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
8635 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (19277 34919))
8636 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
8637
8638 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
8639 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
8640 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
8641 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
8642
8643 \(fn)" nil nil)
8644
8645 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
8646 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
8647
8648 \(fn)" t nil)
8649
8650 ;;;***
8651 \f
8652 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
8653 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (19277 34919))
8654 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
8655 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
8656
8657 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8658 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
8659 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
8660 with args, toggle notify status of people.
8661
8662 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8663
8664 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
8665 Not documented
8666
8667 \(fn)" nil nil)
8668
8669 ;;;***
8670 \f
8671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (19277 34919))
8672 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
8673 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
8674
8675 ;;;***
8676 \f
8677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (19277
8678 ;;;;;; 34919))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
8680 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
8681
8682 ;;;***
8683 \f
8684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (19277 34919))
8685 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
8686 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
8687
8688 ;;;***
8689 \f
8690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (19277 34919))
8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
8692 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
8693
8694 ;;;***
8695 \f
8696 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
8697 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (19311 8632))
8698 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
8699 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
8700
8701 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
8702 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
8703
8704 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
8705
8706 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
8707 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
8708 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
8709
8710 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
8711
8712 ;;;***
8713 \f
8714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (19277 34919))
8715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
8716 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
8717
8718 ;;;***
8719 \f
8720 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
8721 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8722 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
8723
8724 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
8725 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
8726 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
8727
8728 \(fn)" t nil)
8729
8730 ;;;***
8731 \f
8732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (19277
8733 ;;;;;; 34919))
8734 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
8735 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
8736
8737 ;;;***
8738 \f
8739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (19277 34919))
8740 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
8741 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
8742
8743 ;;;***
8744 \f
8745 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
8746 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
8747 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
8748
8749 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
8750 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
8751 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
8752
8753 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
8754
8755 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
8756 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
8757 mode line.
8758
8759 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
8760 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
8761 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
8762
8763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8764 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
8765
8766 ;;;***
8767 \f
8768 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
8769 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (19277 34919))
8770 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
8771 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
8772
8773 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
8774 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
8775 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
8776 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8777
8778 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8779
8780 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
8781 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
8782 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8783
8784 \(fn)" t nil)
8785
8786 ;;;***
8787 \f
8788 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
8789 ;;;;;; (19639 17158))
8790 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
8791 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
8792
8793 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
8794 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
8795
8796 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8797
8798 ;;;***
8799 \f
8800 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (19611
8801 ;;;;;; 64957))
8802 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8803
8804 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
8805 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8806
8807 \\{eshell-mode-map}
8808
8809 \(fn)" nil nil)
8810
8811 ;;;***
8812 \f
8813 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (19672
8814 ;;;;;; 39436))
8815 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8816
8817 (autoload 'eshell-test "esh-test" "\
8818 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8819
8820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8821
8822 ;;;***
8823 \f
8824 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
8825 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (19451 17238))
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8827
8828 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
8829 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8830 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8831 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8832 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8833 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8834 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8835 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8836 buffer selected (or created).
8837
8838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8839
8840 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
8841 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8842 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8843
8844 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8845
8846 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
8847 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8848 The result might be any Lisp object.
8849 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8850 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8851 corresponding to a successful execution.
8852
8853 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8854
8855 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
8856
8857 ;;;***
8858 \f
8859 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8860 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8861 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8862 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8863 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
8864 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
8865 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
8866 ;;;;;; (19672 56753))
8867 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8868
8869 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8870 *File name of tags table.
8871 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8872 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8873 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8874 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
8875 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
8876
8877 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
8878 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8879 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8880 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8881
8882 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
8883
8884 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8885 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8886 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8887 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8888 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8889 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8890
8891 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
8892
8893 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
8894 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8895 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8896 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8897 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8898 `auto-compression-mode').")
8899
8900 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
8901
8902 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
8903 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8904 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8905 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8906 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8907
8908 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
8909
8910 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8911 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8912 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8913 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8914
8915 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
8916
8917 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8918 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8919 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8920 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8921 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8922
8923 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
8924
8925 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
8926 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
8927
8928 \(fn)" t nil)
8929
8930 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
8931 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8932 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8933 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8934
8935 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8936 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8937 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8938 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8939 file the tag was in.
8940
8941 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8942
8943 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
8944 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8945 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8946 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8947 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8948 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8949 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8950 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8951 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8952
8953 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8954
8955 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
8956 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8957 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8958 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8959 without directory names.
8960
8961 \(fn)" nil nil)
8962 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
8963 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
8964 (progn
8965 (load "etags")
8966 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
8967
8968 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
8969 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8970 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8971 but does not select the buffer.
8972 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8973
8974 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8975 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8976 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8977 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8978 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8979
8980 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8981
8982 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8983 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8984 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8985
8986 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8987
8988 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8989
8990 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
8991 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8992 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8993 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8994
8995 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8996 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8997 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8998 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8999 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9000
9001 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9002
9003 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9004 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9005 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9006
9007 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9008
9009 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9010 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9011
9012 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9013 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9014 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9015 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9016 around or before point.
9017
9018 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9019 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9020 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9021 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9022 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9023
9024 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9025
9026 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9027 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9028 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9029
9030 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9031
9032 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9033 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9034
9035 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9036 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9037 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9038 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9039 around or before point.
9040
9041 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9042 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9043 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9044 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9045 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9046
9047 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9048
9049 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9050 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9051 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9052
9053 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9054
9055 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9056 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9057
9058 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9059 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9060 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9061
9062 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9063 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9064 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9065 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9066 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9067
9068 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9069
9070 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9071 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9072 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9073
9074 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9075
9076 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9077 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9078 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9079
9080 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9081 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9082
9083 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9084 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9085 where they were found.
9086
9087 \(fn)" t nil)
9088
9089 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9090 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9091
9092 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9093 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9094 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9095
9096 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9097 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9098
9099 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9100 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9101
9102 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9103
9104 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9105 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9106 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9107 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9108
9109 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9110 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9111 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9112 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9113 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9114
9115 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9116 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9117
9118 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9119 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9120 Stops when a match is found.
9121 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9122
9123 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9124
9125 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9126
9127 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9128 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9129 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9130 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9131 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9132 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9133 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9134 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9135
9136 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9137 produce the list of files to search.
9138
9139 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9140
9141 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9142
9143 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9144 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9145 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9146 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9147 directory specification.
9148
9149 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9150
9151 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9152 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9153
9154 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9155
9156 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9157 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9158 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9159 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9160
9161 \(fn)" t nil)
9162
9163 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9164 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9165 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9166 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9167 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9168
9169 \(fn)" t nil)
9170
9171 ;;;***
9172 \f
9173 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9174 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9175 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9176 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9177 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9178 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9179 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9180 ;;;;;; (19451 17238))
9181 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9182
9183 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9184 Not documented
9185
9186 \(fn)" nil nil)
9187
9188 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9189 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9190
9191 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9192 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9193
9194 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9195 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9196 primary language.
9197
9198 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9199 even if the buffer is read-only.
9200
9201 See also the descriptions of the variables
9202 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9203
9204 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9205
9206 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9207 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9208
9209 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9210 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9211
9212 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9213 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9214 primary language.
9215
9216 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9217 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9218
9219 See also the descriptions of the variables
9220 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9221
9222 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9223
9224 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9225 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9226 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9227 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9228
9229 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9230
9231 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9232 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9233 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9234 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9235
9236 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9237 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9238 primary language.
9239
9240 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9241 buffer is read-only.
9242
9243 See also the descriptions of the variables
9244 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9245 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9246
9247 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9248
9249 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9250 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9251
9252 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9253 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9254
9255 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9256 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9257 the primary language.
9258
9259 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9260 buffer is read-only.
9261
9262 See also the descriptions of the variables
9263 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9264 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9265
9266 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9267
9268 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9269 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9270 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9271
9272 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9273
9274 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9275 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9276
9277 \(fn)" t nil)
9278
9279 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9280 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9281
9282 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9283 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9284 be 1, 2, or 3.
9285
9286 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9287 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9288 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9289
9290 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9291
9292 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9293
9294 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9295 This function is deprecated.
9296
9297 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9298
9299 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9300 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9301
9302 \(fn)" t nil)
9303
9304 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9305 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9306
9307 \(fn)" t nil)
9308
9309 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9310 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9311
9312 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9313 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9314
9315 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9316 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9317
9318 \(fn)" nil nil)
9319
9320 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9321 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9322
9323 \(fn)" nil nil)
9324
9325 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9326 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
9327
9328 \(fn)" nil nil)
9329
9330 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9331 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9332
9333 \(fn)" nil nil)
9334
9335 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9336 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9337 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9338
9339 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9340
9341 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9342 Not documented
9343
9344 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9345
9346 ;;;***
9347 \f
9348 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9349 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9350 ;;;;;; (19672 56753))
9351 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9352
9353 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9354 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9355 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9356 server for future sessions.
9357
9358 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9359
9360 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9361 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9362 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9363
9364 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9365
9366 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9367 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9368 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9369
9370 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9371
9372 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9373 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9374 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9375 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9376 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9377 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9378 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9379 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9380 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9381 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9382 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9383 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9384
9385 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9386
9387 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9388 Display a form to query the directory server.
9389 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9390 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9391
9392 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9393
9394 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9395 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9396 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9397
9398 \(fn)" t nil)
9399
9400 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9401
9402 ;;;***
9403 \f
9404 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9405 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9406 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (19580 19536))
9407 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9408
9409 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9410 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9411
9412 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9413
9414 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9415 Display URL and make it clickable.
9416
9417 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9418
9419 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9420 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9421
9422 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9423
9424 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9425 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9426
9427 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9428
9429 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9430 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9431
9432 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9433
9434 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9435 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9436
9437 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9438
9439 ;;;***
9440 \f
9441 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9442 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (19580 19536))
9443 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9444
9445 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9446 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9447 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9448
9449 \(fn)" t nil)
9450
9451 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9452 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9453
9454 \(fn)" t nil)
9455
9456 ;;;***
9457 \f
9458 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9459 ;;;;;; (19634 23255))
9460 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9461
9462 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9463 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9464
9465 \(fn)" t nil)
9466
9467 ;;;***
9468 \f
9469 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (19277
9470 ;;;;;; 34919))
9471 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9472
9473 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9474 Create an empty ewoc.
9475
9476 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9477
9478 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9479 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9480 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9481 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9482 `insert-before-markers'.
9483
9484 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9485 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9486 respectively, of the ewoc.
9487
9488 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9489 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9490 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9491
9492 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9493
9494 ;;;***
9495 \f
9496 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9497 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9498 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9499 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
9500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9501
9502 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9503 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9504 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9505
9506 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9507
9508 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9509 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9510 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9511 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9512 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9513
9514 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9515
9516 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9517 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9518 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9519 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9520 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9521 executable.
9522
9523 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9524
9525 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9526 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9527 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9528
9529 \(fn)" t nil)
9530
9531 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9532 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9533 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9534 file modes.
9535
9536 \(fn)" nil nil)
9537
9538 ;;;***
9539 \f
9540 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9541 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
9542 ;;;;;; (19451 17238))
9543 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9544
9545 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
9546 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9547 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9548 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9549
9550 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9551
9552 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9553 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9554 to generate such functions.
9555
9556 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9557 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9558 beginning of the expanded text.
9559
9560 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9561 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9562 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9563 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9564
9565 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9566
9567 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
9568
9569 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
9570 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
9571 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
9572
9573 \(fn)" nil nil)
9574
9575 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
9576 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9577 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9578
9579 \(fn)" t nil)
9580
9581 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
9582 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9583 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9584
9585 \(fn)" t nil)
9586 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
9587 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
9588
9589 ;;;***
9590 \f
9591 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (19651 33965))
9592 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9593
9594 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
9595 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9596 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9597
9598 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9599 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9600 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9601
9602 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9603
9604 Key definitions:
9605 \\{f90-mode-map}
9606
9607 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9608
9609 `f90-do-indent'
9610 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9611 `f90-if-indent'
9612 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9613 `f90-type-indent'
9614 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9615 `f90-program-indent'
9616 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9617 (default 2).
9618 `f90-continuation-indent'
9619 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9620 `f90-comment-region'
9621 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9622 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9623 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9624 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9625 (default \"!\").
9626 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9627 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9628 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9629 `f90-break-delimiters'
9630 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9631 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9632 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9633 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9634 (default t).
9635 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9636 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9637 `f90-smart-end'
9638 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9639 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9640 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9641 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9642 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9643 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9644 `f90-leave-line-no'
9645 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9646
9647 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9648 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9649
9650 \(fn)" t nil)
9651
9652 ;;;***
9653 \f
9654 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
9655 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
9656 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
9657 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (19652
9658 ;;;;;; 44405))
9659 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
9660
9661 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
9662 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
9663
9664 Return a cookie which can be used to delete the remapping with
9665 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
9666
9667 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9668 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9669 property list. The attributes given by SPECS will be merged with
9670 any other currently active face remappings of FACE, and with the
9671 global definition of FACE. An attempt is made to sort multiple
9672 entries so that entries with relative face-attributes are applied
9673 after entries with absolute face-attributes.
9674
9675 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to a specific
9676 value, instead of the default of the global face definition,
9677 using `face-remap-set-base'.
9678
9679 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9680
9681 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
9682 Set the base remapping of FACE to inherit from FACE's global definition.
9683
9684 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
9685
9686 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
9687 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
9688 If SPECS is empty, the default base remapping is restored, which
9689 inherits from the global definition of FACE; note that this is
9690 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which does
9691 not inherit from the global definition of FACE.
9692
9693 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
9694
9695 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
9696 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
9697 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
9698
9699 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
9700 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9701 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
9702 the same amount).
9703
9704 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
9705
9706 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
9707 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
9708 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
9709
9710 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9711 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9712 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9713 will remove any scaling currently active.
9714
9715 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9716
9717 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
9718 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
9719 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
9720
9721 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
9722 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9723 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9724 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9725 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
9726
9727 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
9728 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
9729
9730 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
9731 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
9732
9733 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
9734 - Decrease the default face height by one step
9735 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
9736
9737 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
9738 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
9739 is one of the above.
9740
9741 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
9742 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
9743 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
9744 will remove any scaling currently active.
9745
9746 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
9747 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
9748 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
9749 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
9750 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
9751
9752 \(fn INC)" t nil)
9753
9754 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
9755 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
9756 When enabled, the face specified by the variable
9757 `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
9758
9759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9760
9761 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
9762 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9763 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9764 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9765 If SPECS is nil, then `buffer-face-mode' is disabled.
9766
9767 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9768 buffer local, and set it to FACE.
9769
9770 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9771
9772 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
9773 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
9774 SPECS can be any value suitable for the `face' text property,
9775 including a face name, a list of face names, or a face-attribute
9776
9777 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
9778 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
9779 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
9780 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
9781
9782 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
9783 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
9784
9785 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
9786
9787 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
9788 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
9789 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
9790 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
9791
9792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9793
9794 ;;;***
9795 \f
9796 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9797 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9798 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (19609 2433))
9799 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9800
9801 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
9802 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9803 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9804 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9805
9806 \(fn)" nil nil)
9807
9808 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
9809 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
9810
9811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9812
9813 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
9814 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
9815 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9816 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9817
9818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9819
9820 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
9821 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9822 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9823 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9824 backup file names and the like).
9825
9826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9827
9828 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
9829 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9830 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9831 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9832 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
9833 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9834 internally by feedmail):
9835
9836 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9837 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9838 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9839 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9840
9841 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
9842 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9843 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9844 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
9845 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
9846
9847 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9848
9849 ;;;***
9850 \f
9851 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9852 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (19318 65023))
9853 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9854
9855 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
9856 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9857 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9858 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9859 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9860 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9861 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9862
9863 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9864
9865 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
9866 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9867 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9868 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9869 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9870 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9871 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9872
9873 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9874
9875 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
9876
9877 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
9878 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
9879 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9880 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9881 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9882 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9883
9884 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9885
9886 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
9887 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
9888 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9889 Return value:
9890 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9891 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9892 * otherwise, nil
9893
9894 \(fn E)" t nil)
9895
9896 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
9897 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9898 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9899
9900 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9901
9902 (defun ffap-guess-file-name-at-point nil "\
9903 Try to get a file name at point.
9904 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'." (when (fboundp (quote ffap-guesser)) (let ((guess (ffap-guesser))) (setq guess (if (or (not guess) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-url-p)) (ffap-url-p guess)) (and (fboundp (quote ffap-file-remote-p)) (ffap-file-remote-p guess))) guess (abbreviate-file-name (expand-file-name guess)))) (when guess (if (file-directory-p guess) (file-name-as-directory guess) guess)))))
9905
9906 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
9907 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9908
9909 \(fn)" t nil)
9910
9911 ;;;***
9912 \f
9913 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
9914 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
9915 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
9916 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (19672 41839))
9917 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9918
9919 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
9920 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
9921 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
9922 be added to the cache.
9923
9924 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9925
9926 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
9927 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
9928 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9929 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9930 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9931
9932 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9933
9934 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
9935 Add FILE to the file cache.
9936
9937 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9938
9939 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
9940 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
9941 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
9942
9943 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9944
9945 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
9946 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
9947 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
9948
9949 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
9950
9951 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
9952 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
9953 This function does not use any external programs.
9954 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
9955 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
9956 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
9957
9958 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
9959
9960 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
9961 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9962 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9963 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9964 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9965 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9966 \(directories) is done.
9967
9968 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9969
9970 ;;;***
9971 \f
9972 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
9973 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
9974 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
9975 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
9976 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (19580 19536))
9977 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
9978
9979 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9980 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
9981
9982 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
9983 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
9984 Local Variables list.
9985
9986 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
9987 then this function adds the first line containing the string
9988 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
9989
9990 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
9991
9992 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
9993 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
9994
9995 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9996
9997 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
9998 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
9999
10000 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10001 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10002 the -*- line.
10003
10004 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10005 then this function adds it.
10006
10007 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10008
10009 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10010 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10011
10012 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10013
10014 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10015 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10016
10017 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10018
10019 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10020 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10021
10022 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10023
10024 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10025 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10026
10027 \(fn)" t nil)
10028
10029 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10030 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10031
10032 \(fn)" t nil)
10033
10034 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10035 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10036
10037 \(fn)" t nil)
10038
10039 ;;;***
10040 \f
10041 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (19611
10042 ;;;;;; 60752))
10043 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10044
10045 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10046 Filesets initialization.
10047 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10048
10049 \(fn)" nil nil)
10050
10051 ;;;***
10052 \f
10053 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (19279 53114))
10054 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10055
10056 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10057 Initiate the building of a find command.
10058 For example:
10059
10060 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10061 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10062 (mtime \"+1\"))
10063 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10064
10065 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10066 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10067
10068 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10069
10070 ;;;***
10071 \f
10072 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10073 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10074 ;;;;;; (19379 30332))
10075 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10076
10077 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (purecopy '("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (purecopy '("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10078 Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10079 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10080 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10081 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10082
10083 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-option "find-dired" t)
10084
10085 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
10086 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10087 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10088 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10089 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10090
10091 (custom-autoload 'find-ls-subdir-switches "find-dired" t)
10092
10093 (defvar find-grep-options (purecopy (if (or (eq system-type 'berkeley-unix) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q")) "\
10094 Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10095 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10096 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10097
10098 (custom-autoload 'find-grep-options "find-dired" t)
10099
10100 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10101 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10102 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10103
10104 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10105
10106 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10107 as the final argument.
10108
10109 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10110
10111 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10112 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10113 and run dired on those files.
10114 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10115 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10116
10117 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10118
10119 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10120
10121 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10122 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10123 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10124
10125 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10126
10127 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10128
10129 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10130
10131 ;;;***
10132 \f
10133 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10134 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10135 ;;;;;; (19442 62609))
10136 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10137
10138 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10139 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10140 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10141 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10142 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10143 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10144 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10145
10146 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10147 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10148 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10149
10150 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10151
10152 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10153
10154 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10155
10156 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10157 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10158 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10159
10160 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10161 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10162
10163 Variables of interest include:
10164
10165 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10166 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10167 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10168
10169 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10170 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10171 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10172
10173 - `ff-ignore-include'
10174 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10175
10176 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10177 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10178
10179 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10180 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10181
10182 - `ff-special-constructs'
10183 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10184 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10185 extracting the filename from that construct.
10186
10187 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10188 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10189
10190 - `ff-search-directories'
10191 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10192 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10193
10194 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10195 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10196
10197 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10198 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10199
10200 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10201 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10202
10203 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10204 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10205
10206 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10207 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10208
10209 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10210
10211 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10212 Visit the file you click on.
10213
10214 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10215
10216 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10217 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10218
10219 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10220
10221 ;;;***
10222 \f
10223 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10224 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10225 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10226 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10227 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10228 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10229 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (19649 956))
10230 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10231
10232 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10233 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10234 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10235
10236 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10237
10238 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10239 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10240 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10241 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10242
10243 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10244 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10245 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10246 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10247
10248 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10249
10250 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10251 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10252
10253 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10254 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10255 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10256 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10257
10258 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10259 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10260 in `load-path'.
10261
10262 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10263
10264 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10265 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10266
10267 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10268 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10269 places point before the definition.
10270 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10271
10272 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10273 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10274 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10275
10276 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10277
10278 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10279 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10280
10281 See `find-function' for more details.
10282
10283 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10284
10285 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10286 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10287
10288 See `find-function' for more details.
10289
10290 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10291
10292 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10293 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10294
10295 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10296 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10297 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10298
10299 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10300 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10301
10302 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10303
10304 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10305 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10306
10307 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10308 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10309 places point before the definition.
10310
10311 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10312
10313 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10314 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10315 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10316
10317 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10318
10319 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10320 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10321
10322 See `find-variable' for more details.
10323
10324 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10325
10326 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10327 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10328
10329 See `find-variable' for more details.
10330
10331 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10332
10333 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10334 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10335 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10336 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10337 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10338 buffer nor display it.
10339
10340 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10341 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10342
10343 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10344
10345 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10346 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10347
10348 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10349 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10350 places point before the definition.
10351
10352 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10353
10354 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10355 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10356 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10357
10358 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10359
10360 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10361 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10362 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10363
10364 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10365
10366 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10367 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10368
10369 \(fn)" t nil)
10370
10371 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10372 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10373
10374 \(fn)" t nil)
10375
10376 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10377 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10378
10379 \(fn)" nil nil)
10380
10381 ;;;***
10382 \f
10383 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10384 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (19277 34916))
10385 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10386
10387 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10388 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10389
10390 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10391
10392 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10393 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10394
10395 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10396
10397 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10398 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10399
10400 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10401
10402 ;;;***
10403 \f
10404 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10405 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (19662 23188))
10406 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10407
10408 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10409 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10410
10411 \(fn)" t nil)
10412
10413 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10414 Display FILE's commentary section.
10415 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10416
10417 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10418
10419 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10420 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10421
10422 \(fn)" t nil)
10423
10424 ;;;***
10425 \f
10426 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10427 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (19277 34916))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10429
10430 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10431 Toggle flow control handling.
10432 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10433 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10434
10435 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10436
10437 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10438 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10439 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10440 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10441 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10442 to get the effect of a C-q.
10443
10444 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10445
10446 ;;;***
10447 \f
10448 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10449 ;;;;;; (19604 65275))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10451
10452 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10453 Not documented
10454
10455 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10456
10457 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10458 Not documented
10459
10460 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10461
10462 ;;;***
10463 \f
10464 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10465 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (19670 2258))
10466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10467
10468 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10469 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10470 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10471 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10472
10473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10474
10475 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10476 Turn flymake mode on.
10477
10478 \(fn)" nil nil)
10479
10480 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10481 Turn flymake mode off.
10482
10483 \(fn)" nil nil)
10484
10485 ;;;***
10486 \f
10487 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10488 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
10489 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (19681 34867))
10490 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10491
10492 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10493 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10494
10495 \(fn)" t nil)
10496 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
10497
10498 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10499 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10500 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10501 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10502 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10503 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
10504 otherwise turn it off.
10505
10506 Bindings:
10507 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10508 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10509 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10510 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10511
10512 Hooks:
10513 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
10514
10515 Remark:
10516 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10517 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
10518 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10519
10520 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10521 consider adding:
10522 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10523 in your .emacs file.
10524
10525 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10526 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10527
10528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10529
10530 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10531 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
10532
10533 \(fn)" nil nil)
10534
10535 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
10536 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
10537
10538 \(fn)" nil nil)
10539
10540 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
10541 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10542
10543 \(fn)" nil nil)
10544
10545 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
10546 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10547
10548 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10549
10550 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
10551 Flyspell whole buffer.
10552
10553 \(fn)" t nil)
10554
10555 ;;;***
10556 \f
10557 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10558 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10559 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
10560 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10561
10562 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
10563 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10564
10565 \(fn)" nil nil)
10566
10567 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
10568 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10569
10570 \(fn)" nil nil)
10571
10572 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
10573 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10574
10575 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10576 of two major techniques:
10577
10578 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10579 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10580 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
10581
10582 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10583 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10584 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10585 movement commands.
10586
10587 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10588 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10589 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10590 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10591 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10592 mileage may vary).
10593
10594 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10595 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10596
10597 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
10598
10599 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10600 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10601 \(This is the default.)
10602
10603 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
10604
10605 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10606 \\{follow-mode-map}
10607
10608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10609
10610 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
10611 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
10612
10613 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10614 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10615 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10616 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
10617 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10618 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10619
10620 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
10621 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10622 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10623
10624 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10625 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10626 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10627
10628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10629
10630 ;;;***
10631 \f
10632 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (19277
10633 ;;;;;; 34921))
10634 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10635
10636 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
10637 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10638 This minor mode provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get
10639 started, play around with the following keys:
10640 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
10641
10642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10643
10644 ;;;***
10645 \f
10646 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10647 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (19406 15657))
10648 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10649
10650 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
10651 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10652
10653 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10654 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10655 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10656 C-c < forms-first-record <
10657 C-c > forms-last-record >
10658 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10659 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10660 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10661 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10662 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10663 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10664 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10665 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10666 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10667 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10668
10669 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10670
10671 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
10672 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10673
10674 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10675
10676 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
10677 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10678
10679 \(fn FN)" t nil)
10680
10681 ;;;***
10682 \f
10683 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
10684 ;;;;;; (19672 56753))
10685 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10686
10687 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
10688 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10689 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10690
10691 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10692 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10693
10694 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10695
10696 Key definitions:
10697 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10698
10699 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10700
10701 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10702 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10703 `fortran-do-indent'
10704 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10705 `fortran-if-indent'
10706 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10707 `fortran-structure-indent'
10708 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10709 (default 3)
10710 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10711 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10712 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10713 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10714 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10715 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10716 nil don't change the indentation
10717 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10718 value of either
10719 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10720 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10721 depending on the continuation format in use.
10722 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10723 indentation for a line of code.
10724 (default 'fixed)
10725 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10726 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10727 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10728 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10729 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10730 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10731 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10732 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10733 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10734 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10735 column 5.
10736 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10737 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10738 statements (default nil).
10739 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10740 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10741 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10742 `fortran-continuation-string'
10743 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10744 line (default \"$\").
10745 `fortran-comment-region'
10746 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10747 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10748 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10749 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10750 as typed (default t).
10751 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10752 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10753
10754 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10755 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10756
10757 \(fn)" t nil)
10758
10759 ;;;***
10760 \f
10761 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10762 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (19661 46305))
10763 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10764
10765 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
10766 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10767
10768 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10769 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10770
10771 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10772
10773 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
10774 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10775
10776 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10777 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10778
10779 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10780
10781 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
10782 Compile fortune file.
10783
10784 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10785 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10786
10787 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10788
10789 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
10790 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10791
10792 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10793 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10794 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10795 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10796
10797 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10798
10799 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
10800 Display a fortune cookie.
10801 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10802 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10803 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10804 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10805
10806 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10807
10808 ;;;***
10809 \f
10810 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
10811 ;;;;;; (19614 24990))
10812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
10813
10814 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
10815 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10816
10817 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" t)
10818
10819 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
10820 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10821 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10822 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10823
10824 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10825 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10826 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10827 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10828
10829 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10830 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
10831 shown in some of the buffers.
10832
10833 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10834
10835 The following commands help control operation :
10836
10837 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10838 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10839
10840 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10841 detailed description of this mode.
10842
10843
10844 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
10845 | GDB Toolbar |
10846 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10847 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
10848 | | |
10849 | | |
10850 | | |
10851 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10852 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
10853 | | (comint-mode) |
10854 | | |
10855 | | |
10856 | | |
10857 | | |
10858 | | |
10859 | | |
10860 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10861 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
10862 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
10863 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
10864 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
10865 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
10866
10867 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10868
10869 ;;;***
10870 \f
10871 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10872 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (19580
10873 ;;;;;; 19536))
10874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10875
10876 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10877 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10878 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10879 instead (which see).")
10880
10881 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
10882 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10883
10884 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10885 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10886 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10887 documentation string instead.
10888
10889 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10890 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10891 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10892 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10893 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10894 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10895 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10896 enders are actually possible.
10897
10898 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10899 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10900
10901 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10902 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10903 `font-lock-keywords'.
10904
10905 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10906 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10907 runs the macro expansion.
10908
10909 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10910 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10911 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10912
10913 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10914
10915 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10916
10917 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
10918
10919 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
10920 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10921
10922 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10923
10924 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
10925 Enter generic mode MODE.
10926
10927 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10928 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10929 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10930
10931 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10932 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10933
10934 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10935
10936 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
10937 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10938 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10939 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10940 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10941 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10942 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10943 `font-lock-keywords'.
10944
10945 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10946
10947 ;;;***
10948 \f
10949 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10950 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
10951 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10952
10953 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
10954 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10955 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10956 at places they belong to.
10957
10958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10959
10960 ;;;***
10961 \f
10962 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
10963 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
10964 ;;;;;; (19623 58490))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
10966
10967 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
10968 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
10969 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
10970
10971 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
10972
10973 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
10974 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
10975
10976 Guideline for numbers:
10977 1 - error messages
10978 3 - non-serious error messages
10979 5 - messages for things that take a long time
10980 7 - not very important messages on stuff
10981 9 - messages inside loops.
10982
10983 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10984
10985 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
10986 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
10987 ARGS are passed to `message'.
10988
10989 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10990
10991 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
10992 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
10993
10994 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10995
10996 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
10997 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
10998
10999 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11000 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11001 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11002 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11003 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11004 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11005
11006 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11007 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11008 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11009 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11010 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11011
11012 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11013
11014 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11015
11016 ;;;***
11017 \f
11018 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11019 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (19687 6902))
11020 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11021 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11022 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11023
11024 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11025 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11026
11027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11028
11029 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11030 Read network news.
11031 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11032 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11033 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11034 name of an NNTP server to use.
11035 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11036 server.
11037
11038 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11039
11040 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11041 Read news as a slave.
11042
11043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11044
11045 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11046 Pop up a frame to read news.
11047 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11048 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11049 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11050 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11051 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11052 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11053 current display is used.
11054
11055 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11056
11057 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11058 Read network news.
11059 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11060 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11061 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11062
11063 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11064
11065 ;;;***
11066 \f
11067 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11068 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11069 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11070 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11071 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11072 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (19687 6902))
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11074
11075 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11076 Start Gnus unplugged.
11077
11078 \(fn)" t nil)
11079
11080 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11081 Start Gnus plugged.
11082
11083 \(fn)" t nil)
11084
11085 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11086 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11087
11088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11089
11090 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11091 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11092
11093 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11094 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11095 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11096
11097 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11098 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11099 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11100
11101 \(fn)" t nil)
11102
11103 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11104 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11105
11106 \(fn)" nil nil)
11107
11108 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11109 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11110 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11111 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11112 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11113 supported.
11114
11115 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11116
11117 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11118 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11119 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11120 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11121 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11122 supported.
11123
11124 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11125
11126 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11127 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11128
11129 \(fn)" nil nil)
11130
11131 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11132 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11133 downloaded into the agent.
11134
11135 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11136
11137 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11138 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11139 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11140 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11141
11142 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11143
11144 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11145 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11146
11147 \(fn)" t nil)
11148
11149 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11150 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11151
11152 \(fn)" t nil)
11153
11154 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11155 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11156 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11157
11158 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11159
11160 ;;;***
11161 \f
11162 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11163 ;;;;;; (19695 9549))
11164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11165
11166 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11167 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11168
11169 \(fn)" nil nil)
11170
11171 ;;;***
11172 \f
11173 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11174 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (19670 666))
11175 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11176
11177 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11178 Set a bookmark for this article.
11179
11180 \(fn)" t nil)
11181
11182 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11183 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11184
11185 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11186
11187 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11188 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11189 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11190 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11191 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11192
11193 \(fn)" t nil)
11194
11195 ;;;***
11196 \f
11197 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11198 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11199 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (19693
11200 ;;;;;; 40409))
11201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11202
11203 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11204 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11205
11206 Usage:
11207 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11208
11209 \(fn)" t nil)
11210
11211 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11212 Generate the cache active file.
11213
11214 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11215
11216 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11217 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11218
11219 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11220
11221 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11222 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11223 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11224 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11225 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11226 supported.
11227
11228 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11229
11230 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11231 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11232 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11233 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11234 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11235 supported.
11236
11237 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11238
11239 ;;;***
11240 \f
11241 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11242 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (19645 60484))
11243 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11244
11245 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11246 Delay this article by some time.
11247 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11248
11249 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11250 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11251
11252 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11253 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11254
11255 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11256 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11257
11258 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11259
11260 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11261 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11262
11263 \(fn)" t nil)
11264
11265 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11266 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11267 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11268 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11269
11270 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11271 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11272
11273 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11274
11275 ;;;***
11276 \f
11277 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11278 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (19645 60484))
11279 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11280
11281 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11282 Not documented
11283
11284 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11285
11286 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11287 Not documented
11288
11289 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11290
11291 ;;;***
11292 \f
11293 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11294 ;;;;;; (19662 7391))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11296
11297 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11298 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11299
11300 \(fn)" t nil)
11301
11302 ;;;***
11303 \f
11304 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11305 ;;;;;; (19648 31344))
11306 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11307
11308 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11309 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11310
11311 \(fn)" t nil)
11312
11313 ;;;***
11314 \f
11315 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11316 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11317 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (19635
11318 ;;;;;; 50568))
11319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11320
11321 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11322 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11323
11324 \(fn)" t nil)
11325
11326 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11327 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11328
11329 \(fn)" t nil)
11330
11331 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11332 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11333
11334 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11335 different input formats.
11336
11337 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11338
11339 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11340 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11341
11342 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11343 different input formats.
11344
11345 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11346
11347 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11348 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11349 The PNG is returned as a string.
11350
11351 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11352
11353 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11354 Convert FILE to a Face.
11355 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11356 726 bytes.
11357
11358 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11359
11360 ;;;***
11361 \f
11362 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11363 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (19688 19082))
11364 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11365
11366 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11367 Display gravatar in the From header.
11368 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11369
11370 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11371
11372 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11373 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11374 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11375
11376 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11377
11378 ;;;***
11379 \f
11380 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11381 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (19672 21006))
11382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11383
11384 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11385 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11386 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11387 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11388
11389 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11390
11391 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11392 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11393
11394 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11395
11396 ;;;***
11397 \f
11398 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11399 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (19687 6902))
11400 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11401
11402 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11403 Not documented
11404
11405 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11406
11407 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11408 Not documented
11409
11410 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
11411
11412 ;;;***
11413 \f
11414 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11415 ;;;;;; (19636 38740))
11416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11417
11418 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
11419
11420 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
11421 Run batched scoring.
11422 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11423
11424 \(fn)" t nil)
11425
11426 ;;;***
11427 \f
11428 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11429 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11430 ;;;;;; (19582 65302))
11431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11432
11433 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11434 Not documented
11435
11436 \(fn)" nil nil)
11437
11438 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
11439 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11440 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11441
11442 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11443
11444 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
11445 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11446
11447 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11448
11449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11450
11451 ;;;***
11452 \f
11453 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11454 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11455 ;;;;;; (19582 65302))
11456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11457
11458 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
11459 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
11460 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11461 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11462 group parameters.
11463
11464 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11465 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11466 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
11467 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
11468
11469 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11470 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
11471 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11472 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11473 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
11474 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11475 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11476 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11477 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11478 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11479
11480 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11481
11482 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
11483 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11484 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11485 nil CATCH-ALL).
11486
11487 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
11488 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
11489
11490 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11491
11492 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
11493 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11494 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11495
11496 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
11497
11498 \(fn)" nil nil)
11499
11500 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
11501 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11502 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11503
11504 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11505
11506 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11507 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11508 existing groups are considered.
11509
11510 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11511 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11512 returned.
11513
11514 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11515 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11516 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11517 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11518 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11519 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11520 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11521 clauses will be generated.
11522
11523 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11524 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11525 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11526 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11527 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11528 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11529
11530 For example, given the following group parameters:
11531
11532 nnml:mail.bar:
11533 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11534 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11535 nnml:mail.foo:
11536 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11537 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11538 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11539 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11540 nnml:mail.others:
11541 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11542
11543 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11544
11545 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11546 \"mail.bar\")
11547 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11548 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11549 \"mail.others\")
11550
11551 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11552
11553 ;;;***
11554 \f
11555 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11556 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (19662 23188))
11557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11558
11559 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
11560 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11561 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11562 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11563
11564 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11565
11566 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
11567 Mail to ADDRESS.
11568
11569 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11570
11571 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
11572 Like `message-reply'.
11573
11574 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11575
11576 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
11577
11578 ;;;***
11579 \f
11580 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11581 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11582 ;;;;;; (19635 50568))
11583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11584
11585 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11586 Display picons in the From header.
11587 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11588
11589 \(fn)" t nil)
11590
11591 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11592 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11593 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11594
11595 \(fn)" t nil)
11596
11597 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
11598 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11599 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11600
11601 \(fn)" t nil)
11602
11603 ;;;***
11604 \f
11605 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11606 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11607 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11608 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11609 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (19604 65275))
11610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11611
11612 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
11613 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11614 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11615 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11616
11617 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11618
11619 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
11620 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11621 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11622 LIST1 is modified.
11623
11624 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11625
11626 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
11627 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11628 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11629
11630 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11631
11632 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11633 Not documented
11634
11635 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11636
11637 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11638 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11639 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11640
11641 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11642
11643 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
11644 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11645 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11646
11647 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11648
11649 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
11650
11651 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
11652 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11653 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11654
11655 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11656
11657 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
11658 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11659 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11660
11661 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11662
11663 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
11664 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11665 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11666
11667 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11668
11669 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
11670 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11671
11672 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11673
11674 ;;;***
11675 \f
11676 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11677 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (19645 60484))
11678 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11679
11680 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
11681 Initialize the Gnus registry.
11682
11683 \(fn)" t nil)
11684
11685 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
11686 Install the registry hooks.
11687
11688 \(fn)" t nil)
11689
11690 ;;;***
11691 \f
11692 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11693 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (19582
11694 ;;;;;; 65302))
11695 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11696
11697 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
11698 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11699 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11700 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11701 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11702 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11703
11704 \(fn)" t nil)
11705
11706 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
11707 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11708 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11709 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11710 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11711
11712 \(fn)" t nil)
11713
11714 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
11715 Not documented
11716
11717 \(fn)" t nil)
11718
11719 ;;;***
11720 \f
11721 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11722 ;;;;;; (19638 16738))
11723 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11724
11725 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
11726 Update the format specification near point.
11727
11728 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
11729
11730 ;;;***
11731 \f
11732 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
11733 ;;;;;; (19672 21006))
11734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11735
11736 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
11737 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11738
11739 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11740
11741 ;;;***
11742 \f
11743 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
11744 ;;;;;; (19695 9549))
11745 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
11746
11747 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
11748 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
11749 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
11750
11751 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
11752
11753 ;;;***
11754 \f
11755 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
11756 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (19630 1041))
11757 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
11758
11759 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
11760 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
11761
11762 \(fn)" t nil)
11763
11764 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
11765 Install the sync hooks.
11766
11767 \(fn)" t nil)
11768
11769 ;;;***
11770 \f
11771 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11772 ;;;;;; (19626 25721))
11773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11774
11775 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
11776 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11777
11778 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11779
11780 ;;;***
11781 \f
11782 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (19675 8283))
11783 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11784
11785 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
11786 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11787
11788 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
11789 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11790 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11791
11792 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11793 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11794 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11795
11796 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11797 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11798
11799 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11800 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11801
11802 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11803
11804 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11805
11806 ;;;***
11807 \f
11808 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
11809 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (19360
11810 ;;;;;; 14173))
11811 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11812
11813 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
11814
11815 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
11816 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11817 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11818 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11819 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11820
11821 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11822
11823 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
11824 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11825 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11826 or to send e-mail.
11827 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
11828 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
11829
11830 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11831 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11832
11833 \(fn)" t nil)
11834 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
11835
11836 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
11837 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
11838
11839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11840
11841 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
11842 Turn on `goto-address-mode', but only in comments and strings.
11843
11844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11845
11846 ;;;***
11847 \f
11848 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve) "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el"
11849 ;;;;;; (19626 25721))
11850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
11851
11852 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
11853 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
11854 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
11855
11856 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
11857
11858 ;;;***
11859 \f
11860 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
11861 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11862 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (19687 6902))
11863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11864
11865 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11866 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11867
11868 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
11869
11870 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11871 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11872 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11873 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11874 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11875
11876 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11877 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11878 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11879
11880 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
11881
11882 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11883 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11884 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
11885 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
11886 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
11887
11888 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
11889
11890 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11891 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11892
11893 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
11894
11895 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([1-9][0-9]*\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
11896 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11897
11898 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
11899 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11900 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11901
11902 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
11903 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11904 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11905
11906 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
11907 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
11908 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
11909 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11910
11911 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11912 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11913 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
11914 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
11915 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
11916
11917 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11918
11919 (defvar grep-history nil)
11920
11921 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11922
11923 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
11924 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11925 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11926
11927 \(fn)" nil nil)
11928
11929 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
11930 Not documented
11931
11932 \(fn)" nil nil)
11933
11934 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
11935 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11936
11937 \(fn)" nil nil)
11938
11939 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
11940 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11941 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11942 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep
11943 found matches.
11944
11945 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
11946 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
11947
11948 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
11949 can easily repeat a grep command.
11950
11951 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11952 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11953 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
11954 list is empty).
11955
11956 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11957
11958 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
11959 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11960 Collect output in a buffer.
11961 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11962 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11963
11964 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11965 easily repeat a find command.
11966
11967 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11968
11969 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
11970
11971 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
11972 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
11973 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11974 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11975 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11976
11977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11978 before it is executed.
11979 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
11980
11981 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
11982 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
11983 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
11984
11985 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
11986
11987 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
11988
11989 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
11990 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11991 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11992 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
11993 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11994
11995 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
11996 before it is executed.
11997 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
11998
11999 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12000 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12001 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12002
12003 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12004
12005 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12006
12007 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12008 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12009 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12010 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12011
12012 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12013
12014 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12015
12016 ;;;***
12017 \f
12018 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (19277 34916))
12019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12020
12021 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12022 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12023 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12024 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12025 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12026
12027 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12028
12029 ;;;***
12030 \f
12031 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12032 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (19611 36621))
12033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12034
12035 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12036 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12037 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12038 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12039
12040 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12041
12042 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12043 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12044 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12045 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12046
12047 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12048
12049 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12050 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12051 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12052 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12053
12054 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12055
12056 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12057 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12058 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12059 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12060
12061 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12062 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12063
12064 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12065
12066 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12067 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12068 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12069 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12070
12071 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12072
12073 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12074 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12075 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12076 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12077
12078 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12079
12080 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12081 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12082 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12083 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12084 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12085
12086 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12087 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12088 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12089 original source file access method.
12090
12091 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12092 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12093
12094 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12095 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
12096
12097 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12098 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12099
12100 \(fn)" t nil)
12101
12102 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12103 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12104 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12106 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12107 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12108
12109 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12110
12111 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12112 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12113
12114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12115
12116 ;;;***
12117 \f
12118 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (19277
12119 ;;;;;; 34922))
12120 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12121
12122 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12123 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12124 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12125 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12126
12127 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12128 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12129 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12130 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12131
12132 \(fn)" t nil)
12133
12134 ;;;***
12135 \f
12136 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12137 ;;;;;; (19267 61658))
12138 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12139
12140 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12141 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12142
12143 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12144
12145 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12146 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12147 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12148 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12149
12150 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12151
12152 \(fn)" t nil)
12153
12154 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12155 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12156 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12157 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12158 to be updated.
12159
12160 \(fn)" t nil)
12161
12162 ;;;***
12163 \f
12164 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12165 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12166 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (19635 50568))
12167 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12168
12169 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12170 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12171
12172 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12173
12174 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12175 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12176 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12177
12178 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12179
12180 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12181 Verify a hashcash payment
12182
12183 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12184
12185 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12186 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12187 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12188 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12189 `mail-add-payment-async').
12190
12191 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12192
12193 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12194 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12195 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12196 Calculation is asynchronous.
12197
12198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12199
12200 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12201 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12202 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12203
12204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12205
12206 ;;;***
12207 \f
12208 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12209 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12210 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12211 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (19277 34916))
12212 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12213
12214 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12215 Return the help-echo string at point.
12216 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12217 property, or nil, is returned.
12218 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12219 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12220 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12221
12222 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12223
12224 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12225 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12226 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12227 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12228 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12229
12230 \(fn)" nil nil)
12231
12232 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12233 Display local help in the echo area.
12234 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12235 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12236 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12237 printed instead.
12238
12239 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12240 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12241 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12242
12243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12244
12245 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12246 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12247 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12248
12249 \(fn)" t nil)
12250
12251 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12252 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12253 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12254
12255 \(fn)" t nil)
12256
12257 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12258 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12259 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12260 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12261 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12262 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12263 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12264 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12265 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12266 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12267 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12268
12269 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12270 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12271 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12272 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12273 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12274
12275 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12276 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12277 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12278 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12279 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12280 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12281 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12282 The default is `never'.")
12283
12284 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
12285
12286 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
12287 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
12288 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
12289 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
12290 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
12291 considered different regions.
12292
12293 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12294 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
12295 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
12296 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
12297 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
12298 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
12299 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
12300 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
12301 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
12302
12303 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
12304
12305 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
12306 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
12307 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12308 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12309 different regions.
12310
12311 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
12312 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
12313 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
12314 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
12315 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
12316 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
12317 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
12318 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
12319
12320 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
12321 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
12322 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
12323 rarely happens in practice.
12324
12325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12326
12327 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
12328 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
12329 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
12330 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
12331 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
12332 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
12333
12334 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12335
12336 ;;;***
12337 \f
12338 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
12339 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
12340 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
12341 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (19649 15956))
12342 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
12343
12344 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
12345 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
12346
12347 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
12348
12349 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
12350 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
12351 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
12352
12353 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12354
12355 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
12356 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
12357 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
12358 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
12359 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
12360 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
12361 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
12362 search for a function definition.
12363
12364 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
12365 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
12366 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
12367 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
12368 suitable file is found, return nil.
12369
12370 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
12371
12372 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
12373 Not documented
12374
12375 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12376
12377 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
12378 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
12379 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12380 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12381
12382 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12383
12384 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
12385 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12386 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12387 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
12388 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
12389 it is displayed along with the global value.
12390
12391 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
12392
12393 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
12394 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12395 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12396 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12397
12398 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12399
12400 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
12401 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12402 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12403 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12404 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12405
12406 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12407
12408 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
12409 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
12410
12411 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12412
12413 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
12414 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
12415
12416 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12417
12418 ;;;***
12419 \f
12420 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12421 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
12422 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12423
12424 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12425 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12426 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
12427 window listing and describing the options.
12428 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
12429 gives the window that lists the options.")
12430
12431 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
12432
12433 ;;;***
12434 \f
12435 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12436 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref help-mode-finish
12437 ;;;;;; help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (19635
12438 ;;;;;; 56796))
12439 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12440
12441 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
12442 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12443 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12444 Commands:
12445 \\{help-mode-map}
12446
12447 \(fn)" t nil)
12448
12449 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
12450 Not documented
12451
12452 \(fn)" nil nil)
12453
12454 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
12455 Not documented
12456
12457 \(fn)" nil nil)
12458
12459 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
12460 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12461
12462 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12463 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12464 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12465 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12466
12467 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12468 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12469 restore it properly when going back.
12470
12471 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12472
12473 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
12474 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
12475 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
12476 current buffer.
12477 Otherwise, it is *Help*; if no buffer with that name currently
12478 exists, it is created.
12479
12480 \(fn)" nil nil)
12481
12482 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
12483 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12484
12485 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12486 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12487 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12488 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12489 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12490 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12491 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12492 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12493
12494 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12495 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12496 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12497 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12498
12499 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12500 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12501 that.
12502
12503 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12504
12505 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12506 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12507 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12508 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12509 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12510 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12511
12512 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12513
12514 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
12515 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12516 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12517 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12518 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12519
12520 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12521
12522 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
12523 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12524
12525 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12526
12527 ;;;***
12528 \f
12529 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12530 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (19580 19536))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12532
12533 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
12534 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12535
12536 \(fn)" t nil)
12537
12538 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
12539 Provide help for current mode.
12540
12541 \(fn)" t nil)
12542
12543 ;;;***
12544 \f
12545 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12546 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (19648 31344))
12547 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12548
12549 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
12550 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12551 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12552 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12553 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12554
12555 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12556 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12557
12558 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12559 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12560 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12561 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12562
12563 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12564 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12565 periods.
12566
12567 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12568 in hexl format.
12569
12570 A sample format:
12571
12572 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12573 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12574 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12575 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12576 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12577 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12578 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12579 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12580 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12581 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12582 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12583 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12584 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12585 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12586 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12587
12588 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
12589 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12590 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12591
12592 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12593 also supported.
12594
12595 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12596
12597 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12598 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12599 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12600
12601 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12602 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12603 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12604
12605 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12606 into the buffer at the current point.
12607
12608 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12609 into the buffer at the current point.
12610
12611 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12612 into the buffer at the current point.
12613
12614 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12615
12616 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12617 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12618
12619 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12620
12621 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12622
12623 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12624
12625 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
12626 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
12627 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
12628 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
12629
12630 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12631
12632 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
12633 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12634 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12635
12636 \(fn)" t nil)
12637
12638 ;;;***
12639 \f
12640 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12641 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12642 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
12643 ;;;;;; (19635 50568))
12644 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12645
12646 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12647 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12648
12649 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12650 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
12651 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
12652 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
12653 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
12654 called interactively, are:
12655
12656 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12657 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12658
12659 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12660 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12661 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12662 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12663
12664 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12665 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12666
12667 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12668 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12669
12670 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12671 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
12672 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12673 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12674 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12675 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
12676 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
12677 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
12678 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
12679 function returns t.
12680
12681 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12682 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12683
12684 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
12685 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
12686 form:
12687 Hi-lock: FOO
12688 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
12689 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
12690 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
12691 Patterns will be read until
12692 Hi-lock: end
12693 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12694
12695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12696
12697 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
12698 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
12699 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12700 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12701 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12702 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
12703
12704 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
12705
12706 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
12707 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
12708 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if
12709 ARG is positive.
12710 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
12711 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
12712 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
12713
12714 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12715
12716 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
12717
12718 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12719 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12720
12721 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12722 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12723 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12724 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12725 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12726
12727 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12728
12729 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
12730
12731 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12732 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12733
12734 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12735 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12736 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
12737 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
12738 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12739
12740 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12741
12742 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
12743
12744 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12745 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12746
12747 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12748 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12749
12750 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12751
12752 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
12753
12754 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
12755 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12756
12757 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12758 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12759 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12760 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12761 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12762
12763 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12764
12765 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
12766 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12767
12768 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12769 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12770 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12771
12772 \(fn)" t nil)
12773
12774 ;;;***
12775 \f
12776 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
12777 ;;;;;; (19668 19057))
12778 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12779
12780 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
12781 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12782 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12783 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12784 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12785 how the hiding is done:
12786
12787 `hide-ifdef-env'
12788 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12789 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12790 is used.
12791
12792 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12793 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12794 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12795 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12796 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12797
12798 `hide-ifdef-lines'
12799 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12800 #endif lines when hiding.
12801
12802 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12803 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12804 is activated.
12805
12806 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12807 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12808 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12809
12810 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12811
12812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12813
12814 ;;;***
12815 \f
12816 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
12817 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
12818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12819
12820 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
12821 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12822 Each element has the form
12823 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12824
12825 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12826 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12827
12828 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12829 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12830
12831 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12832 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12833 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12834 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12835 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12836 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12837
12838 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12839 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12840
12841 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12842 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12843
12844 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12845 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12846 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12847
12848 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
12849 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
12850 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12851 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12852 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12853
12854 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12855 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12856 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12857
12858 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12859 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12860
12861 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12862
12863 Key bindings:
12864 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12865
12866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12867
12868 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
12869 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
12870
12871 \(fn)" nil nil)
12872
12873 ;;;***
12874 \f
12875 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
12876 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12877 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12878 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
12879 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (19630
12880 ;;;;;; 1041))
12881 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12882
12883 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12884 Toggle Highlight Changes mode.
12885
12886 With ARG, turn Highlight Changes mode on if and only if arg is positive.
12887
12888 In Highlight Changes mode changes are recorded with a text property.
12889 Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but command
12890 \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles this
12891 on and off.
12892
12893 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
12894 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12895 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12896 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12897 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
12898 through various faces.
12899 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12900 buffer with the contents of a file
12901 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
12902
12903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12904
12905 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12906 Toggle visiblility of changes when buffer is in Highlight Changes mode.
12907
12908 This mode only has an effect when Highlight Changes mode is on.
12909 It allows toggling between whether or not the changed text is displayed
12910 in a distinctive face.
12911
12912 The default value can be customized with variable
12913 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'
12914
12915 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
12916
12917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12918
12919 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
12920 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12921 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12922
12923 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12924
12925 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
12926 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12927
12928 \(fn)" t nil)
12929
12930 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
12931 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12932
12933 \(fn)" t nil)
12934
12935 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
12936 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
12937
12938 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12939 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12940 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12941 shown in the last face in the list.
12942
12943 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12944 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12945 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12946
12947 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12948
12949 \(fn)" t nil)
12950
12951 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
12952 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12953
12954 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12955
12956 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12957 to save the file.
12958
12959 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12960 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12961
12962 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12963 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12964 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12965
12966 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12967
12968 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
12969 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12970
12971 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12972 this function is called interactively.
12973
12974 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12975 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12976 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12977
12978 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12979 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12980 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12981
12982 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12983
12984 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
12985 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
12986 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12987 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12988 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12989 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
12990
12991 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
12992
12993 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
12994 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in every possible buffer.
12995 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Highlight-Changes mode on if and only if
12996 ARG is positive.
12997 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
12998 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
12999 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13000
13001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13002
13003 ;;;***
13004 \f
13005 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13006 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13007 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13008 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13009 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (19672 56753))
13010 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13011
13012 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13013 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13014 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13015 or insert functions in this list.")
13016
13017 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13018
13019 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13020 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13021
13022 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13023
13024 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13025 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13026
13027 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13028
13029 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13030 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13031
13032 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13033
13034 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13035 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13036
13037 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13038
13039 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13040 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13041 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13042
13043 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13044
13045 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13046 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13047 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13048 \(as atoms)")
13049
13050 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13051
13052 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13053 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13054 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13055 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13056 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13057
13058 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13059
13060 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13061 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13062 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13063 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13064 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13065 expansions.
13066 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13067 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13068 undoes the expansion.
13069
13070 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13071
13072 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13073 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13074 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13075 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13076
13077 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13078
13079 ;;;***
13080 \f
13081 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13082 ;;;;;; (19515 27412))
13083 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13084
13085 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13086 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13087 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13088
13089 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13090 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13091 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13092 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13093 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13094
13095 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13096 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13097 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13098 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13099
13100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13101
13102 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13103 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13104 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13106 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13107 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13108
13109 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13110
13111 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13112 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13113 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13114
13115 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13116 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13117
13118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13119
13120 ;;;***
13121 \f
13122 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13123 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13124 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13125 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13126 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (19662 28391))
13127 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13128
13129 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13130
13131 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13132 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13133 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13134
13135 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13136
13137 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13138
13139 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13140
13141 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13142 Oriental holidays.
13143 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13144
13145 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13146
13147 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13148
13149 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13150
13151 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13152 Local holidays.
13153 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13154
13155 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13156
13157 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13158
13159 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13160
13161 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13162 User defined holidays.
13163 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13164
13165 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13166
13167 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13168
13169 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13170 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13171
13172 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13173
13174 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13175 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13176
13177 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13178
13179 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13180 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13181
13182 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13183
13184 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13185 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13186
13187 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13188
13189 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13190
13191 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13192 Jewish holidays.
13193 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13194
13195 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13196
13197 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13198
13199 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13200
13201 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13202 Christian holidays.
13203 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13204
13205 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13206
13207 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13208
13209 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13210
13211 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13212 Islamic holidays.
13213 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13214
13215 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13216
13217 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13218
13219 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13220
13221 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha"))))) "\
13222 Baha'i holidays.
13223 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13224
13225 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13226
13227 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13228
13229 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13230
13231 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13232 Sun-related holidays.
13233 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13234
13235 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13236
13237 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13238
13239 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13240
13241 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13242 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13243 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13244 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13245
13246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13247
13248 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13249 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13250 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
13251 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
13252 displayed, use a different list. For example,
13253
13254 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13255 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
13256
13257 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
13258 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13259
13260 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13261 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
13262 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13263 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13264 of a holiday list.
13265
13266 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13267
13268 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
13269
13270 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
13271
13272 ;;;***
13273 \f
13274 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (19582
13275 ;;;;;; 65302))
13276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13277
13278 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
13279 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13280
13281 \(fn)" t nil)
13282
13283 ;;;***
13284 \f
13285 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
13286 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (19631 26857))
13287 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
13288
13289 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
13290 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
13291 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
13292 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
13293 as possible.
13294
13295 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
13296 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
13297 fontified display.
13298
13299 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
13300 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
13301
13302 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
13303 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
13304 hyperlinks as appropriate.
13305
13306 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
13309 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
13310 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
13311
13312 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
13313
13314 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
13315
13316 ;;;***
13317 \f
13318 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13319 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (19580
13320 ;;;;;; 19536))
13321 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13322
13323 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
13324 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13325
13326 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13327 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13328 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13329
13330 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13331 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13332 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13333 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13334 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13335 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13336
13337 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
13338 title of the column.
13339
13340 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13341 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13342 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13343 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13344 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13345
13346 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13347
13348 (put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
13349
13350 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
13351 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13352 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13353 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13354 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13355
13356 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13357 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13358 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13359
13360 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13361
13362 (put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13363
13364 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
13365 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13366 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13367 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13368 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13369 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13370
13371 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13372 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13373 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13374 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13375 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13376 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13377 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13378 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13379 values are:
13380 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13381 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13382 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13383 buffer's modification flag.
13384 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13385 prompted before performing this operation.
13386 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13387 operation is complete, in the form:
13388 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13389 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13390 confirmation message, in the form:
13391 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13392 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13393 macro for exactly what it does.
13394
13395 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13396
13397 (put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13398
13399 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
13400 Define a filter named NAME.
13401 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13402 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13403 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13404
13405 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13406 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13407 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13408 bound to the current value of the filter.
13409
13410 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13411
13412 (put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13413
13414 ;;;***
13415 \f
13416 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13417 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (19632 44567))
13418 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13419
13420 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
13421 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13422 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13423 buffers which are visiting a file.
13424
13425 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13426
13427 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
13428 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13429 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13430 buffers which are visiting a file.
13431
13432 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13433
13434 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
13435 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13436 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13437
13438 All arguments are optional.
13439 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13440 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13441 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13442 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13443 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13444 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13445 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13446 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13447 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13448 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13449 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13450 that value locally in this buffer.
13451
13452 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13453
13454 ;;;***
13455 \f
13456 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13457 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13458 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (19580 19536))
13459 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13460
13461 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
13462 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13463 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13464 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13465
13466 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13467
13468 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
13469 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13470 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13471 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13472 ICAL-FILENAME.
13473 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13474 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13475 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13476
13477 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13478
13479 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
13480 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13481 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13482 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13483 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13484 non-marking or not.
13485
13486 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13487
13488 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
13489 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13490
13491 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13492 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13493 DIARY-FILE.
13494
13495 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13496 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13497 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
13498
13499 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13500 non-marking.
13501
13502 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13503 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
13504 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13505
13506 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13507
13508 ;;;***
13509 \f
13510 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (19408
13511 ;;;;;; 44404))
13512 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13513
13514 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13515 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13516 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13517 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13518 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13519 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13520
13521 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
13522
13523 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
13524 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13525 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
13526 otherwise turn it off.
13527
13528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13529
13530 ;;;***
13531 \f
13532 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (19668 19042))
13533 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13534
13535 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
13536 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13537 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13538 Tab indents for Icon code.
13539 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13540 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13541 \\{icon-mode-map}
13542 Variables controlling indentation style:
13543 icon-tab-always-indent
13544 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13545 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13546 icon-auto-newline
13547 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13548 inserted in Icon code.
13549 icon-indent-level
13550 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13551 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13552 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13553 icon-continued-statement-offset
13554 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13555 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13556 icon-continued-brace-offset
13557 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13558 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13559 icon-brace-offset
13560 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13561 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13562 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13563 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13564
13565 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13566 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13567
13568 \(fn)" t nil)
13569
13570 ;;;***
13571 \f
13572 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13573 ;;;;;; (19675 14361))
13574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13575
13576 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
13577 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13578 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13579 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13580
13581 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13582 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13583 separate frames.
13584
13585 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13586 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13587
13588 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13589 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13590 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13591
13592 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13593
13594 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13595
13596 ;;;***
13597 \f
13598 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13599 ;;;;;; (19675 14373))
13600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13601
13602 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
13603 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
13604
13605 The main features of this mode are
13606
13607 1. Indentation and Formatting
13608 --------------------------
13609 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13610 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13611
13612 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13613 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13614 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13615 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13616
13617 Comments are indented as follows:
13618
13619 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13620 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13621 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13622
13623 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13624
13625 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13626 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13627 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13628 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13629 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13630 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13631
13632 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13633 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13634 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13635 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13636
13637 2. Routine Info
13638 ------------
13639 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13640 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13641 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13642 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13643 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13644 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13645 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13646 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13647 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13648 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13649
13650 3. Online IDL Help
13651 ---------------
13652
13653 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13654 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
13655 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
13656 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13657
13658 4. Completion
13659 ----------
13660 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13661 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13662 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13663 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13664 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13665 upper case.
13666
13667 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13668 --------------------------------
13669 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13670 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
13671
13672 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13673 \\fu FUNCTION template
13674 \\c CASE statement template
13675 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13676 \\f FOR loop template
13677 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13678 \\w WHILE loop template
13679 \\i IF statement template
13680 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13681 \\b BEGIN
13682
13683 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13684 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13685
13686 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13687 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13688 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13689 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13690
13691 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13692 -------------------------
13693 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13694 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13695
13696 7. Automatic END completion
13697 ------------------------
13698 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13699 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13700
13701 8. Hooks
13702 -----
13703 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13704 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13705
13706 9. Documentation and Customization
13707 -------------------------------
13708 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13709 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13710 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13711 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
13712 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13713
13714 10.Keybindings
13715 -----------
13716 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13717 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13718 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13719
13720 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13721
13722 \(fn)" t nil)
13723
13724 ;;;***
13725 \f
13726 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13727 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13728 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13729 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13730 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13731 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13732 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13733 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (19604
13734 ;;;;;; 1959))
13735 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13736
13737 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13738 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13739 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13740 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13741 displaying...)
13742 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13743 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13744 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13745
13746 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13747 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13748
13749 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
13750
13751 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
13752 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13753 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13754 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13755 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13756 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13757 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13758 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13759 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13760
13761 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13762
13763 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
13764 Switch to another buffer.
13765 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13766 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13767 in another frame.
13768
13769 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13770 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13771 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13772 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13773 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
13774
13775 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13776 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13777
13778 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13779 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13780
13781 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13782 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13783 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13784 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13785 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13786 in a separate window.
13787 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13788 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13789 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13790 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13791 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13792 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13793 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
13794 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13795 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13796
13797 \(fn)" t nil)
13798
13799 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
13800 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13801 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13802 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13803
13804 \(fn)" t nil)
13805
13806 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
13807 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13808 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13809 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13810
13811 \(fn)" t nil)
13812
13813 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
13814 Kill a buffer.
13815 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13816 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13817
13818 \(fn)" t nil)
13819
13820 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
13821 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13822 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13823 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13824
13825 \(fn)" t nil)
13826
13827 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
13828 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13829 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13830 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
13831
13832 \(fn)" t nil)
13833
13834 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
13835 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13836
13837 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
13838
13839 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
13840 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13841 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13842 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13843 visible in another frame.
13844
13845 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13846 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13847 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13848 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13849 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13850 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
13851
13852 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13853 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13854
13855 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13856 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13857
13858 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13859 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13860 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13861 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13862 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13863 in a separate window.
13864 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13865 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13866 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13867 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13868 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13869 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13870 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13871 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13872 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13873 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13874 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13875 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13876 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13877 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13878 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13879
13880 \(fn)" t nil)
13881
13882 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
13883 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13884 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13885 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13886
13887 \(fn)" t nil)
13888
13889 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
13890 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13891 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13892 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13893
13894 \(fn)" t nil)
13895
13896 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
13897 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13898 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13899 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13900
13901 \(fn)" t nil)
13902
13903 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
13904 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13905 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13906 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13907
13908 \(fn)" t nil)
13909
13910 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
13911 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13912 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13913 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13914
13915 \(fn)" t nil)
13916
13917 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
13918 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13919 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13920 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13921
13922 \(fn)" t nil)
13923
13924 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
13925 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13926 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13927 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13928
13929 \(fn)" t nil)
13930
13931 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
13932 Write current buffer to a file.
13933 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13934 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13935
13936 \(fn)" t nil)
13937
13938 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
13939 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13940 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13941 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13942
13943 \(fn)" t nil)
13944
13945 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
13946 Call `dired' the ido way.
13947 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13948 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
13949
13950 \(fn)" t nil)
13951
13952 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
13953 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13954 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13955 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13956 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13957 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13958
13959 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13960
13961 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
13962 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13963 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13964 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13965
13966 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13967
13968 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
13969 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13970 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13971 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13972
13973 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13974
13975 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
13976 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13977 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13978 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13979 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13980 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13981 with `completing-read'.
13982 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13983 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13984 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13985 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13986 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13987 with point positioned at the end.
13988 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13989 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13990
13991 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13992
13993 ;;;***
13994 \f
13995 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (19277 34916))
13996 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13997 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*ielm*"))
13998
13999 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14000 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14001 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14002
14003 \(fn)" t nil)
14004
14005 ;;;***
14006 \f
14007 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (19629 13333))
14008 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14009
14010 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14011
14012 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14013 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14014
14015 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14016
14017 ;;;***
14018 \f
14019 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types create-animated-image
14020 ;;;;;; defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image
14021 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14022 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14023 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14024 ;;;;;; (19652 54251))
14025 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14026
14027 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14028 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14029 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14030 be determined.
14031
14032 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14033
14034 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14035 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14036 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14037 be determined.
14038
14039 \(fn)" nil nil)
14040
14041 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14042 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14043 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14044 be determined.
14045
14046 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14047
14048 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14049 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14050 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14051 be determined.
14052
14053 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14054
14055 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14056 Determine and return image type.
14057 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14058 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14059 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14060 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14061 use its file extension as image type.
14062 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14063
14064 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14065
14066 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14067 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14068 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14069
14070 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14071
14072 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14073 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14074 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14075
14076 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14077 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14078 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14079 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14080 must be available.
14081
14082 \(fn)" nil nil)
14083
14084 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14085 Create an image.
14086 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14087 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14088 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14089 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14090 use its file extension as image type.
14091 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14092 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14093 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14094 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14095
14096 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14097
14098 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14099 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14100 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14101
14102 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14103
14104 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14105 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14106 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14107 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14108 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14109 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14110 POS may be an integer or marker.
14111 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14112 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14113 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14114 means display it in the right marginal area.
14115
14116 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14117
14118 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14119 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14120 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14121 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14122 defaulted if you omit it.
14123 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14124 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14125 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14126 means display it in the right marginal area.
14127 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14128 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14129 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14130 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14131 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14132
14133 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14134
14135 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14136 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14137 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14138 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14139 defaulted if you omit it.
14140 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14141 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14142 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14143 means display it in the right marginal area.
14144 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14145
14146 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14147
14148 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14149 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14150 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14151 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14152
14153 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14154
14155 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14156 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14157
14158 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14159
14160 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14161 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14162 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14163 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14164 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14165 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14166 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14167 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14168 satisfied.
14169
14170 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14171
14172 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14173
14174 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14175
14176 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14177 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14178
14179 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14180 documentation string.
14181
14182 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14183 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14184 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14185 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14186 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14187 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14188 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14189 define SYMBOL.
14190
14191 Example:
14192
14193 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14194 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14195
14196 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
14197
14198 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14199
14200 (autoload 'create-animated-image "image" "\
14201 Create an animated image.
14202 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14203 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14204 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14205 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14206 use its file extension as image type.
14207 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14208 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14209 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14210 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14211
14212 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14213
14214 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14215
14216 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14217 Register the file types that ImageMagick is able to handle.
14218
14219 \(fn)" nil nil)
14220
14221 ;;;***
14222 \f
14223 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14224 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14225 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14226 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14227 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14228 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14229 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14230 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (19457 25386))
14231 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14232
14233 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14234 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14235 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14236 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14237 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14238 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14239
14240 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14241
14242 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14243 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14244
14245 Convenience command that:
14246
14247 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14248 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14249 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14250
14251 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14252 image files in dired and type
14253 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14254
14255 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14256
14257 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14258 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14259
14260 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
14261
14262 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14263 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14264 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
14265 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
14266 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
14267 another one).
14268
14269 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
14270 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
14271 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
14272
14273 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
14274 instead of erasing it first.
14275
14276 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
14277 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
14278 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
14279 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
14280 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
14281 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
14282
14283 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
14284
14285 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
14286 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
14287 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
14288 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
14289 displayed.
14290
14291 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14292
14293 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14294
14295 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
14296
14297 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
14298 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
14299
14300 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14301
14302 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
14303 Remove tag for selected file(s).
14304 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
14305
14306 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14307
14308 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
14309 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
14310
14311 \(fn)" t nil)
14312
14313 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
14314 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
14315 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
14316 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
14317
14318 \(fn)" t nil)
14319
14320 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
14321 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
14322
14323 \(fn)" t nil)
14324
14325 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
14326 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
14327
14328 \(fn)" t nil)
14329
14330 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
14331 Display file at point using an external viewer.
14332
14333 \(fn)" t nil)
14334
14335 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
14336 Display current image file.
14337 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
14338 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
14339
14340 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14341
14342 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
14343 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
14344
14345 \(fn)" t nil)
14346
14347 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
14348 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
14349 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
14350 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
14351 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
14352 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
14353 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
14354
14355 \(fn)" t nil)
14356
14357 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
14358 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
14359 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
14360 easy-to-use form.
14361
14362 \(fn)" t nil)
14363
14364 ;;;***
14365 \f
14366 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
14367 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14368 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (19277 34916))
14369 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14370
14371 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
14372 A list of image-file filename extensions.
14373 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14374 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14375
14376 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14377 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14378 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14379 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14380
14381 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
14382
14383 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14384 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14385 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14386 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14387
14388 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14389 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14390 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14391 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14392
14393 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
14394
14395 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
14396 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14397
14398 \(fn)" nil nil)
14399
14400 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
14401 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14402 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14403 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14404
14405 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14406
14407 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14408 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14409 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14410 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14411 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14412 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14413
14414 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
14415
14416 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
14417 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14418 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14419 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14420
14421 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14422 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14423 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14424
14425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14426
14427 ;;;***
14428 \f
14429 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
14430 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (19611 35948))
14431 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14432
14433 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
14434 Major mode for image files.
14435 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14436 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14437
14438 \(fn)" t nil)
14439
14440 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
14441 Toggle Image minor mode.
14442 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14443 It provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14444 to display an image file as the actual image.
14445
14446 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14447
14448 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
14449 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
14450 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
14451 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
14452 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
14453 to display an image file as the actual image.
14454
14455 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
14456 to display an image file as text initially.
14457
14458 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
14459 on these modes.
14460
14461 \(fn)" t nil)
14462
14463 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
14464 Not documented
14465
14466 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14467
14468 ;;;***
14469 \f
14470 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14471 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (19611 60767))
14472 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14473
14474 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14475 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14476
14477 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14478
14479 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14480 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14481 in the buffer.
14482
14483 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14484
14485 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14486 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14487 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14488
14489 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
14490
14491 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14492 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14493
14494 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14495 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14496 pattern's structure.
14497
14498 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14499 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14500 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14501 during matching.")
14502 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
14503
14504 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
14505
14506 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
14507 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
14508
14509 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
14510 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
14511 called within a `save-excursion'.
14512
14513 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
14514
14515 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
14516
14517 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
14518 Function for finding the next index position.
14519
14520 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14521 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14522 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14523 file.
14524
14525 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14526 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14527
14528 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
14529
14530 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14531 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14532
14533 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14534 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14535 It should return the name for that index item.")
14536
14537 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
14538
14539 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14540 Function to compare string with index item.
14541
14542 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14543 non-nil if they match.
14544
14545 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14546 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14547 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14548 arguments match\".")
14549
14550 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
14551
14552 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
14553 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14554 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14555
14556 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
14557 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
14558
14559 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
14560
14561 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
14562
14563 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
14564 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14565 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14566 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14567
14568 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14569
14570 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
14571 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14572
14573 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14574
14575 \(fn)" t nil)
14576
14577 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
14578 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14579 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14580 for more information.
14581
14582 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14583
14584 ;;;***
14585 \f
14586 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14587 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14588 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (19277 34920))
14589 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14590
14591 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
14592 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14593
14594 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14595
14596 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
14597 Not documented
14598
14599 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14600
14601 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
14602 Not documented
14603
14604 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14605
14606 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
14607 Not documented
14608
14609 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14610
14611 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
14612 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
14613
14614 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14615
14616 ;;;***
14617 \f
14618 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14619 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14620 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (19634 23255))
14621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14622
14623 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
14624 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14625 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14626 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14627 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14628
14629 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
14630
14631 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
14632 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14633
14634 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
14635
14636 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
14637 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14638 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14639 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14640 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14641 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14642 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14643 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14644
14645 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
14646
14647 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
14648 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14649 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14650 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14651 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14652
14653 This variable is only used if the variable
14654 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14655
14656 More precise choices:
14657 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14658 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14659 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
14660
14661 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14662
14663 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
14664
14665 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
14666 *Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
14667
14668 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
14669 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14670 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14671 to that buffer.
14672 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14673 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14674 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14675 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14676
14677 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
14678 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*inferior-lisp*"))
14679
14680 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
14681
14682 ;;;***
14683 \f
14684 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14685 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-finder info-apropos
14686 ;;;;;; Info-index Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone
14687 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
14688 ;;;;;; (19688 19082))
14689 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14690
14691 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
14692 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14693
14694 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
14695 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
14696 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14697
14698 (autoload 'info "info" "\
14699 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14700 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
14701 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14702 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
14703 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14704 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14705 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14706 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14707 with the top-level Info directory.
14708
14709 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14710 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14711 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14712 appended to the Info buffer name.
14713
14714 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14715 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14716 in all the directories in that path.
14717
14718 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
14719
14720 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
14721
14722 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
14723 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14724
14725 \(fn)" t nil)
14726
14727 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
14728 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14729 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14730 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14731
14732 \(fn)" nil nil)
14733
14734 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
14735 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
14736 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
14737 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
14738
14739 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
14740
14741 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
14742 Go to the Info directory node.
14743
14744 \(fn)" t nil)
14745
14746 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
14747 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
14748 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14749 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14750 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14751 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14752
14753 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14754
14755 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
14756 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14757 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14758
14759 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14760
14761 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
14762 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
14763 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
14764 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
14765 with a list packages that contain all specified keywords.
14766
14767 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
14768
14769 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
14770 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14771 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14772 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14773 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14774
14775 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14776 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14777
14778 Selecting other nodes:
14779 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14780 Follow a node reference you click on.
14781 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14782 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14783 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14784 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14785 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14786 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14787 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14788 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14789 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14790 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14791 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14792 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14793 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14794 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14795 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14796 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14797 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14798 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14799 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14800 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14801
14802 Moving within a node:
14803 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14804 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14805 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14806 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14807 move up to the parent node.
14808 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14809 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14810 if there is none.
14811 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14812
14813 Advanced commands:
14814 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14815 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14816 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14817 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
14818 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
14819 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14820 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
14821 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14822 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14823 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14824 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14825 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14826 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14827 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14828 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14829 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14830
14831 \(fn)" t nil)
14832 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14833
14834 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
14835 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14836 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14837 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14838 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14839 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14840
14841 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14842 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
14843
14844 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
14845 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14846 KEY is a string.
14847 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14848 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14849 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14850 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14851
14852 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
14853
14854 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
14855 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14856 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14857
14858 \(fn)" t nil)
14859
14860 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
14861 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
14862 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
14863
14864 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
14865
14866 ;;;***
14867 \f
14868 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14869 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14870 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
14871 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14872
14873 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
14874 Throw away all cached data.
14875 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14876 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14877 system.
14878
14879 \(fn)" t nil)
14880 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14881
14882 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
14883 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14884 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
14885 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
14886 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
14887 one found at point.
14888
14889 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14890
14891 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14892 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14893
14894 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
14895 Display the documentation of a file.
14896 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14897 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14898 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14899 The default file name is the one found at point.
14900
14901 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14902
14903 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14904
14905 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
14906 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14907
14908 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14909
14910 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
14911 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14912
14913 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14914
14915 ;;;***
14916 \f
14917 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14918 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (19277 34916))
14919 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14920
14921 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
14922 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14923
14924 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14925
14926 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
14927 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14928 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14929
14930 \(fn)" t nil)
14931
14932 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
14933 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14934 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14935
14936 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14937 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14938 quite a while.
14939
14940 \(fn)" t nil)
14941
14942 ;;;***
14943 \f
14944 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
14945 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (19277 34916))
14946 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14947
14948 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
14949 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14950
14951 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14952
14953 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
14954 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
14955
14956 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
14957
14958 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
14959 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14960 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
14961 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
14962
14963 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14964 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14965 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14966
14967 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14968 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14969 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14970 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14971
14972 \(fn)" t nil)
14973
14974 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
14975 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14976 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14977
14978 \(fn)" t nil)
14979
14980 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
14981 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14982 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14983 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14984 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14985
14986 \(fn)" nil nil)
14987
14988 ;;;***
14989 \f
14990 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14991 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14992 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
14993 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14994
14995 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
14996 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14997
14998 \(fn)" t nil)
14999
15000 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15001 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15002
15003 \(fn)" t nil)
15004
15005 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15006 Not documented
15007
15008 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15009
15010 ;;;***
15011 \f
15012 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (19277
15013 ;;;;;; 34916))
15014 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15015
15016 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15017 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15018 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15019 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15020 accessed via isearchb.
15021
15022 \(fn)" t nil)
15023
15024 ;;;***
15025 \f
15026 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15027 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15028 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15029 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (19277 34920))
15030 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15031
15032 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15033 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15034 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15035 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15036 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15037
15038 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15039
15040 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15041 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15042 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15043 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15044 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15045
15046 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15047
15048 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15049 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15050 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15051 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15052 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15053
15054 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15055
15056 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15057 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15058 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15059 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15060 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15061
15062 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15063
15064 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15065 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15066 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15067 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15068 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15069
15070 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15071
15072 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15073 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15074 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15075 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15076 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15077
15078 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15079
15080 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15081 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15082 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15083 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15084 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15085
15086 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15087
15088 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15089 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15090 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15091 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15092
15093 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15094
15095 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15096 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15097 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15098 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15099
15100 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15101
15102 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15103 Warn that format is read-only.
15104
15105 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15106
15107 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15108 Warn that format is write-only.
15109
15110 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15111
15112 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15113 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15114
15115 \(fn)" t nil)
15116
15117 ;;;***
15118 \f
15119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15120 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
15121 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15122 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15123 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15124 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15125
15126 ;;;***
15127 \f
15128 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15129 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15130 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15131 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15132 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (19672 56753))
15133 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15134
15135 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15136
15137 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15138 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15139 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15140 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15141 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15142
15143 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15144
15145 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15146
15147 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15148 Key map for ispell menu.")
15149
15150 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15151 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15152 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15153 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15154
15155 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15156
15157 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15158
15159 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15160
15161 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15162
15163 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15164 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15165 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15166 Valid forms include:
15167 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15168 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15169 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15170 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15171
15172 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15173 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15174 First list is used raw.
15175 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15176
15177 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15178 for skipping in latex mode.")
15179
15180 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15181 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15182 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15183 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15184 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15185 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15186 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15187
15188 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15189 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15190 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15191 in a window allowing you to choose one.
15192
15193 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
15194 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
15195 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
15196 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
15197 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
15198
15199 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
15200 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
15201
15202 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
15203 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
15204
15205 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
15206 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
15207
15208 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
15209 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
15210
15211 Return values:
15212 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
15213 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
15214 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
15215 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
15216 quit spell session exited.
15217
15218 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
15219
15220 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
15221 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
15222 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
15223
15224 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
15225
15226 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
15227 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
15228
15229 Selections are:
15230
15231 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
15232 SPC: Accept word this time.
15233 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
15234 `a': Accept word for this session.
15235 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
15236 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
15237 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
15238 `?': Show these commands.
15239 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
15240 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
15241 the aborted check to be completed later.
15242 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
15243 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
15244 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
15245 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
15246 `C-l': Redraw screen.
15247 `C-r': Recursive edit.
15248 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
15249
15250 \(fn)" nil nil)
15251
15252 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
15253 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
15254 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
15255
15256 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
15257
15258 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
15259 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
15260 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
15261 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
15262
15263 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
15264
15265 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
15266
15267 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
15268 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
15269 Return nil if spell session is quit,
15270 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
15271
15272 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
15273
15274 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
15275 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
15276
15277 \(fn)" t nil)
15278
15279 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
15280 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
15281
15282 \(fn)" t nil)
15283
15284 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
15285 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
15286
15287 \(fn)" t nil)
15288
15289 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
15290 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
15291 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
15292 sequence inside of a word.
15293
15294 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15295
15296 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15297
15298 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
15299 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15300
15301 \(fn)" t nil)
15302
15303 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
15304 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15305 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15306 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15307
15308 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15309 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15310 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15311 available on the net.
15312
15313 \(fn)" t nil)
15314
15315 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
15316 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15317 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
15318 otherwise turn it off.
15319
15320 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15321 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15322
15323 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15324 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15325
15326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15327
15328 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
15329 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15330 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15331 Don't check included messages.
15332
15333 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15334 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15335 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15336
15337 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15338 in your .emacs file:
15339 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15340 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15341 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15342 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15343
15344 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15345 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15346 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15347
15348 \(fn)" t nil)
15349
15350 ;;;***
15351 \f
15352 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (19656
15353 ;;;;;; 61992))
15354 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15355
15356 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15357 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15358 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15359 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15360 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15361 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15362
15363 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
15364
15365 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
15366 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15367 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
15368 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15369 `iswitchb' for details.
15370
15371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15372
15373 ;;;***
15374 \f
15375 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15376 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15377 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15378 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (19277 34920))
15379 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15380
15381 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
15382 Not documented
15383
15384 \(fn)" nil nil)
15385
15386 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
15387 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15388 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15389 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15390 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15391 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15392 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15393 necessary to represent OBJ.
15394
15395 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15396
15397 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
15398 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15399 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15400 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15401
15402 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15403
15404 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
15405 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15406 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15407 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15408 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15409
15410 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15411
15412 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
15413 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15414 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15415 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15416
15417 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15418
15419 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
15420 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15421 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15422 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15423
15424 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15425
15426 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
15427 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15428
15429 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15430
15431 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
15432 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15433 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15434 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15435 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15436
15437 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15438
15439 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
15440 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15441 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15442 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15443 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15444
15445 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15446
15447 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
15448 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15449 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15450
15451 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15452
15453 ;;;***
15454 \f
15455 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15456 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (19455 3103))
15457 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15458
15459 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15460 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15461 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15462 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15463
15464 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
15465 Not documented
15466
15467 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15468
15469 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
15470 Uninstall jka-compr.
15471 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15472 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15473 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15474
15475 \(fn)" nil nil)
15476
15477 ;;;***
15478 \f
15479 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (19670 666))
15480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
15481
15482 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
15483 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
15484
15485 Key bindings:
15486
15487 \\{js-mode-map}
15488
15489 \(fn)" t nil)
15490
15491 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
15492
15493 ;;;***
15494 \f
15495 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15496 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15497 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
15498 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15499
15500 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15501 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15502 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15503 decimal key must be specified.")
15504
15505 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
15506
15507 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15508 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15509 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15510 decimal key must be specified.")
15511
15512 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
15513
15514 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15515 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15516 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15517 decimal key must be specified.")
15518
15519 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15520
15521 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15522 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15523 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15524 decimal key must be specified.")
15525
15526 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
15527
15528 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
15529 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
15530 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15531 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15532 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15533 keys are bound.
15534
15535 Setup Binding
15536 -------------------------------------------------------------
15537 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15538 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15539 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15540 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15541 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15542 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15543 in the global and local keymaps.
15544
15545 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15546 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15547
15548 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15549
15550 ;;;***
15551 \f
15552 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15553 ;;;;;; (19277 34920))
15554 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15555
15556 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
15557 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15558 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15559
15560 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15561 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15562 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15563 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15564 shorter.
15565
15566 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15567 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15568 the context of text formatting.
15569
15570 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15571
15572 ;;;***
15573 \f
15574 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (19609
15575 ;;;;;; 2343))
15576 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15577
15578 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15579 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15580 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15581 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15582 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15583 positions that contains the current selection.")
15584
15585 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
15586 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15587 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15588 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15589 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15590 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15591 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15592
15593 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15594
15595 ;;;***
15596 \f
15597 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15598 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15599 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
15600 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (19498 12592))
15601 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15602 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15603 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15604 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15605 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15606 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15607 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15608 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15609
15610 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
15611 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
15612
15613 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
15614
15615 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
15616 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15617 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15618 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15619 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15620
15621 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15622
15623 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15624 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15625 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15626
15627 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15628 defining the macro.
15629
15630 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15631 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15632 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15633
15634 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15635 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15636
15637 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15638
15639 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
15640 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15641 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15642 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15643 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15644 under that name.
15645
15646 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15647 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15648 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15649
15650 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15651
15652 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15653 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15654 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15655
15656 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15657 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15658 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15659 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15660
15661 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15662 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15663
15664 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15665
15666 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
15667 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15668 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15669
15670 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15671 macro.
15672
15673 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15674 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15675
15676 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15677 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15678 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
15679
15680 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15681 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15682
15683 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15684
15685 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15686 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15687 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15688 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15689
15690 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15691
15692 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
15693 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15694 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15695 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15696
15697 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15698 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15699
15700 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15701
15702 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
15703 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15704 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15705
15706 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15707
15708 ;;;***
15709 \f
15710 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15711 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (19277 34920))
15712 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15713
15714 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
15715 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15716 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15717
15718 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
15719 Not documented
15720
15721 \(fn)" nil nil)
15722
15723 ;;;***
15724 \f
15725 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15726 ;;;;;; (19675 8295))
15727 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15728
15729 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'lm-test-run)
15730
15731 (autoload 'lm-test-run "landmark" "\
15732 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15733
15734 \(fn)" t nil)
15735
15736 (defalias 'landmark 'lm)
15737
15738 (autoload 'lm "landmark" "\
15739 Start or resume an Lm game.
15740 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15741 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15742
15743 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15744 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15745 none / 1 | yes | no
15746 2 | yes | yes
15747 3 | no | yes
15748 4 | no | no
15749
15750 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15751 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15752 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15753
15754 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
15755
15756 ;;;***
15757 \f
15758 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
15759 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
15760 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (19277 34920))
15761 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15762
15763 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
15764 Not documented
15765
15766 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15767
15768 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
15769 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15770 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15771 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15772 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15773 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15774
15775 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15776 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15777
15778 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15779
15780 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
15781 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15782
15783 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15784
15785 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
15786 Not documented
15787
15788 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
15789
15790 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
15791 Not documented
15792
15793 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15794
15795 ;;;***
15796 \f
15797 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15798 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15799 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (19277 34920))
15800 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15801
15802 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15803 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15804 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
15805 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15806
15807 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
15808
15809 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15810 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15811 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15812
15813 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15814
15815 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
15816 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15817 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15818
15819 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
15820
15821 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
15822 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15823 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15824 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15825
15826 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15827
15828 ;;;***
15829 \f
15830 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15831 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (19277 34920))
15832 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15833
15834 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15835 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15836 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15837 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15838 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15839 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15840 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15841 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15842
15843 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15844 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15845
15846 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15847 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15848
15849 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
15850
15851 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
15852 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15853 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15854 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15855 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15856 `latin1-display-setup'.
15857
15858 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15859
15860 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15861 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15862 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15863 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15864
15865 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15866 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15867
15868 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
15869
15870 ;;;***
15871 \f
15872 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15873 ;;;;;; (19611 1232))
15874 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15875
15876 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
15877 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15878
15879 \(fn)" t nil)
15880
15881 ;;;***
15882 \f
15883 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15884 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
15885 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15886
15887 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15888 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15889
15890 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15891 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15892
15893 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15894 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15895
15896 (autoload 'ledit-mode "ledit" "\
15897 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15898 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15899 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15900 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15901 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15902 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15903 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15904 and transmit saved text.
15905
15906 \\{ledit-mode-map}
15907 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15908 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15909
15910 \(fn)" t nil)
15911
15912 (autoload 'ledit-from-lisp-mode "ledit" "\
15913 Not documented
15914
15915 \(fn)" nil nil)
15916
15917 ;;;***
15918 \f
15919 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (19668 18627))
15920 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15921
15922 (autoload 'life "life" "\
15923 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15924 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15925 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15926 generations (this defaults to 1).
15927
15928 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15929
15930 ;;;***
15931 \f
15932 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
15933 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (19580 19536))
15934 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
15935
15936 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
15937 Format used to display line numbers.
15938 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
15939 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
15940 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
15941 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
15942
15943 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
15944
15945 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
15946 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin.
15947
15948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15949
15950 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
15951 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
15952 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15954 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15955 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
15956
15957 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
15958
15959 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
15960 Toggle Linum mode in every possible buffer.
15961 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Linum mode on if and only if
15962 ARG is positive.
15963 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
15964 `linum-on' would do it.
15965 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
15966
15967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15968
15969 ;;;***
15970 \f
15971 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (19277
15972 ;;;;;; 34916))
15973 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15974
15975 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
15976 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
15977 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15978 is nil, raise an error.
15979
15980 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
15981 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
15982 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
15983 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
15984 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
15985 defined by the library.
15986
15987 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
15988 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
15989 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
15990 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
15991 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
15992 proceeds.
15993
15994 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
15995 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
15996 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
15997 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
15998
15999 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16000
16001 ;;;***
16002 \f
16003 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16004 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (19673 45510))
16005 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16006
16007 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16008 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16009 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16010
16011 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16012
16013 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16014 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16015 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16016 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16017
16018 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16019 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16020 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16021 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16022 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16023 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16024 the version.)
16025
16026 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16027 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16028
16029 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16030 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16031
16032 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16033 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16034
16035 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16036
16037 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16038 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16039 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16040 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16041 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16042 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16043 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16044 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16045 to constrain a big search.
16046
16047 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16048
16049 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16050 except that FILTER is not optional.
16051
16052 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16053
16054 ;;;***
16055 \f
16056 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (19657 48297))
16057 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16058
16059 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16060 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16061 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16062 if MODE is nil.
16063 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16064 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16065 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16066 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16067 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16068
16069 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16070 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16071 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16072 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16073 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16074
16075 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16076 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16077 uses the current buffer.
16078
16079 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16080
16081 ;;;***
16082 \f
16083 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (19634
16084 ;;;;;; 14572))
16085 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16086
16087 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16088 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16089
16090 \(fn)" t nil)
16091
16092 ;;;***
16093 \f
16094 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (19277
16095 ;;;;;; 34916))
16096 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16097
16098 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16099 Toggle Long Lines mode.
16100 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
16101 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
16102 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
16103
16104 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
16105 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
16106 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16107
16108 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
16109 are indicated with a symbol.
16110
16111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16112
16113 ;;;***
16114 \f
16115 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16116 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (19451
16117 ;;;;;; 17238))
16118 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16119
16120 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)))
16121
16122 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)))
16123
16124 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16125 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16126 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16127
16128 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16129 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16130
16131 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16132 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16133 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16134 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16135 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16136 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16137 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16138
16139 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16140
16141 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16142 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16143 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16144 switch on this list.
16145 See `lpr-command'.")
16146
16147 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16148
16149 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16150 Name of program for printing a file.
16151
16152 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16153 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16154 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16155 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16156 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16157 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16158 argument.")
16159
16160 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16161
16162 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16163 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16164 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16165 for customization of the printer command.
16166
16167 \(fn)" t nil)
16168
16169 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16170 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16171
16172 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16173 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16174 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16175 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16176
16177 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16178 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16179
16180 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16181 for further customization of the printer command.
16182
16183 \(fn)" t nil)
16184
16185 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16186 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16187 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16188 for customization of the printer command.
16189
16190 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16191
16192 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16193 Paginate and print the region contents.
16194
16195 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16196 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16197 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16198 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16199
16200 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16201 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16202
16203 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16204 for further customization of the printer command.
16205
16206 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16207
16208 ;;;***
16209 \f
16210 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
16211 ;;;;;; (19687 6902))
16212 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
16213
16214 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
16215 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
16216 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
16217
16218 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
16219
16220 ;;;***
16221 \f
16222 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (19580
16223 ;;;;;; 19536))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
16225
16226 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
16227 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
16228 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16229 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
16230
16231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16232
16233 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
16234
16235 ;;;***
16236 \f
16237 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (19277
16238 ;;;;;; 34922))
16239 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
16240
16241 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
16242 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
16243 \\{m4-mode-map}
16244
16245 \(fn)" t nil)
16246
16247 ;;;***
16248 \f
16249 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
16250 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
16251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
16252
16253 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
16254 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
16255 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
16256 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
16257 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
16258
16259 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
16260
16261 ;;;***
16262 \f
16263 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
16264 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (19580 19536))
16265 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
16266
16267 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16268 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
16269 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
16270 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
16271 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
16272
16273 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
16274
16275 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
16276 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16277 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16278 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16279
16280 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16281 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16282 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16283 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16284 bindings.
16285
16286 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16287 use this command, and then save the file.
16288
16289 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16290
16291 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
16292 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16293 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16294 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16295 each time the macro executes.
16296 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16297 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16298 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16299 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16300 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16301 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16302 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16303
16304 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
16305
16306 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
16307 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16308 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16309 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16310
16311 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16312 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16313 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16314 execute.
16315
16316 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16317 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16318
16319 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16320 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16321 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16322 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16323 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16324
16325 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16326 looked like this:
16327
16328 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16329 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16330 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16331
16332 You could enter the names in this format:
16333
16334 foo
16335 bar
16336 baz
16337
16338 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16339
16340 \\C-x (
16341 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16342 \\C-x )
16343
16344 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16345 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16346
16347 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16348 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16349
16350 ;;;***
16351 \f
16352 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16353 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (19668 31646))
16354 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16355
16356 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
16357 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16358 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
16359 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16360 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
16361 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16362
16363 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16364 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16365 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16366 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16367 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16368
16369 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16370 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16371 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16372 consing a string.)
16373
16374 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16375
16376 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
16377 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16378
16379 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16380
16381 ;;;***
16382 \f
16383 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16384 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16385 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
16386 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16387
16388 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
16389 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16390
16391 \(fn)" nil nil)
16392
16393 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
16394 Not documented
16395
16396 \(fn)" nil nil)
16397
16398 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16399 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16400
16401 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
16402
16403 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
16404 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16405 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16406 message.
16407
16408 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16409
16410 \(fn)" nil nil)
16411
16412 ;;;***
16413 \f
16414 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16415 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
16416 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el"
16417 ;;;;;; (19635 50568))
16418 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16419
16420 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16421 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16422 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16423 often correct parser.")
16424
16425 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
16426
16427 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
16428 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
16429
16430 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16431
16432 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16433 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16434 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16435 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16436
16437 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16438
16439 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16440 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16441 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16442 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16443
16444 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
16445
16446 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
16447 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16448 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16449 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16450
16451 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16452
16453 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
16454 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16455 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16456 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16457 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
16458 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
16459 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
16460 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16461 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16462 as Rmail does.
16463
16464 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16465
16466 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
16467 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16468 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16469 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16470 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16471 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
16472 matches may be returned from the message body.
16473
16474 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16475
16476 ;;;***
16477 \f
16478 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
16479 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (19277
16480 ;;;;;; 34921))
16481 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16482
16483 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
16484 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
16485 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16488 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
16489
16490 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
16491
16492 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
16493 Non-nil means expand mail aliases as abbrevs, in certain message headers.
16494
16495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16496
16497 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
16498 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16499
16500 \(fn)" nil nil)
16501
16502 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
16503 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16504 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16505
16506 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16507
16508 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
16509 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16510 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16511
16512 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
16513 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
16514 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
16515 double-quotes.
16516
16517 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16518
16519 ;;;***
16520 \f
16521 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16522 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (19277
16523 ;;;;;; 34921))
16524 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16525
16526 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
16527 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16528 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16529 king@grassland.com
16530 If `parens', they look like:
16531 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16532 If `angles', they look like:
16533 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16534
16535 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
16536
16537 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
16538 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16539 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16540 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16541 their `Resent-' variants.
16542
16543 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16544 removed from alias expansions.
16545
16546 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16547
16548 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
16549 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16550 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16551
16552 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16553 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16554 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16555 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16556
16557 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16558
16559 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
16560 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16561 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16562 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16563
16564 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16565
16566 ;;;***
16567 \f
16568 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
16569 ;;;;;; (19693 26133))
16570 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
16571
16572 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
16573 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
16574 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
16575 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
16576
16577 \(fn)" nil nil)
16578
16579 ;;;***
16580 \f
16581 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
16582 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
16583 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (19594 48841))
16584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16585
16586 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
16587 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16588
16589 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16590 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16591 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
16592 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
16593 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
16594 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
16595
16596 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16597 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16598 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16599 dependency, despite the colon.
16600
16601 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16602
16603 In the browser, use the following keys:
16604
16605 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16606
16607 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16608
16609 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16610 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16611
16612 `makefile-target-colon':
16613 The string that gets appended to all target names
16614 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16615 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16616
16617 `makefile-macro-assign':
16618 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16619 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16620 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16621 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16622 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16623 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16624
16625 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16626 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16627 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16628
16629 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16630 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16631
16632 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16633 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16634 up or down in the browser.
16635
16636 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16637 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16638
16639 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16640 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16641
16642 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16643 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16644 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16645 has been selected in the browser.
16646
16647 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16648 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16649 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16650 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16651 filenames are omitted.
16652
16653 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16654 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16655 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16656 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16657 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16658 the backslash itself intact.
16659 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16660 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16661
16662 `makefile-browser-hook':
16663 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16664 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16665
16666 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16667 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16668 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16669 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16670
16671 \(fn)" t nil)
16672
16673 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
16674 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16675
16676 \(fn)" t nil)
16677
16678 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16679 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16680
16681 \(fn)" t nil)
16682
16683 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
16684 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16685
16686 \(fn)" t nil)
16687
16688 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
16689 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16690
16691 \(fn)" t nil)
16692
16693 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
16694 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
16695
16696 \(fn)" t nil)
16697
16698 ;;;***
16699 \f
16700 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (19668
16701 ;;;;;; 19366))
16702 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16703
16704 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
16705 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16706 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16707
16708 \(fn)" t nil)
16709
16710 ;;;***
16711 \f
16712 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
16713 ;;;;;; (19614 24990))
16714 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16715
16716 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
16717
16718 (autoload 'man "man" "\
16719 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16720 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
16721 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
16722 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
16723 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
16724 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
16725 page, it will display immediately.
16726
16727 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
16728 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
16729 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
16730
16731 cat(1)
16732 1 cat
16733
16734 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
16735 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
16736 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
16737 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
16738
16739 -a chmod
16740
16741 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
16742 otherwise look like a page name.
16743
16744 /my/file/name.1.gz
16745 -l somefile.1
16746
16747 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
16748 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
16749 \"egrep\" style regexp.
16750
16751 -k pattern
16752
16753 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16754
16755 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
16756 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16757
16758 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16759
16760 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
16761 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
16762
16763 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
16764
16765 ;;;***
16766 \f
16767 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (19277 34916))
16768 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16769
16770 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
16771 Toggle Master mode.
16772 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16773 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16774 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16775
16776 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16777 following commands:
16778
16779 \\{master-mode-map}
16780
16781 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16782 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16783 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16784
16785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16786
16787 ;;;***
16788 \f
16789 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
16790 ;;;;;; (19277 34916))
16791 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
16792
16793 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
16794 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
16795 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16797 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16798 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
16799
16800 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
16801
16802 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
16803 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
16804 When active, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show
16805 the recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only
16806 useful if `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
16807
16808 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
16809 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
16810
16811 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16812
16813 ;;;***
16814 \f
16815 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
16816 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16817 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16818 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16819 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16820 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
16821 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (19695 9549))
16822 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16823
16824 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
16825
16826 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
16827 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16828 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16829 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16830 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16831 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16832 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16833 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16834 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16835 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16836 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16837 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16838 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16839 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16840 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
16841 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16842 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16843 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16844 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16845 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16846 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16847 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16848 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16849 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16850 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16851 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16852 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16853 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16854 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16855 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16856 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16857 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16858 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16859 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16860 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16861 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16862 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16863 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16864
16865 \(fn)" t nil)
16866
16867 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
16868 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16869 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
16870 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
16871 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
16872
16873 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16874
16875 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
16876 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16877
16878 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16879
16880 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
16881 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16882
16883 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16884
16885 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
16886 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16887
16888 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16889
16890 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
16891 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16892 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16893
16894 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16895
16896 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
16897 Cancel an article you posted.
16898 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16899
16900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16901
16902 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
16903 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16904 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16905 header line with the old Message-ID.
16906
16907 \(fn)" t nil)
16908
16909 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
16910 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16911
16912 \(fn)" t nil)
16913
16914 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
16915 Forward the current message via mail.
16916 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16917 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16918
16919 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16920
16921 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
16922 Not documented
16923
16924 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16925
16926 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
16927 Not documented
16928
16929 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16930
16931 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
16932 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16933
16934 \(fn)" t nil)
16935
16936 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
16937 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16938
16939 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16940
16941 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
16942 Re-mail the current message.
16943 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16944 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16945 you.
16946
16947 \(fn)" t nil)
16948
16949 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
16950 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16951
16952 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16953
16954 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
16955 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16956
16957 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16958
16959 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
16960 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16961
16962 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16963
16964 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
16965 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16966
16967 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16968
16969 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
16970 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16971 Works by overstriking characters.
16972 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16973 which specify the range to operate on.
16974
16975 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16976
16977 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
16978 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16979 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16980 which specify the range to operate on.
16981
16982 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16983
16984 ;;;***
16985 \f
16986 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16987 ;;;;;; (19673 1234))
16988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16989
16990 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
16991 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16992 Special commands:
16993 \\{meta-mode-map}
16994
16995 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16996 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16997
16998 \(fn)" t nil)
16999
17000 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17001 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17002 Special commands:
17003 \\{meta-mode-map}
17004
17005 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17006 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17007
17008 \(fn)" t nil)
17009
17010 ;;;***
17011 \f
17012 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17013 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17014 ;;;;;; (19354 34807))
17015 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17016
17017 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17018 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17019 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17020
17021 \(fn)" t nil)
17022
17023 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17024 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17025 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17026 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17027 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17028 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17029 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17030
17031 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17032
17033 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17034 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17035 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17036 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17037 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17038 means current).
17039 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17040 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17041
17042 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17043
17044 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17045 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17046 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17047 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17048 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17049 means current).
17050 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17051 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17052
17053 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17054
17055 ;;;***
17056 \f
17057 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17058 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17059 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (19444 23363))
17060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17061
17062 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17063 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17064 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17065
17066 \(fn)" t nil)
17067
17068 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17069 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17070 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17071
17072 \(fn)" t nil)
17073
17074 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17075 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17076
17077 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17078 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17079 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17080
17081 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17082 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17083
17084 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17085 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17086
17087 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17088
17089 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17090
17091 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17092 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17093 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17094 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17095 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17096 as `compose-mail'.
17097
17098 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17099 initial Subject field, respectively.
17100
17101 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17102 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17103 are strings.
17104
17105 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
17106 ignored.
17107
17108 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
17109
17110 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17111 Save draft and send message.
17112
17113 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17114 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17115 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17116 Mail Delivery*\".
17117
17118 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17119 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17120 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17121
17122 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17123 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17124 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17125 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17126 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17127 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17128
17129 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17130 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17131
17132 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17133 message and scan line.
17134
17135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17136
17137 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17138 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17139
17140 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17141 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17142 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17143 delete the draft message.
17144
17145 \(fn)" t nil)
17146
17147 ;;;***
17148 \f
17149 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (19423 37200))
17150 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17151
17152 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17153
17154 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17155
17156 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17157
17158 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17159 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17160
17161 \(fn)" t nil)
17162
17163 ;;;***
17164 \f
17165 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17166 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (19277 34921))
17167 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17168
17169 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17170 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17171 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17172
17173 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17174 the MH mail system.
17175
17176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17177
17178 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17179 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17180 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17181
17182 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17183 the MH mail system.
17184
17185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17186
17187 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17188 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17189
17190 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17191 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
17192 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
17193 separate command.
17194
17195 Options that control this mode can be changed with
17196 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
17197 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
17198 format.
17199
17200 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
17201
17202 Ranges
17203 ======
17204 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
17205 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
17206 can be used in several ways.
17207
17208 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
17209 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
17210 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
17211 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
17212 page):
17213
17214 <num1>-<num2>
17215 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
17216 The range must be nonempty.
17217
17218 <num>:N
17219 <num>:+N
17220 <num>:-N
17221 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
17222 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
17223 last.
17224
17225 first:N
17226 prev:N
17227 next:N
17228 last:N
17229 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
17230
17231 all
17232 All of the messages.
17233
17234 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
17235 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
17236
17237 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
17238 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
17239 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
17240
17241 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17242
17243 \(fn)" t nil)
17244
17245 ;;;***
17246 \f
17247 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17248 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (19369 35251))
17249 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17250
17251 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
17252 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17253 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17254 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17255 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17256 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17257 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17258 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17259 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17260 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17261 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17262
17263 \(fn)" t nil)
17264
17265 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
17266 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17267 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17268 to its second argument TM.
17269
17270 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17271
17272 ;;;***
17273 \f
17274 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17275 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (19277 34917))
17276 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17277
17278 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17279 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17280 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17282 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17283 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17284
17285 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
17286
17287 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
17288 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17289 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17290 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17291 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17292 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17293 default indication.
17294
17295 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17296 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17297
17298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17299
17300 ;;;***
17301 \f
17302 ;;;### (autoloads (butterfly) "misc" "misc.el" (19668 18610))
17303 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
17304
17305 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
17306 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
17307 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
17308 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
17309 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
17310 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
17311 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
17312 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
17313 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
17314
17315 \(fn)" t nil)
17316
17317 ;;;***
17318 \f
17319 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
17320 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
17321 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (19277 34917))
17322 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
17323 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
17324
17325 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
17326 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
17327
17328 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
17329 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
17330 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
17331 next occurrence.
17332
17333 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
17334 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
17335 end of the search space).
17336
17337 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
17338 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
17339 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
17340 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
17341 should return the previous buffer to search.
17342
17343 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
17344 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
17345 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
17346
17347 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
17348 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
17349 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
17350 Isearch starts.")
17351
17352 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
17353 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
17354 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
17355
17356 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
17357 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
17358 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
17359
17360 \(fn)" nil nil)
17361
17362 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
17363 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17364 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17365 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17366 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17367 whose names match the specified regexp.
17368
17369 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17370
17371 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
17372 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
17373 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
17374 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17375 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
17376 whose names match the specified regexp.
17377
17378 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
17379
17380 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
17381 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
17382 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17383 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17384 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17385 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17386 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17387
17388 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17389
17390 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
17391 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
17392 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
17393 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
17394 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
17395 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
17396 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
17397
17398 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
17399
17400 ;;;***
17401 \f
17402 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17403 ;;;;;; (19611 35755))
17404 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17405
17406 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
17407 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17408 \\{mixal-mode-map}
17409
17410 \(fn)" t nil)
17411
17412 ;;;***
17413 \f
17414 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
17415 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (19635 50568))
17416 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17417
17418 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
17419 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
17420
17421 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
17422
17423 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
17424 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17425 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17426 the entire message.
17427 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17428
17429 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17430
17431 ;;;***
17432 \f
17433 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17434 ;;;;;; (19604 65275))
17435 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17436
17437 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
17438 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17439 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17440 the entire message.
17441 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17442
17443 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17444
17445 ;;;***
17446 \f
17447 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17448 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (19582 65302))
17449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17450
17451 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
17452 Insert file contents of URL.
17453 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17454
17455 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17456
17457 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
17458 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17459
17460 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17461
17462 ;;;***
17463 \f
17464 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
17465 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (19691 3508))
17466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17467
17468 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
17469 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17470 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
17471 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
17472 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
17473
17474 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
17475
17476 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
17477 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
17478 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
17479
17480 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
17481
17482 ;;;***
17483 \f
17484 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17485 ;;;;;; (19635 50568))
17486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17487
17488 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
17489 Not documented
17490
17491 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17492
17493 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
17494 Not documented
17495
17496 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17497
17498 ;;;***
17499 \f
17500 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17501 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17502 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (19687 6902))
17503 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17504
17505 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
17506 Not documented
17507
17508 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17509
17510 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
17511 Not documented
17512
17513 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17514
17515 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
17516 Not documented
17517
17518 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17519
17520 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
17521 Not documented
17522
17523 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17524
17525 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17526 Not documented
17527
17528 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17529
17530 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
17531 Not documented
17532
17533 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17534
17535 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
17536 Not documented
17537
17538 \(fn)" nil nil)
17539
17540 ;;;***
17541 \f
17542 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (19676
17543 ;;;;;; 36176))
17544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17545
17546 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
17547
17548 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
17549 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17550 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17551 followed by the first character of the construct.
17552 \\<m2-mode-map>
17553 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17554 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17555 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17556 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17557 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17558 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17559 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17560 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17561 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17562 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17563 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17564 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17565 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17566 \\[m2-link] link
17567
17568 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17569 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17570 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17571
17572 \(fn)" t nil)
17573
17574 ;;;***
17575 \f
17576 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17577 ;;;;;; (19277 34922))
17578 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17579
17580 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
17581 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17582
17583 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17584
17585 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
17586 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17587
17588 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17589
17590 ;;;***
17591 \f
17592 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
17593 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (19672 56753))
17594 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
17595
17596 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
17597 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17598
17599 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
17600 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
17601 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
17602
17603 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17604 assume that the user didn't want to scdebugroll but wanted to whatever
17605 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17606
17607 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
17608 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
17609
17610 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
17611 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
17612 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
17613 hemisphere you're in.)
17614
17615 To test this function, evaluate:
17616 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
17617
17618 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17619
17620 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
17621 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
17622
17623 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
17624 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
17625
17626 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
17627 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
17628 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
17629
17630 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
17631 middle button in Tk text widgets.
17632
17633 To test this function, evaluate:
17634 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
17635
17636 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
17637
17638 ;;;***
17639 \f
17640 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (19687
17641 ;;;;;; 6902))
17642 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17643
17644 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17645 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17646 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17647 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17648 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17649 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17650
17651 (custom-autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" nil)
17652
17653 (autoload 'mouse-sel-mode "mouse-sel" "\
17654 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17655 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17656 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17657
17658 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17659
17660 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17661
17662 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17663
17664 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17665 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17666 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17667 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17668 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17669 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17670
17671 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17672 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17673 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17674 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17675 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17676
17677 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17678 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17679
17680 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17681 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17682
17683 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17684
17685 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17686 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17687 primary selection and region.
17688
17689 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17690
17691 ;;;***
17692 \f
17693 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (19373 24504))
17694 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
17695
17696 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
17697 Main entry point for MPC.
17698
17699 \(fn)" t nil)
17700
17701 ;;;***
17702 \f
17703 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (19634 23255))
17704 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17705
17706 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
17707 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17708
17709 \(fn)" t nil)
17710
17711 ;;;***
17712 \f
17713 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (19277 34917))
17714 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17715
17716 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17717 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17718 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17720 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17721 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
17722
17723 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
17724
17725 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
17726 Toggle Msb mode.
17727 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17728 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17729 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17730
17731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17732
17733 ;;;***
17734 \f
17735 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
17736 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17737 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17738 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17739 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17740 ;;;;;; (19617 12132))
17741 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17742
17743 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
17744 Display a list of all character sets.
17745
17746 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17747 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17748 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
17749 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
17750 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17751
17752 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17753 but still shows the full information.
17754
17755 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17756
17757 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
17758 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17759 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
17760
17761 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17762 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17763 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17764 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
17765 meanings of these arguments.
17766
17767 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17768
17769 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
17770 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
17771
17772 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17773
17774 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
17775 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17776
17777 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17778
17779 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17780 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17781
17782 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17783
17784 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
17785 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17786
17787 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17788 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17789 in place of `..':
17790 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17791 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17792 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17793 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17794 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17795 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17796 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17797 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17798 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17799 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17800 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17801 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
17802 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17803 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17804 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17805 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17806
17807 \(fn)" t nil)
17808
17809 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
17810 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17811
17812 \(fn)" t nil)
17813
17814 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
17815 Display a list of all coding systems.
17816 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17817
17818 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
17819 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17820
17821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17822
17823 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
17824 Display a list of all coding categories.
17825
17826 \(fn)" nil nil)
17827
17828 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
17829 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
17830 The font must be already used by Emacs.
17831
17832 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17833
17834 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
17835 Display information about FONTSET.
17836 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17837
17838 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17839
17840 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
17841 Display a list of all fontsets.
17842 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17843 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17844 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17845
17846 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17847
17848 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
17849 Display information about all input methods.
17850
17851 \(fn)" t nil)
17852
17853 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
17854 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17855
17856 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17857 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17858 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17859 system which uses fontsets).
17860
17861 \(fn)" t nil)
17862
17863 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
17864 Show log of font listing and opening.
17865 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
17866 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
17867
17868 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
17869
17870 ;;;***
17871 \f
17872 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17873 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17874 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17875 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17876 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17877 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (19472 31430))
17878 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17879
17880 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
17881 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17882 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17883
17884 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17885
17886 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17887
17888 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17889 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17890
17891 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17892 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17893
17894 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
17895 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17896
17897 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17898
17899 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
17900 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17901 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17902 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17903 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17904 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17905 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17906
17907 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17908 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17909 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17910 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17911 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17912 middle of a character in STR.
17913
17914 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17915 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17916
17917 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17918 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17919 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17920 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17921 defaults to \"...\".
17922
17923 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17924
17925 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17926 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17927
17928 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17929 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17930 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17931
17932 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17933 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17934 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17935
17936 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17937 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17938 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17939 are considered.
17940 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17941 longer than KEYSEQ.
17942 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17943
17944 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17945
17946 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
17947 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17948 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17949 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17950 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17951 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17952 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17953 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17954 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17955 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17956 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17957
17958 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17959
17960 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
17961 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17962
17963 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17964
17965 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
17966 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17967
17968 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17969
17970 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
17971 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
17972
17973 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17974
17975 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
17976 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
17977
17978 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17979
17980 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
17981 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
17982 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-priority'.
17983 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding sysems returned by
17984 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
17985
17986 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
17987 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
17988
17989 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
17990 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17991 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17992 coding systems ordered by priority.
17993
17994 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17995
17996 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
17997 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17998 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17999 language environment LANG-ENV.
18000
18001 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18002
18003 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18004 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18005 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18006 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18007 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18008 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18009
18010 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18011
18012 ;;;***
18013 \f
18014 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18015 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18016 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18017 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (19672
18018 ;;;;;; 41548))
18019 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18020
18021 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18022 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18023
18024 \(fn)" t nil)
18025
18026 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18027 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18028
18029 \(fn)" t nil)
18030
18031 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18032 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18033
18034 \(fn)" t nil)
18035
18036 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18037 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18038
18039 \(fn)" t nil)
18040
18041 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18042 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18043
18044 \(fn)" t nil)
18045
18046 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18047 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18048
18049 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18050
18051 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18052 Ping HOST.
18053 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18054 `ping-program-options'.
18055
18056 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18057
18058 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18059 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18060
18061 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18062
18063 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18064 Run nslookup program.
18065
18066 \(fn)" t nil)
18067
18068 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18069 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18070
18071 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18072
18073 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18074 Run dig program.
18075
18076 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18077
18078 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18079 Run ftp program.
18080
18081 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18082
18083 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18084 Finger USER on HOST.
18085
18086 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18087
18088 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18089 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18090 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18091 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18092
18093 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18094
18095 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18096 Not documented
18097
18098 \(fn)" t nil)
18099
18100 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18101 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18102
18103 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18104
18105 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18106 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18107
18108 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18109
18110 ;;;***
18111 \f
18112 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (19621
18113 ;;;;;; 23882))
18114 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18115
18116 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18117 Return a user name/password pair.
18118 Port specifications will be prioritised in the order they are
18119 listed in the PORTS list.
18120
18121 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18122
18123 ;;;***
18124 \f
18125 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18126 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18127 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18128 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18129 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18130 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (19648 59284))
18131 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18132
18133 (defalias 'indent-for-comment 'comment-indent)
18134
18135 (defalias 'set-comment-column 'comment-set-column)
18136
18137 (defalias 'kill-comment 'comment-kill)
18138
18139 (defalias 'indent-new-comment-line 'comment-indent-new-line)
18140
18141 (defvar comment-use-syntax 'undecided "\
18142 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
18143 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
18144 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
18145 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
18146 Major modes should set this variable.")
18147
18148 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
18149 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
18150 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
18151 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
18152 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
18153 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
18154
18155 (custom-autoload 'comment-column "newcomment" t)
18156 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
18157
18158 (defvar comment-start nil "\
18159 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
18160 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18161
18162 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
18163 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
18164 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
18165 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
18166 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18167
18168 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
18169 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
18170 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18171
18172 (defvar comment-end (purecopy "") "\
18173 *String to insert to end a new comment.
18174 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
18175 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
18176
18177 (defvar comment-indent-function 'comment-indent-default "\
18178 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
18179 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
18180 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
18181 column indentation or nil.
18182 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
18183
18184 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
18185 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
18186 The function has no args.
18187
18188 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
18189 comments always start in column zero.")
18190
18191 (defvar comment-style 'indent "\
18192 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
18193 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
18194
18195 (custom-autoload 'comment-style "newcomment" t)
18196
18197 (defvar comment-padding (purecopy " ") "\
18198 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
18199 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
18200 of the corresponding number of spaces.
18201
18202 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
18203 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
18204
18205 (custom-autoload 'comment-padding "newcomment" t)
18206
18207 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
18208 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
18209 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
18210 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
18211 customize this variable.
18212
18213 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
18214 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
18215
18216 (custom-autoload 'comment-multi-line "newcomment" t)
18217
18218 (autoload 'comment-normalize-vars "newcomment" "\
18219 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
18220 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
18221 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
18222 the variables are properly set.
18223
18224 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
18225
18226 (autoload 'comment-indent-default "newcomment" "\
18227 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
18228
18229 \(fn)" nil nil)
18230
18231 (autoload 'comment-indent "newcomment" "\
18232 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
18233 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
18234
18235 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
18236
18237 (autoload 'comment-set-column "newcomment" "\
18238 Set the comment column based on point.
18239 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
18240 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
18241 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
18242 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
18243
18244 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18245
18246 (autoload 'comment-kill "newcomment" "\
18247 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
18248 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
18249
18250 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18251
18252 (autoload 'uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18253 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
18254 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
18255 comment markers.
18256
18257 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18258
18259 (autoload 'comment-region "newcomment" "\
18260 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
18261 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
18262 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
18263 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
18264
18265 The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start'
18266 and `comment-padding'; the strings used as comment ends are built
18267 from `comment-end' and `comment-padding'.
18268
18269 By default, the `comment-start' markers are inserted at the
18270 current indentation of the region, and comments are terminated on
18271 each line (even for syntaxes in which newline does not end the
18272 comment and blank lines do not get comments). This can be
18273 changed with `comment-style'.
18274
18275 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18276
18277 (autoload 'comment-box "newcomment" "\
18278 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
18279 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
18280 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
18281
18282 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18283
18284 (autoload 'comment-or-uncomment-region "newcomment" "\
18285 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
18286 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
18287 is passed on to the respective function.
18288
18289 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
18290
18291 (autoload 'comment-dwim "newcomment" "\
18292 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
18293 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
18294 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
18295 case it calls `uncomment-region').
18296 Else, if the current line is empty, call `comment-insert-comment-function'
18297 if it is defined, otherwise insert a comment and indent it.
18298 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
18299 Else, call `comment-indent'.
18300 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
18301
18302 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18303
18304 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
18305 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
18306 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
18307
18308 (custom-autoload 'comment-auto-fill-only-comments "newcomment" t)
18309
18310 (autoload 'comment-indent-new-line "newcomment" "\
18311 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
18312 This indents the body of the continued comment
18313 under the previous comment line.
18314
18315 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
18316 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
18317 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
18318
18319 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
18320 or comment indentation.
18321
18322 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
18323 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
18324
18325 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
18326
18327 ;;;***
18328 \f
18329 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
18330 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (19580 19536))
18331 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
18332
18333 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
18334 Check whether newsticker is running.
18335 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18336 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
18337
18338 \(fn)" nil nil)
18339
18340 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
18341 Start the newsticker.
18342 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
18343 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
18344 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
18345 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
18346
18347 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
18348
18349 ;;;***
18350 \f
18351 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
18352 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
18353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
18354
18355 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
18356 Start newsticker plainview.
18357
18358 \(fn)" t nil)
18359
18360 ;;;***
18361 \f
18362 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
18363 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
18364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
18365
18366 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
18367 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
18368
18369 \(fn)" t nil)
18370
18371 ;;;***
18372 \f
18373 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
18374 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (19580 19536))
18375 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
18376
18377 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
18378 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
18379 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
18380 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
18381 empty.
18382
18383 \(fn)" nil nil)
18384
18385 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
18386 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
18387 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
18388 running already.
18389
18390 \(fn)" t nil)
18391
18392 ;;;***
18393 \f
18394 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
18395 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
18396 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
18397
18398 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
18399 Start newsticker treeview.
18400
18401 \(fn)" t nil)
18402
18403 ;;;***
18404 \f
18405 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
18406 ;;;;;; (19664 37038))
18407 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
18408
18409 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
18410 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
18411
18412 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18413
18414 ;;;***
18415 \f
18416 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (19661
18417 ;;;;;; 61255))
18418 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
18419
18420 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
18421 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
18422 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
18423 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
18424 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
18425 symbol in the alist.
18426
18427 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18428
18429 ;;;***
18430 \f
18431 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18432 ;;;;;; (19695 9549))
18433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18434
18435 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
18436 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18437 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18438
18439 \(fn)" t nil)
18440
18441 ;;;***
18442 \f
18443 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18444 ;;;;;; (19695 9549))
18445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18446
18447 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
18448 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18449
18450 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18451
18452 ;;;***
18453 \f
18454 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18455 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (19687 6902))
18456 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18457
18458 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
18459 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18460 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18461
18462 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
18463
18464 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
18465 Not documented
18466
18467 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
18468
18469 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
18470 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18471 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18472 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18473 to future sessions.
18474
18475 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18476
18477 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
18478 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18479 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18480 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18481 to future sessions.
18482
18483 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18484
18485 ;;;***
18486 \f
18487 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18488 ;;;;;; (19604 6253))
18489 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18490
18491 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
18492 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18493 \\{nroff-mode-map}
18494 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18495 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18496 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18497
18498 \(fn)" t nil)
18499
18500 ;;;***
18501 \f
18502 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
18503 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
18504 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
18505
18506 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
18507 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
18508 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
18509 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
18510
18511 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
18512
18513 ;;;***
18514 \f
18515 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (19696
18516 ;;;;;; 28661))
18517 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
18518
18519 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
18520 Major mode for editing XML.
18521
18522 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
18523 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
18524 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
18525 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
18526 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
18527 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
18528 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
18529
18530 \\[nxml-complete] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
18531
18532 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
18533 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
18534
18535 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
18536 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
18537 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
18538 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
18539 instead of C-c.
18540
18541 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
18542 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
18543 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
18544 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
18545 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
18546 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
18547
18548 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
18549 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
18550 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
18551
18552 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
18553 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
18554 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
18555
18556 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
18557 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
18558 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
18559 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
18560 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
18561 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
18562 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
18563 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
18564 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
18565
18566 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
18567
18568 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
18569 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
18570
18571 \(fn)" t nil)
18572
18573 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
18574
18575 ;;;***
18576 \f
18577 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
18578 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (19691 9263))
18579 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
18580
18581 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
18582 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
18583 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
18584 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
18585
18586 \(fn)" t nil)
18587
18588 ;;;***
18589 \f
18590 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
18591 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
18592 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
18593 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
18594 ;;;;;; org-babel-open-src-block-result org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code
18595 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session
18596 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe
18597 ;;;;;; org-babel-load-in-session-maybe org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe
18598 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
18599 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (19677 59043))
18600 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
18601
18602 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
18603 Not documented
18604
18605 \(fn)" nil nil)
18606
18607 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
18608 Not documented
18609
18610 \(fn)" t nil)
18611
18612 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
18613 Conditionally expand a source block.
18614 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18615 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
18616
18617 \(fn)" t nil)
18618
18619 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
18620 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
18621 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18622 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
18623
18624 \(fn)" t nil)
18625
18626 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
18627 Conditionally pop to a session.
18628 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
18629 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
18630
18631 \(fn)" t nil)
18632
18633 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
18634 Execute the current source code block.
18635 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
18636 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
18637 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
18638
18639 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if a an
18640 existing result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been
18641 returned.
18642
18643 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
18644 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
18645
18646 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
18647 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
18648 block.
18649
18650 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18651
18652 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
18653 Expand the current source code block.
18654 Expand according to the source code block's header
18655 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
18656
18657 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
18658
18659 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
18660 Load the body of the current source-code block.
18661 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
18662 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
18663 session.
18664
18665 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18666
18667 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
18668 Initiate session for current code block.
18669 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
18670 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
18671 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
18672
18673 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18674
18675 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
18676 Switch to the session of the current code block.
18677 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
18678 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
18679 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
18680
18681 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18682
18683 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
18684 Switch to code buffer and display session.
18685
18686 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
18687
18688 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
18689 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
18690 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
18691 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
18692 results already exist.
18693
18694 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
18695
18696 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
18697 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
18698 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18699 the current buffer.
18700
18701 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18702
18703 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
18704 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
18705 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
18706 the current subtree.
18707
18708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18709
18710 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
18711 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
18712
18713 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
18714
18715 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
18716 Toggle visibility of result at point.
18717
18718 \(fn)" t nil)
18719
18720 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
18721 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
18722
18723 \(fn)" t nil)
18724
18725 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
18726 Go to a named source-code block.
18727
18728 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
18729
18730 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
18731 Go to a named result.
18732
18733 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
18734
18735 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
18736 Jump to the next source block.
18737 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
18738
18739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18740
18741 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
18742 Jump to the previous source block.
18743 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
18744
18745 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18746
18747 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
18748 Mark current src block
18749
18750 \(fn)" t nil)
18751
18752 ;;;***
18753 \f
18754 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
18755 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
18756 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
18757
18758 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
18759 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
18760
18761 \(fn)" t nil)
18762
18763 ;;;***
18764 \f
18765 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
18766 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (19677 59221))
18767 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
18768
18769 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
18770 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
18771 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
18772
18773 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
18774
18775 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
18776 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
18777 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
18778 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
18779
18780 \(fn)" t nil)
18781
18782 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
18783 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
18784
18785 \(fn)" nil nil)
18786
18787 ;;;***
18788 \f
18789 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
18790 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
18791 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
18792 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
18793
18794 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
18795 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
18796 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
18797 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
18798 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
18799 then the name of the language is used.")
18800
18801 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
18802
18803 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
18804 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
18805 This function exports the source code using
18806 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
18807 `load-file'.
18808
18809 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18810
18811 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
18812 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
18813 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
18814 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
18815 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
18816 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
18817
18818 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
18819
18820 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
18821 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
18822 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
18823 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
18824 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
18825 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
18826 exported source code blocks by language.
18827
18828 \(fn &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
18829
18830 ;;;***
18831 \f
18832 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18833 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
18834 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18835
18836 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
18837 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18838 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18839
18840 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18841
18842 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18843 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18844
18845 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18846 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18847 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18848
18849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18850
18851 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
18852
18853 ;;;***
18854 \f
18855 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18856 ;;;;;; (19687 6902))
18857 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18858
18859 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
18860 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18861
18862 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18863 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18864 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18865 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18866
18867 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18868 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18869 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18870 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18871 is why you need this mode!).
18872
18873 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18874 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18875 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18876
18877 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18878
18879 Keybindings
18880 ===========
18881
18882 \\{octave-mode-map}
18883
18884 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18885 ==============================================
18886
18887 `octave-blink-matching-block'
18888 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18889 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18890
18891 `octave-block-offset'
18892 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18893 Default is 2.
18894
18895 `octave-continuation-offset'
18896 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18897 Default is 4.
18898
18899 `octave-continuation-string'
18900 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18901 Default is a backslash.
18902
18903 `octave-send-echo-input'
18904 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18905 command to the inferior Octave process.
18906
18907 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
18908 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18909 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18910
18911 `octave-send-echo-input'
18912 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18913
18914 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18915
18916 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18917 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18918
18919 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
18920
18921 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
18922 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18923
18924 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18925 (lambda ()
18926 (abbrev-mode 1)
18927 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
18928
18929 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18930 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18931 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18932 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18933
18934 \(fn)" t nil)
18935
18936 ;;;***
18937 \f
18938 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
18939 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
18940 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
18941 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
18942 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
18943 ;;;;;; org-mode org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
18944 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
18945 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
18946
18947 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
18948 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
18949
18950 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
18951
18952 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
18953 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18954 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18955
18956 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18957 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18958 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18959 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18960 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18961 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18962 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18963 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18964 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18965 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18966
18967 The following commands are available:
18968
18969 \\{org-mode-map}
18970
18971 \(fn)" t nil)
18972
18973 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
18974
18975 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
18976 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
18977 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
18978 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
18979
18980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18981
18982 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
18983 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
18984 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
18985 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
18986 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
18987 defined by Org-mode).
18988
18989 M-up Move entry/item up
18990 M-down Move entry/item down
18991 M-left Promote
18992 M-right Demote
18993 M-S-up Move entry/item up
18994 M-S-down Move entry/item down
18995 M-S-left Promote subtree
18996 M-S-right Demote subtree
18997 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
18998 C-c ^ Sort entries
18999 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19000 TAB Cycle item visibility
19001 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19002 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19003 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19004
19005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19006
19007 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19008 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19009
19010 \(fn)" nil nil)
19011
19012 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19013 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19014
19015 \(fn)" nil nil)
19016
19017 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19018 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19019 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19020 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19021 call CMD.
19022
19023 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19024
19025 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19026 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19027 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19028 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19029
19030 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19031 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19032 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19033
19034 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19035
19036 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19037 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19038 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19039
19040 \(fn)" t nil)
19041
19042 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19043 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19044 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19045 Org-mode syntax.
19046
19047 \(fn)" t nil)
19048
19049 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19050 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19051
19052 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19053
19054 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19055 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19056
19057 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19058 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19059 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19060 returned as a list.
19061
19062 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19063 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19064 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19065 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19066 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19067 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19068 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19069 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19070 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19071 position.
19072
19073 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19074 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19075 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19076 visited by the iteration.
19077
19078 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19079
19080 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19081 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19082 file The current buffer, without restriction
19083 file-with-archives
19084 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19085 agenda All agenda files
19086 agenda-with-archives
19087 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19088 \(file1 file2 ...)
19089 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19090
19091 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19092 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19093
19094 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19095 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19096 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19097 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19098 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19099 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19100 function leaves it.
19101
19102 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19103 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19104 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19105 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19106 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19107 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19108 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19109 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19110
19111 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19112
19113 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19114 Switch between Org buffers.
19115 With a prefix argument, restrict available to files.
19116 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19117
19118 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19119 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19120
19121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19122
19123 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19124
19125 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19126
19127 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19128 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19129 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19130 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19131
19132 \(fn)" t nil)
19133
19134 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19135 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19136
19137 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19138
19139 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19140 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19141 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19142
19143 \(fn)" t nil)
19144
19145 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19146 Not documented
19147
19148 \(fn)" t nil)
19149
19150 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19151 Reload all org lisp files.
19152 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19153
19154 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19155
19156 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19157 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19158
19159 \(fn)" t nil)
19160
19161 ;;;***
19162 \f
19163 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19164 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19165 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19166 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19167 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (19676 49793))
19168 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19169
19170 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19171 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19172 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19173 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19174
19175 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19176 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19177 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19178 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19179 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19180 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19181 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19182 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19183 e Export views to associated files.
19184 s Search entries for keywords.
19185 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19186 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19187 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19188 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19189 > Remove a previous restriction.
19190 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19191 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19192 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19193
19194 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19195 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19196 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19197
19198 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19199 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19200 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19201 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19202 \(if active).
19203
19204 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19205
19206 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19207 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19208 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19209 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19210 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19211 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19212 before running the agenda command.
19213
19214 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19215
19216 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19217 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19218 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19219 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19220 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19221 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19222 before running the agenda command.
19223
19224 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19225 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19226
19227 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19228
19229 category The category of the item
19230 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19231 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19232 todo selected in TODO match
19233 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19234 diary imported from diary
19235 deadline a deadline on given date
19236 scheduled scheduled on given date
19237 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19238 closed entry was closed on given date
19239 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19240 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19241 block entry has date block including g. date
19242 todo The todo keyword, if any
19243 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19244 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19245 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19246 extra Sting with extra planning info
19247 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19248 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19249 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19250
19251 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19252
19253 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19254 Not documented
19255
19256 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19257
19258 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19259 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19260
19261 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19262
19263 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19264 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19265 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19266 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19267
19268 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19269 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19270 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19271 agenda instead.
19272
19273 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19274 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19275 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19276
19277 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19278 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19279
19280 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19281
19282 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19283 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19284
19285 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19286 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19287 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19288 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19289 EDIT-AT.
19290
19291 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19292 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19293 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19294 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19295 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19296 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19297
19298 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19299 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19300 including newlines.
19301
19302 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19303 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19304 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19305 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19306 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19307 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19308 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19309
19310 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19311 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19312 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19313 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19314
19315 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19316 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19317 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19318 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19319 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19320 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19321 Boolean search must match as full words.
19322
19323 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19324 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19325
19326 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19327
19328 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19329 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19330 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19331 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19332 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19333 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19334
19335 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19336
19337 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19338 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19339 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19340
19341 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19342
19343 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19344 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19345 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19346 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19347 `org-stuck-projects'.
19348
19349 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19350
19351 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19352 Return diary information from org-files.
19353 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19354 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19355 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19356 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19357 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19358
19359 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19360
19361 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19362
19363 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19364 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19365
19366 &%%(org-diary)
19367
19368 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19369 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19370 So the example above may also be written as
19371
19372 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19373
19374 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19375 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19376 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19377
19378 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19379
19380 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19381 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19382
19383 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19384
19385 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19386 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19387 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19388
19389 \(fn)" t nil)
19390
19391 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19392 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19393 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19394 appointments.
19395
19396 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19397 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19398
19399 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19400 for filtering entries out.
19401
19402 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19403 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19404
19405 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19406 (category \"Work\"))
19407
19408 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19409 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19410
19411 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19412
19413 ;;;***
19414 \f
19415 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
19416 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
19417 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
19418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
19419
19420 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
19421 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19422 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19423
19424 \(fn)" t nil)
19425
19426 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
19427 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
19428 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
19429
19430 \(fn)" t nil)
19431
19432 ;;;***
19433 \f
19434 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
19435 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
19436 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
19437 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (19676
19438 ;;;;;; 49793))
19439 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
19440
19441 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
19442 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
19443
19444 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19445
19446 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19447 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
19448
19449 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19450
19451 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
19452 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use use encoding for special symbols.
19453
19454 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19455
19456 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19457 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
19458
19459 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19460
19461 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
19462 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
19463 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
19464
19465 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19466
19467 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19468 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
19469 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19470 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
19471 command to convert it.
19472
19473 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19474
19475 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19476 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
19477 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19478 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19479 cut-and-paste operations.
19480 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19481 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19482 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19483 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19484
19485 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
19486
19487 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19488 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19489
19490 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19491
19492 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
19493 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
19494 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19495 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19496 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19497 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
19498 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19499 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19500 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19501 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19502 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19503 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19504 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19505 publishing directory.
19506
19507 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19508
19509 ;;;***
19510 \f
19511 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (19676
19512 ;;;;;; 49793))
19513 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
19514
19515 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
19516 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
19517 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
19518
19519 \(fn)" t nil)
19520
19521 ;;;***
19522 \f
19523 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
19524 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
19525 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
19526
19527 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
19528 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
19529
19530 \(fn)" nil nil)
19531
19532 ;;;***
19533 \f
19534 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
19535 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (19678 1813))
19536 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19537
19538 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19539 Capture something.
19540 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19541 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19542 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19543 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19544 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19545 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19546
19547 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19548 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19549 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19550 stored.
19551
19552 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19553
19554 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
19555 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
19556 bypassed.
19557
19558 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19559
19560 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
19561 Not documented
19562
19563 \(fn)" nil nil)
19564
19565 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19566 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19567
19568 \(fn)" t nil)
19569
19570 ;;;***
19571 \f
19572 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
19573 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (19676 49793))
19574 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
19575
19576 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
19577 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
19578 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
19579 fontified, and then returned.
19580
19581 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
19582
19583 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
19584 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19585
19586 \(fn)" nil nil)
19587
19588 ;;;***
19589 \f
19590 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
19591 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (19676 49793))
19592 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
19593
19594 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
19595 Find or create an entry for DATE.
19596 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
19597 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
19598 tree can be found.
19599
19600 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
19601
19602 ;;;***
19603 \f
19604 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
19605 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
19606 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
19607 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (19676 49793))
19608 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
19609
19610 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
19611 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
19612 This function can be used in batch processing.
19613
19614 For example:
19615
19616 $ emacs --batch
19617 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19618 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
19619
19620 \(fn)" nil nil)
19621
19622 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
19623 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
19624 No file is created.
19625
19626 \(fn)" t nil)
19627
19628 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19629 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
19630 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
19631 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
19632 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
19633 then use this command to convert it.
19634
19635 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19636
19637 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19638 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
19639 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
19640 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19641 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
19642 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
19643 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
19644 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
19645 could call this function in the following way:
19646
19647 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
19648
19649 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19650 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19651
19652 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19653
19654 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
19655 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
19656
19657 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19658
19659 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
19660 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
19661
19662 \(fn)" t nil)
19663
19664 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
19665 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
19666 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
19667 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
19668 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
19669 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
19670 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
19671 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
19672 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
19673 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
19674 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
19675 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
19676 publishing directory.
19677
19678 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19679
19680 ;;;***
19681 \f
19682 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
19683 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
19684 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
19685 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
19686
19687 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
19688 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
19689 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
19690 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
19691 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19692
19693 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
19694 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
19695 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
19696
19697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19698
19699 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
19700 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
19701 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
19702 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
19703 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
19704 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
19705 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
19706 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
19707 command.
19708
19709 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
19710
19711 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
19712 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
19713 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
19714 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
19715 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
19716
19717 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
19718 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
19719 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
19720 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
19721
19722 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
19723 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
19724 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
19725
19726 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19727 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19728 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19729 directory.
19730
19731 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19732
19733 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
19734 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
19735
19736 \(fn)" t nil)
19737
19738 ;;;***
19739 \f
19740 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
19741 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (19676
19742 ;;;;;; 49793))
19743 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
19744
19745 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
19746 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
19747
19748 \(fn)" t nil)
19749
19750 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
19751 Get inbox items from FEED.
19752 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
19753 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
19754
19755 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
19756
19757 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
19758 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
19759
19760 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19761
19762 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
19763 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
19764
19765 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
19766
19767 ;;;***
19768 \f
19769 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
19770 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (19676 49793))
19771 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
19772
19773 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
19774 Do the right thing for footnotes.
19775 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition. When at a definition,
19776 jump to the references. When neither at definition or reference,
19777 create a new footnote, interactively.
19778 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
19779
19780 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
19781
19782 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
19783 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
19784 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
19785 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
19786 Org-mode exporters.
19787 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
19788 referenced sequence.
19789
19790 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY FOR-PREPROCESSOR)" nil nil)
19791
19792 ;;;***
19793 \f
19794 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
19795 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
19796 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
19797 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (19676 49793))
19798 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
19799
19800 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
19801 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
19802 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
19803 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
19804 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
19805 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
19806 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
19807 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
19808 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
19809 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
19810 simply return the content of the document (all top level
19811 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
19812 directory.
19813
19814 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
19815
19816 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19817
19818 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
19819 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
19820
19821 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
19822
19823 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
19824 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19825 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
19826
19827 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19828
19829 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19830 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19831 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
19832 have them in `org-mode'.
19833
19834 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
19835 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
19836 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
19837 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
19838 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
19839 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
19840
19841 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
19842
19843 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
19844 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
19845
19846 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
19847
19848 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
19849 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
19850
19851 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
19852
19853 ;;;***
19854 \f
19855 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
19856 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
19857 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
19858 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (19676 49793))
19859 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
19860
19861 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19862
19863 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19864
19865 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19866
19867 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
19868 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
19869 If there is an active region, export only the region.
19870 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19871 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
19872
19873 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19874
19875 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
19876 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
19877 This function can be used in batch processing as:
19878 emacs --batch
19879 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
19880 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
19881 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
19882
19883 \(fn)" nil nil)
19884
19885 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
19886 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
19887 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
19888
19889 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19890
19891 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
19892 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
19893 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
19894 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
19895 command to convert it.
19896
19897 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
19898
19899 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
19900 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
19901 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
19902 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
19903 cut-and-paste operations.
19904 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
19905 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
19906 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
19907 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
19908
19909 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
19910
19911 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
19912 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
19913
19914 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
19915
19916 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
19917 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
19918 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
19919 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
19920 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
19921 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
19922 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
19923 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
19924 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
19925 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
19926 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
19927 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
19928 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
19929 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
19930 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
19931
19932 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
19933
19934 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
19935 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
19936 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
19937 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
19938 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
19939 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
19940 need into your CSS file.
19941
19942 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
19943 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
19944 that uses these same face definitions.
19945
19946 \(fn)" t nil)
19947
19948 ;;;***
19949 \f
19950 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19951 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
19952 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
19953 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
19954
19955 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
19956 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19957 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19958 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19959
19960 \(fn)" t nil)
19961
19962 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19963 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19964 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19965 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19966
19967 \(fn)" t nil)
19968
19969 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
19970 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19971 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19972
19973 \(fn)" t nil)
19974
19975 ;;;***
19976 \f
19977 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
19978 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
19979 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
19980 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
19981 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
19982
19983 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
19984 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
19985 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
19986 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
19987
19988 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19989
19990 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
19991 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
19992 Create an ID if necessary.
19993
19994 \(fn)" t nil)
19995
19996 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
19997 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
19998 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
19999 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20000 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20001 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20002 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20003
20004 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20005
20006 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20007 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20008 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20009 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20010 eligible.
20011 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20012
20013 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20014
20015 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20016 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20017 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20018 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20019
20020 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20021
20022 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20023 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20024 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20025
20026 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20027
20028 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20029 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20030 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20031 if there is no entry with that ID.
20032 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20033
20034 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20035
20036 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20037 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20038
20039 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20040
20041 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20042 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20043
20044 \(fn)" t nil)
20045
20046 ;;;***
20047 \f
20048 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20049 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
20050 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20051
20052 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20053 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20054
20055 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' properties to all non-headlines.
20056 These properties are updated locally in idle time.
20057 FIXME: How to update when broken?
20058
20059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20060
20061 ;;;***
20062 \f
20063 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20064 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
20065 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20066
20067 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20068 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20069
20070 \(fn)" nil nil)
20071
20072 ;;;***
20073 \f
20074 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20075 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20076 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20077 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
20078 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20079
20080 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20081 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20082 For example:
20083
20084 emacs --batch
20085 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20086 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20087 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20088
20089 \(fn)" nil nil)
20090
20091 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20092 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20093 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20094
20095 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20096
20097 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20098 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20099 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20100 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20101 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20102 then use this command to convert it.
20103
20104 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20105
20106 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20107 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20108 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20109 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20110 cut-and-paste operations.
20111 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20112 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20113 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20114 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20115
20116 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20117
20118 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20119 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20120
20121 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20122
20123 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20124 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20125 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20126 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20127 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20128 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20129 convert them as description lists.
20130 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20131 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20132 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20133 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20134 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20135 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20136 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20137 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20138 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20139 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20140 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20141
20142 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20143
20144 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20145 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20146
20147 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20148
20149 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20150 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20151
20152 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20153
20154 ;;;***
20155 \f
20156 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
20157 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (19676
20158 ;;;;;; 49793))
20159 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
20160
20161 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
20162 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
20163 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
20164 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
20165
20166 \(fn)" t nil)
20167
20168 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
20169 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
20170 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
20171 agenda view showing the flagged items.
20172
20173 \(fn)" t nil)
20174
20175 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
20176 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
20177
20178 \(fn)" t nil)
20179
20180 ;;;***
20181 \f
20182 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
20183 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
20184 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
20185
20186 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
20187 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
20188 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
20189 line directly before or after the table.
20190
20191 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
20192
20193 ;;;***
20194 \f
20195 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20196 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
20197 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
20198 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
20199
20200 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
20201
20202 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
20203 Publish PROJECT.
20204
20205 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20206
20207 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
20208 Publish all projects.
20209 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
20210 directory and force publishing all files.
20211
20212 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20213
20214 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
20215 Publish the current file.
20216 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20217
20218 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20219
20220 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
20221 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20222 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20223 the project.
20224
20225 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20226
20227 ;;;***
20228 \f
20229 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
20230 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
20231 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (19676 49793))
20232 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
20233
20234 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
20235 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
20236
20237 \(fn)" nil nil)
20238
20239 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
20240 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
20241 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
20242 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
20243 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
20244
20245 \(fn)" nil nil)
20246
20247 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
20248 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
20249 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
20250 to be run from that hook to function properly.
20251
20252 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
20253
20254 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
20255 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
20256 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
20257 of the remember buffer.
20258
20259 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
20260 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
20261 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
20262 note stored by remember.
20263
20264 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
20265 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
20266
20267 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
20268
20269 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
20270 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
20271 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
20272 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
20273 `org-remember-default-headline'.
20274 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
20275 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
20276 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
20277 process is used to select the target location.
20278
20279 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20280 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
20281
20282 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
20283 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
20284 currently running.
20285
20286 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
20287 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
20288 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
20289 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
20290
20291 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
20292 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
20293 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
20294 some additional data.
20295
20296 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
20297 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
20298 \(i.e. after the stars).
20299
20300 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
20301
20302 \(fn)" nil nil)
20303
20304 ;;;***
20305 \f
20306 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
20307 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (19676 49793))
20308 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
20309
20310 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
20311 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
20312
20313 \(fn)" nil nil)
20314
20315 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
20316 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
20317
20318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20319
20320 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
20321 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
20322 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
20323 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
20324 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
20325
20326 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
20327
20328 ;;;***
20329 \f
20330 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
20331 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (19676 49793))
20332 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
20333
20334 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
20335 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
20336 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
20337 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
20338 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
20339 the project properties such as project name and project period.
20340 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
20341 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
20342 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
20343 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
20344 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
20345 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
20346
20347 \(fn)" t nil)
20348
20349 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
20350 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
20351 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
20352
20353 \(fn)" t nil)
20354
20355 ;;;***
20356 \f
20357 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
20358 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
20359 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
20360 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
20361
20362 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
20363 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
20364 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
20365 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
20366 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
20367 without user interaction.
20368 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
20369 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
20370 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
20371 the region 0:00:00.
20372
20373 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
20374
20375 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
20376 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
20377 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
20378 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
20379 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
20380 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
20381 that was not started at the correct moment.
20382
20383 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
20384 it in the buffer.
20385
20386 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
20387
20388 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
20389 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
20390
20391 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
20392
20393 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
20394 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
20395
20396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20397
20398 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
20399 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
20400
20401 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
20402 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
20403 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
20404
20405 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
20406 the duration of the timer.
20407
20408 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20409 without prompting the user for a duration.
20410
20411 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
20412 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
20413 replace any running timer.
20414
20415 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
20416
20417 ;;;***
20418 \f
20419 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
20420 ;;;;;; (19676 49793))
20421 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
20422
20423 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
20424 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
20425 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
20426
20427 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20428
20429 ;;;***
20430 \f
20431 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20432 ;;;;;; (19622 9855))
20433 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20434 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20435
20436 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20437 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20438 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20439 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20440
20441 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20442 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20443 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20444 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20445
20446 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20447 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20448 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20449 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20450 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20451 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20452
20453 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20454 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20455 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20456
20457 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20458 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20459 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20460 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20461 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20462 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20463 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20464 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20465 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20466 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20467 The subheadings remain visible.
20468 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20469
20470 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20471 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20472 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20473
20474 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20475 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20476
20477 \(fn)" t nil)
20478
20479 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20480 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20481 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20482 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20483
20484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20485 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20486
20487 ;;;***
20488 \f
20489 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20490 ;;;;;; package-install-file package-install-from-buffer package-install
20491 ;;;;;; package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20492 ;;;;;; (19675 5423))
20493 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20494
20495 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20496 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20497 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20498 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20499 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20500
20501 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20502 activate the package system at any time.")
20503
20504 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20505
20506 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20507 Install the package named NAME.
20508 Interactively, prompt for the package name.
20509 The package is found on one of the archives in `package-archives'.
20510
20511 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
20512
20513 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20514 Install a package from the current buffer.
20515 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20516 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20517 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20518
20519 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20520 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20521 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20522
20523 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20524
20525 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20526 Install a package from a file.
20527 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20528
20529 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20530
20531 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20532 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20533 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20534 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20535
20536 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20537
20538 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20539 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20540
20541 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20542
20543 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20544 Display a list of packages.
20545 Fetches the updated list of packages before displaying.
20546 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20547
20548 \(fn)" t nil)
20549
20550 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20551
20552 ;;;***
20553 \f
20554 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (19648 63605))
20555 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20556
20557 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20558 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20559 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20560 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20561 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20562 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20563
20564 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20565
20566 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20567 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20568 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20569 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20570
20571 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20572 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20573
20574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20575
20576 ;;;***
20577 \f
20578 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20579 ;;;;;; (19582 65302))
20580 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20581 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20582
20583 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20584 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20585 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20586 unknown are returned as nil.
20587
20588 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20589
20590 ;;;***
20591 \f
20592 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (19670
20593 ;;;;;; 1520))
20594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20595
20596 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20597 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20598 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20599
20600 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20601 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20602
20603 Other useful functions are:
20604
20605 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20606 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20607 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20608 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20609 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20610 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20611 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20612 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20613 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20614
20615 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20616
20617 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20618 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20619 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20620 Indentation for case statements.
20621 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20622 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20623 mark after an end.
20624 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20625 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20626 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20627 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20628 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20629 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20630 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20631 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20632 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20633 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20634
20635 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20636 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20637
20638 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20639 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20640
20641 \(fn)" t nil)
20642
20643 ;;;***
20644 \f
20645 ;;;### (autoloads (password-cache-expiry password-cache) "password-cache"
20646 ;;;;;; "password-cache.el" (19582 65302))
20647 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20648
20649 (defvar password-cache t "\
20650 Whether to cache passwords.")
20651
20652 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20653
20654 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20655 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20656 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20657
20658 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20659
20660 ;;;***
20661 \f
20662 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20663 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
20664 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20665
20666 (autoload 'pc-bindings-mode "pc-mode" "\
20667 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20668 The keys affected are:
20669 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20670 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20671 M-Backspace does undo.
20672 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20673 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20674 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20675
20676 \(fn)" t nil)
20677
20678 ;;;***
20679 \f
20680 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "emulation/pc-select.el"
20681 ;;;;;; (19609 2166))
20682 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20683
20684 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20685 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20686 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20687 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20688 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20689 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20690
20691 (custom-autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" nil)
20692
20693 (autoload 'pc-selection-mode "pc-select" "\
20694 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, Mac or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20695
20696 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20697
20698 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20699 which modify the status of the mark.
20700
20701 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20702 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20703
20704 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20705 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20706
20707 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20708 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20709 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20710 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20711 turning PC Selection mode on.
20712
20713 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20714 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20715
20716 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20717 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20718 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20719
20720 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20721 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20722 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20723
20724 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20725 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20726
20727 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20728 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20729 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20730
20731 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20732 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20733 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20734
20735 F6 other-window
20736 DELETE delete-char
20737 C-DELETE kill-line
20738 M-DELETE kill-word
20739 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20740 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20741 M-BACKSPACE undo
20742
20743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20744
20745 ;;;***
20746 \f
20747 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20748 ;;;;;; (19693 26133))
20749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20750
20751 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20752 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20753 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20754
20755 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20756 _ matches anything.
20757 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20758 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20759 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20760 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20761 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20762 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20763
20764 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20765 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20766 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20767 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20768 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20769 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20770
20771 PRED can take the form
20772 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20773 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
20774 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20775 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20776 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20777 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20778 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20779
20780 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil (quote macro))
20781
20782 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20783
20784 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20785 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20786 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20787 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20788
20789 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
20790
20791 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20792
20793 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20794 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20795 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20796 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20797
20798 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
20799
20800 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20801
20802 ;;;***
20803 \f
20804 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (19580
20805 ;;;;;; 19536))
20806 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20807
20808 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20809 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20810
20811 \(fn)" nil nil)
20812
20813 ;;;***
20814 \f
20815 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20816 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (19580 19536))
20817 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20818
20819 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20820 Completion for `gzip'.
20821
20822 \(fn)" nil nil)
20823
20824 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20825 Completion for `bzip2'.
20826
20827 \(fn)" nil nil)
20828
20829 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20830 Completion for GNU `make'.
20831
20832 \(fn)" nil nil)
20833
20834 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20835 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20836
20837 \(fn)" nil nil)
20838
20839 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20840
20841 ;;;***
20842 \f
20843 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20844 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (19580 19536))
20845 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20846
20847 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20848 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20849
20850 \(fn)" nil nil)
20851
20852 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20853 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20854
20855 \(fn)" nil nil)
20856
20857 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20858 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20859
20860 \(fn)" nil nil)
20861
20862 ;;;***
20863 \f
20864 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (19580
20865 ;;;;;; 19536))
20866 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20867
20868 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20869 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20870
20871 \(fn)" nil nil)
20872
20873 ;;;***
20874 \f
20875 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20876 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20877 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (19580 19536))
20878 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20879
20880 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20881 Completion for `cd'.
20882
20883 \(fn)" nil nil)
20884
20885 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20886
20887 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20888 Completion for `rmdir'.
20889
20890 \(fn)" nil nil)
20891
20892 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20893 Completion for `rm'.
20894
20895 \(fn)" nil nil)
20896
20897 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20898 Completion for `xargs'.
20899
20900 \(fn)" nil nil)
20901
20902 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20903
20904 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20905 Completion for `which'.
20906
20907 \(fn)" nil nil)
20908
20909 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20910 Completion for the `chown' command.
20911
20912 \(fn)" nil nil)
20913
20914 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20915 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20916
20917 \(fn)" nil nil)
20918
20919 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20920 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20921
20922 \(fn)" nil nil)
20923
20924 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20925 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20926 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20927
20928 \(fn)" nil nil)
20929
20930 ;;;***
20931 \f
20932 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20933 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20934 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (19451
20935 ;;;;;; 17238))
20936 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20937
20938 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20939 Support extensible programmable completion.
20940 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20941 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20942
20943 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20944
20945 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20946 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20947
20948 \(fn)" t nil)
20949
20950 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20951 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20952 This will modify the current buffer.
20953
20954 \(fn)" t nil)
20955
20956 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20957 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20958
20959 \(fn)" t nil)
20960
20961 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20962 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20963 This will modify the current buffer.
20964
20965 \(fn)" t nil)
20966
20967 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20968 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20969
20970 \(fn)" t nil)
20971
20972 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20973 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20974
20975 \(fn)" t nil)
20976
20977 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20978 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20979 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20980 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20981 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20982
20983 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20984
20985 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20986 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20987
20988 \(fn)" nil nil)
20989
20990 ;;;***
20991 \f
20992 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20993 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20994 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (19474 36901))
20995 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20996
20997 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20998 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20999 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21000 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21001
21002 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21003
21004 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21005
21006 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21007 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21008 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21009 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21010 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21011 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21012 FLAGS is ignored.
21013
21014 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21015
21016 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21017 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21018 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21019 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21020 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21021 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21022 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21023 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21024
21025 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21026
21027 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21028 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21029 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21030 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21031 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21032 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21033 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21034 passed to cvs.
21035
21036 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21037
21038 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21039 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21040 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21041 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21042 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21043 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21044 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21045
21046 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21047
21048 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21049 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21050 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21051
21052 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21053
21054 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21055 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21056 A value of nil means never do it.
21057 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21058 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21059 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21060
21061 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21062
21063 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21064 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21065 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21066
21067 ;;;***
21068 \f
21069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (19580 19536))
21070 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21071
21072 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)))
21073
21074 ;;;***
21075 \f
21076 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21077 ;;;;;; (19668 19310))
21078 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21079 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21080 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21081 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21082 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21083 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21084 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21085
21086 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21087 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21088 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21089 Tab indents for Perl code.
21090 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21091 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21092 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21093 \\{perl-mode-map}
21094 Variables controlling indentation style:
21095 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21096 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21097 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21098 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21099 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21100 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21101 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21102 `perl-nochange'
21103 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21104 `perl-indent-level'
21105 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21106 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21107 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21108 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21109 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21110 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21111 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21112 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21113 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21114 `perl-brace-offset'
21115 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21116 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21117 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21118 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21119 `perl-label-offset'
21120 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21121 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21122 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21123
21124 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21125 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21126 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21127 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21128 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21129 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21130 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21131
21132 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21133
21134 \(fn)" t nil)
21135
21136 ;;;***
21137 \f
21138 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
21139 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
21140 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
21141 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (19635 50568))
21142 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
21143
21144 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-region "pgg" "\
21145 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
21146
21147 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21148
21149 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21150 passphrase cache or user.
21151
21152 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21153
21154 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region "pgg" "\
21155 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
21156
21157 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21158 cache or user.
21159
21160 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21161
21162 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt-symmetric "pgg" "\
21163 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
21164
21165 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21166 the region.
21167
21168 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21169 passphrase cache or user.
21170
21171 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21172
21173 (autoload 'pgg-encrypt "pgg" "\
21174 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
21175
21176 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
21177
21178 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
21179 the region.
21180
21181 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21182 passphrase cache or user.
21183
21184 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21185
21186 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt-region "pgg" "\
21187 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
21188
21189 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21190 passphrase cache or user.
21191
21192 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21193
21194 (autoload 'pgg-decrypt "pgg" "\
21195 Decrypt the current buffer.
21196
21197 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
21198 the region.
21199
21200 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21201 passphrase cache or user.
21202
21203 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21204
21205 (autoload 'pgg-sign-region "pgg" "\
21206 Make the signature from text between START and END.
21207
21208 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
21209 a detached signature.
21210
21211 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21212 and the output is displayed.
21213
21214 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21215 passphrase cache or user.
21216
21217 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21218
21219 (autoload 'pgg-sign "pgg" "\
21220 Sign the current buffer.
21221
21222 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
21223 detached signature.
21224
21225 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
21226 within the region.
21227
21228 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
21229 and the output is displayed.
21230
21231 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
21232 passphrase cache or user.
21233
21234 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pgg-verify-region "pgg" "\
21237 Verify the current region between START and END.
21238 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21239 the detached signature of the current region.
21240
21241 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21242 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21243
21244 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
21245
21246 (autoload 'pgg-verify "pgg" "\
21247 Verify the current buffer.
21248 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
21249 the detached signature of the current region.
21250 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
21251 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
21252 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
21253 within the region.
21254
21255 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
21256
21257 (autoload 'pgg-insert-key "pgg" "\
21258 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
21259
21260 \(fn)" t nil)
21261
21262 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys-region "pgg" "\
21263 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
21264
21265 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21266
21267 (autoload 'pgg-snarf-keys "pgg" "\
21268 Import public keys in the current buffer.
21269
21270 \(fn)" t nil)
21271
21272 ;;;***
21273 \f
21274 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
21275 ;;;;;; (19582 65302))
21276 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
21277
21278 (autoload 'pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p "pgg-gpg" "\
21279 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
21280
21281 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
21282
21283 ;;;***
21284 \f
21285 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
21286 ;;;;;; (19687 6902))
21287 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21288
21289 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21290 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21291 \\<picture-mode-map>
21292 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21293 afterwards settable by these commands:
21294
21295 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21296 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21297 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21298 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21299
21300 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21301 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21302 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21303 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21304
21305 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21306 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21307 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21308 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21309
21310 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21311 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21312 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21313 with these commands:
21314
21315 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21316 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21317 Move to column following last
21318 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21319 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21320 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21321 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21322 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21323 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21324
21325 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21326
21327 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21328 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21329 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21330 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21331 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21332 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21333
21334 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21335 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21336 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
21337 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21338 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21339 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21340 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21341
21342 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21343 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21344 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21345 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21346 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21347 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21348 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21349 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21350
21351 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21352 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21353 by supplying an argument.
21354
21355 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21356
21357 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21358 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
21359
21360 \(fn)" t nil)
21361
21362 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21363
21364 ;;;***
21365 \f
21366 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
21367 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
21368 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21369
21370 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21371 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21372 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21373
21374 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21375
21376 ;;;***
21377 \f
21378 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (19277 34922))
21379 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21380
21381 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21382 Play pong and waste time.
21383 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21384 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21385
21386 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21387
21388 \\{pong-mode-map}
21389
21390 \(fn)" t nil)
21391
21392 ;;;***
21393 \f
21394 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (19624 59837))
21395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21396
21397 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21398 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21399 Use streaming commands.
21400
21401 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21402
21403 ;;;***
21404 \f
21405 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
21406 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
21407 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
21408 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21409
21410 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21411 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21412 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21413 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21414
21415 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21416
21417 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21418 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21419
21420 \(fn)" nil nil)
21421
21422 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21423 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21424 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21425 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21426 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21427
21428 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21429
21430 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21431 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21432 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21433
21434 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21437 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21438
21439 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21440
21441 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21442 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21443 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21444 Ignores leading comment characters.
21445
21446 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21447
21448 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21449 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21450 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21451 Ignores leading comment characters.
21452
21453 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21454
21455 ;;;***
21456 \f
21457 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
21458 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
21459 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
21460 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
21461 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
21462 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
21463 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
21464 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
21465 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
21466 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
21467 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
21468 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
21469 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21470 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21471 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21472 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21473 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21474 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21475 ;;;;;; (19687 6902))
21476 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21477
21478 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21479 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21480
21481 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21482
21483 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21484
21485 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21486
21487 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21488 Preview directory using ghostview.
21489
21490 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21491 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21492 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21493 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21494
21495 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21496 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21497 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21498 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21499 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21500 file name.
21501
21502 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21503
21504 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21505
21506 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21507 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21508
21509 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21510 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21511 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21512 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21513
21514 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21515 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21516 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21517 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21518 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21519 file name.
21520
21521 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21522
21523 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21524
21525 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21526 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21527
21528 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21529 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21530 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21531 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21532
21533 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21534 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21535 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21536 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21537 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21538 file name.
21539
21540 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21541
21542 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21543
21544 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21545 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21546
21547 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21548
21549 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21550 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21551 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21552 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21553
21554 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21555 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21556 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21557 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21558 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21559 file name.
21560
21561 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21562
21563 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21564
21565 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21566 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21567
21568 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21569 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21570 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21571
21572 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21573 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21574 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21575 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21576
21577 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21578
21579 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21580 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21581
21582 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21583 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21584 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21585
21586 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21587 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21588 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21589 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21590
21591 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21592
21593 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21594 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21595
21596 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21597 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21598 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21599
21600 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21601 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21602 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21603 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21604
21605 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21606
21607 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21608 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21609
21610 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21611
21612 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21613 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21614 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21615
21616 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21617 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21618 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21619 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21620
21621 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21622
21623 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21624 Preview region using ghostview.
21625
21626 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21627
21628 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21629
21630 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21631 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21632
21633 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21634
21635 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21636
21637 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21638 Print region using PostScript printer.
21639
21640 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21641
21642 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21643
21644 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21645 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21646
21647 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21648
21649 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21650
21651 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21652 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21653
21654 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21655
21656 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21657
21658 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21659 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21660
21661 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21662
21663 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21664
21665 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21666 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21667
21668 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21669
21670 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21671
21672 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21673 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21674
21675 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21676
21677 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21678
21679 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21680 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21681 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21682 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21683
21684 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21685 matching.
21686
21687 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21688 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21689
21690 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21691
21692 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21693
21694 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21695 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21696 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21697 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21698
21699 \(fn)" t nil)
21700
21701 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21702 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21703 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21704 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21705
21706 \(fn)" t nil)
21707
21708 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21709 Print directory using text printer.
21710
21711 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21712 matching.
21713
21714 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21715 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21716
21717 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21718
21719 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21720
21721 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21722 Print buffer using text printer.
21723
21724 \(fn)" t nil)
21725
21726 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21727 Print region using text printer.
21728
21729 \(fn)" t nil)
21730
21731 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21732 Print major mode using text printer.
21733
21734 \(fn)" t nil)
21735
21736 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21737 Preview spooled PostScript.
21738
21739 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21740 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21741 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21742
21743 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21744 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21745 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21746
21747 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21748
21749 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21750 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21751
21752 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21753 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21754 instead of sending it to the printer.
21755
21756 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21757 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21758 image in a file with that name.
21759
21760 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21761
21762 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21763 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21764
21765 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21766 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21767 instead of sending it to the printer.
21768
21769 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21770 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21771 image in a file with that name.
21772
21773 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21774
21775 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21776 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21777
21778 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21779 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21780 instead of sending it to the printer.
21781
21782 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21783 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21784 image in a file with that name.
21785
21786 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21787
21788 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21789 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21790
21791 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21792
21793 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21794 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21795
21796 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21797
21798 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21799 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21800
21801 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21802
21803 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21804 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21805
21806 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21807
21808 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21809 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21810
21811 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21812
21813 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21814 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21815
21816 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21817 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21818 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21819 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21820
21821 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21822 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21823 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21824 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21825 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21826 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21827 file name.
21828
21829 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21830
21831 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21832 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21833
21834 \(fn)" t nil)
21835
21836 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21837 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21838
21839 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21840 right.
21841 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21842 bottom.
21843
21844 \(fn)" t nil)
21845
21846 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21847 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21848
21849 \(fn)" t nil)
21850
21851 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21852 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21853
21854 \(fn)" t nil)
21855
21856 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21857 Toggle printing with faces.
21858
21859 \(fn)" t nil)
21860
21861 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21862 Toggle spooling.
21863
21864 \(fn)" t nil)
21865
21866 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21867 Toggle duplex.
21868
21869 \(fn)" t nil)
21870
21871 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21872 Toggle tumble.
21873
21874 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21875 right.
21876 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21877 bottom.
21878
21879 \(fn)" t nil)
21880
21881 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21882 Toggle landscape.
21883
21884 \(fn)" t nil)
21885
21886 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21887 Toggle upside-down.
21888
21889 \(fn)" t nil)
21890
21891 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21892 Toggle line number.
21893
21894 \(fn)" t nil)
21895
21896 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21897 Toggle zebra stripes.
21898
21899 \(fn)" t nil)
21900
21901 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21902 Toggle printing header.
21903
21904 \(fn)" t nil)
21905
21906 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21907 Toggle printing header frame.
21908
21909 \(fn)" t nil)
21910
21911 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21912 Toggle menu lock.
21913
21914 \(fn)" t nil)
21915
21916 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21917 Toggle auto region.
21918
21919 \(fn)" t nil)
21920
21921 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21922 Toggle auto mode.
21923
21924 \(fn)" t nil)
21925
21926 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21927 Customization of the `printing' group.
21928
21929 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21930
21931 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21932 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21933
21934 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21935
21936 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21937 Help for the printing package.
21938
21939 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21940
21941 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21942 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21943
21944 \(fn)" t nil)
21945
21946 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21947 Interactively select a text printer.
21948
21949 \(fn)" t nil)
21950
21951 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21952 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21953
21954 \(fn)" t nil)
21955
21956 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21957 Show current ps-print settings.
21958
21959 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21960
21961 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21962 Show current printing settings.
21963
21964 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21965
21966 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21967 Show current lpr settings.
21968
21969 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21970
21971 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21972 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21973
21974 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21975 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21976 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21977 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21978
21979
21980 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21981
21982 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21983 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21984 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21985
21986 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21987 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21988 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21989 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21990 current active printer.
21991
21992 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21993 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21994 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21995 printer.
21996
21997 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21998 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21999 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22000 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22001 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22002
22003
22004 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22005 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22006
22007 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22008
22009 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22010 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
22011 be done using the new current active printer.
22012
22013 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22014 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22015 printer.
22016
22017 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22018 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22019 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22020 instead of sending it to the printer.
22021
22022 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22023 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22024 printer.
22025
22026 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22027
22028
22029 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22030 are both set to t.
22031
22032 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22033
22034 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22035 Fast fire function for text printing.
22036
22037 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22038 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22039 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22040 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22041
22042 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22043 user for a new active text printer.
22044
22045 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22046
22047 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22048
22049 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22050 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
22051 printer.
22052
22053 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22054
22055 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22056 are both set to t.
22057
22058 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22059
22060 ;;;***
22061 \f
22062 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (19590 30214))
22063 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22064
22065 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22066 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22067 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22068 information will be displayed but not selected.
22069 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22070
22071 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22072
22073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22074
22075 ;;;***
22076 \f
22077 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
22078 ;;;;;; (19672 21006))
22079 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22080
22081 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22082 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
22083 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
22084 Commands:
22085 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22086 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22087 if that value is non-nil.
22088
22089 \(fn)" t nil)
22090
22091 (defalias 'run-prolog 'switch-to-prolog)
22092
22093 (autoload 'switch-to-prolog "prolog" "\
22094 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22095 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
22096
22097 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22098
22099 ;;;***
22100 \f
22101 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (19580
22102 ;;;;;; 19536))
22103 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22104
22105 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22106 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22107 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22108
22109 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22110
22111 ;;;***
22112 \f
22113 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (19580
22114 ;;;;;; 19536))
22115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22116
22117 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22118 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22119
22120 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22121
22122 The following variables hold user options, and can
22123 be set through the `customize' command:
22124
22125 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22126 `ps-mode-tab'
22127 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22128 `ps-mode-print-function'
22129 `ps-run-prompt'
22130 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22131 `ps-run-x'
22132 `ps-run-dumb'
22133 `ps-run-init'
22134 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22135 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22136
22137 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22138
22139
22140 \\{ps-mode-map}
22141
22142
22143 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22144 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22145 The keymap for this second window is:
22146
22147 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22148
22149
22150 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22151 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22152 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22153 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22154 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22155
22156 \(fn)" t nil)
22157
22158 ;;;***
22159 \f
22160 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22161 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22162 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22163 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22164 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22165 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (19648
22166 ;;;;;; 63513))
22167 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22168
22169 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22170 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22171 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22172
22173 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22174
22175 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22176 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22177 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22178 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22179
22180 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22181
22182 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22183 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22184
22185 Valid values are:
22186
22187 nil Do not print colors.
22188
22189 t Print colors.
22190
22191 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22192 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22193
22194 Any other value is treated as t.")
22195
22196 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22197
22198 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22199 Customization of ps-print group.
22200
22201 \(fn)" t nil)
22202
22203 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22204 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22205
22206 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22207 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22208 sending it to the printer.
22209
22210 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22211 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22212 image in a file with that name.
22213
22214 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22215
22216 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22217 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22218 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22219 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22220 so it has a way to determine color values.
22221
22222 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22223
22224 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22225 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22226 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22227
22228 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22229
22230 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22231 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22232 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22233 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22234 so it has a way to determine color values.
22235
22236 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22237
22238 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22239 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22240 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22241 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22242
22243 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22244
22245 \(fn)" t nil)
22246
22247 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22248 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22249 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22250 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22251 so it has a way to determine color values.
22252
22253 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22254
22255 \(fn)" t nil)
22256
22257 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22258 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22259 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22260
22261 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22262
22263 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22264
22265 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22266 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22267 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22268 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22269 so it has a way to determine color values.
22270
22271 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22272
22273 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22274
22275 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22276 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22277
22278 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22279 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22280 instead of sending it to the printer.
22281
22282 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22283 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22284 image in a file with that name.
22285
22286 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22287
22288 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22289 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22290 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22291 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22292 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22293
22294 \(fn)" t nil)
22295
22296 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22297 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22298 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22299
22300 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22301
22302 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22303 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22304 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22305
22306 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22307
22308 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22309 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22310
22311 \(fn)" nil nil)
22312
22313 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22314 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22315
22316 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22317 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22318
22319 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22320 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22321
22322 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22323
22324 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22325
22326 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22327
22328 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22329 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22330
22331 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22332 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22333
22334 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22335 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22336
22337 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22338
22339 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22340
22341 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22342
22343 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22344 foreground and background colors respectively.
22345
22346 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22347 bold - use bold font.
22348 italic - use italic font.
22349 underline - put a line under text.
22350 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22351 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22352 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22353 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22354 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22355
22356 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22357
22358 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22359
22360 ;;;***
22361 \f
22362 ;;;### (autoloads (python-shell jython-mode python-mode run-python)
22363 ;;;;;; "python" "progmodes/python.el" (19691 3508))
22364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22365
22366 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "jython") 'jython-mode))
22367
22368 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
22369
22370 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22371
22372 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22373 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22374 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22375 buffer automatically.
22376
22377 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22378 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22379 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22380 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22381 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22382 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22383 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22384
22385 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22386 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22387 buffer for a list of commands.)
22388
22389 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22390
22391 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22392 Major mode for editing Python files.
22393 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is currently required
22394 for correct parsing of the source.
22395 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22396 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22397 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22398
22399 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22400 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22401 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22402 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22403 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22404 \\<python-mode-map>
22405 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22406 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22407 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22408 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22409 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22410 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22411
22412 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22413 effect outside them.
22414
22415 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22416 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22417 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22418 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22419 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22420 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22421 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22422 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22423 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22424
22425 \\{python-mode-map}
22426
22427 \(fn)" t nil)
22428
22429 (autoload 'jython-mode "python" "\
22430 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22431 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22432 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22433
22434 \(fn)" t nil)
22435
22436 (autoload 'python-shell "python" "\
22437 Start an interactive Python interpreter in another window.
22438 This is like Shell mode, except that Python is running in the window
22439 instead of a shell. See the `Interactive Shell' and `Shell Mode'
22440 sections of the Emacs manual for details, especially for the key
22441 bindings active in the `*Python*' buffer.
22442
22443 With optional \\[universal-argument], the user is prompted for the
22444 flags to pass to the Python interpreter. This has no effect when this
22445 command is used to switch to an existing process, only when a new
22446 process is started. If you use this, you will probably want to ensure
22447 that the current arguments are retained (they will be included in the
22448 prompt). This argument is ignored when this function is called
22449 programmatically.
22450
22451 Note: You can toggle between using the CPython interpreter and the
22452 JPython interpreter by hitting \\[python-toggle-shells]. This toggles
22453 buffer local variables which control whether all your subshell
22454 interactions happen to the `*JPython*' or `*Python*' buffers (the
22455 latter is the name used for the CPython buffer).
22456
22457 Warning: Don't use an interactive Python if you change sys.ps1 or
22458 sys.ps2 from their default values, or if you're running code that
22459 prints `>>> ' or `... ' at the start of a line. `python-mode' can't
22460 distinguish your output from Python's output, and assumes that `>>> '
22461 at the start of a line is a prompt from Python. Similarly, the Emacs
22462 Shell mode code assumes that both `>>> ' and `... ' at the start of a
22463 line are Python prompts. Bad things can happen if you fool either
22464 mode.
22465
22466 Warning: If you do any editing *in* the process buffer *while* the
22467 buffer is accepting output from Python, do NOT attempt to `undo' the
22468 changes. Some of the output (nowhere near the parts you changed!) may
22469 be lost if you do. This appears to be an Emacs bug, an unfortunate
22470 interaction between undo and process filters; the same problem exists in
22471 non-Python process buffers using the default (Emacs-supplied) process
22472 filter.
22473
22474 \(fn &optional ARGPROMPT)" t nil)
22475
22476 ;;;***
22477 \f
22478 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22479 ;;;;;; (19582 65302))
22480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22481
22482 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22483 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22484 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22485 coding-system.
22486
22487 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22488 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22489
22490 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22491 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22492 them into characters should be done separately.
22493
22494 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22495
22496 ;;;***
22497 \f
22498 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22499 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22500 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22501 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22502 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (19498 12592))
22503 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22504
22505 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22506 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22507
22508 \(fn)" nil nil)
22509
22510 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22511 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22512 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22513
22514 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22515 `quail-activate', which see.
22516
22517 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22518
22519 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22520 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22521 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22522 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22523 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22524 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22525 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22526
22527 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22528 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22529 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22530 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22531 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22532 shown.
22533 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22534
22535 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22536 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22537 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22538 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22539 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22540 list of candidates.
22541
22542 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22543 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22544 command to be called.
22545
22546 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22547 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22548 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22549 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22550
22551 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22552 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22553 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22554 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22555 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22556 to t.
22557
22558 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22559 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22560 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22561 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22562
22563 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22564 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22565 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22566 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22567
22568 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22569 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22570 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22571 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22572 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22573 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22574
22575 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22576 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22577 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22578 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22579 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22580 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22581
22582 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22583 covers Quail translation region.
22584
22585 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22586 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22587 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22588 for it) is inserted.
22589
22590 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22591 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22592 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22593
22594 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22595 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22596 non-Quail commands.
22597
22598 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22599
22600 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22601 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22602
22603 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22604 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22605 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22606 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22607 you type is correctly handled.
22608
22609 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22610
22611 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22612 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22613
22614 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22615 keyboard type.
22616
22617 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22618
22619 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22620 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22621 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22622 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22623 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22624 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22625 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22626 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22627 for the translation.
22628 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22629
22630 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22631 it is used to handle KEY.
22632
22633 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22634 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22635 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22636 the following annotation types are supported.
22637
22638 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22639 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22640
22641 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22642 candidate list.
22643
22644 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22645 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22646 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22647 inserted.
22648
22649 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22650 generated for the following translations.
22651
22652 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22653
22654 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22655 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22656
22657 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22658 which to install MAP.
22659
22660 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22661
22662 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22663
22664 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22665 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22666
22667 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22668 which to install MAP.
22669
22670 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22671
22672 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22673
22674 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22675 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22676 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22677 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22678 a function, or a cons.
22679 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22680 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22681 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22682 for the translation.
22683 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22684 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22685 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22686 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22687 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22688
22689 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22690 it is used to handle KEY.
22691
22692 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22693 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22694 current Quail package.
22695
22696 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22697 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22698
22699 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22700
22701 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22702 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22703
22704 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22705 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22706
22707 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22708
22709 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22710 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22711
22712 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22713
22714 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22715 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22716 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22717 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22718 of the Emacs source tree.
22719
22720 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22721 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22722
22723 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22724 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22725 of each directory.
22726
22727 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22728
22729 ;;;***
22730 \f
22731 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22732 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22733 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (19672
22734 ;;;;;; 56753))
22735 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22736
22737 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22738 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22739 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22740 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22741
22742 To make use of this do something like:
22743
22744 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22745
22746 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22747
22748 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22749 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22750
22751 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22752 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22753 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22754
22755 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22756
22757 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22758 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22759
22760 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22761
22762 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22763 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22764
22765 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22766 is decided.
22767
22768 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22769
22770 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22771 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22772
22773 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22774 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22775 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22776
22777 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22778
22779 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22780 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22781
22782 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22783
22784 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22785 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22786
22787 \(fn)" t nil)
22788
22789 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22790 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22791
22792 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22793
22794 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22795
22796 \(fn)" t nil)
22797
22798 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22799 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22800
22801 \(fn)" t nil)
22802
22803 ;;;***
22804 \f
22805 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22806 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (19599 45674))
22807 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22808
22809 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22810 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22811
22812 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22813
22814 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22815
22816 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22817
22818 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22819
22820 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22821 Not documented
22822
22823 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD)" nil nil)
22824
22825 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22826 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22827 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22830 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22831
22832 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22833
22834 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22835 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22836
22837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22838
22839 ;;;***
22840 \f
22841 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (19609
22842 ;;;;;; 2577))
22843 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22844
22845 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22846 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22847 See \\[compile].
22848
22849 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22850
22851 ;;;***
22852 \f
22853 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22854 ;;;;;; (19552 37739))
22855 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22856
22857 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22858
22859 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22860 Construct a regexp interactively.
22861
22862 \(fn)" t nil)
22863
22864 ;;;***
22865 \f
22866 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (19277 34917))
22867 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22868
22869 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22870 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22871 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22872 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22873 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22874 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22875
22876 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22877
22878 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22879 Toggle recentf mode.
22880 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22881 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22882
22883 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22884 that were operated on recently.
22885
22886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22887
22888 ;;;***
22889 \f
22890 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22891 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22892 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22893 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (19580
22894 ;;;;;; 19536))
22895 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22896 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
22897 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
22898 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
22899 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
22900 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
22901 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
22902
22903 (autoload 'move-to-column-force "rect" "\
22904 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22905 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22906 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22907
22908 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22909
22910 (make-obsolete 'move-to-column-force 'move-to-column "21.2")
22911
22912 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22913 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22914 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22915 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22916 ends.
22917
22918 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22919 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22920 to be deleted.
22921
22922 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22923
22924 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22925 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22926 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22927
22928 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22929 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22930 deleted.
22931
22932 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22933
22934 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22935 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22936 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22937
22938 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22939
22940 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22941 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22942
22943 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22944 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22945
22946 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22947 deleted.
22948
22949 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22950 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22951 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22952 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22953 even beep.)
22954
22955 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22956
22957 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22958 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22959
22960 \(fn)" t nil)
22961
22962 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22963 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22964 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22965 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22966 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22967 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22968 and point is at the lower right corner.
22969
22970 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22971
22972 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22973 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22974
22975 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22976 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22977
22978 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22979 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22980 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22981
22982 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22983
22984 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22985
22986 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22987 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22988 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22989 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22990 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22991
22992 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22993 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22994
22995 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22996
22997 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22998 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22999 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23000
23001 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23002
23003 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23004
23005 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23006
23007 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23008 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23009
23010 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23011 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23012 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23013
23014 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23015
23016 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23017 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23018 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23019
23020 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23021 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23022 rectangle which were empty.
23023
23024 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23025
23026 ;;;***
23027 \f
23028 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (19277
23029 ;;;;;; 34923))
23030 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23031
23032 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23033 Toggle Refill minor mode.
23034 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23035
23036 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
23037 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
23038 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
23039
23040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23041
23042 ;;;***
23043 \f
23044 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23045 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (19594 48841))
23046 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23047
23048 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23049 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23050
23051 \(fn)" nil nil)
23052
23053 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23054 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23055
23056 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23057 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23058
23059 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23060 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23061 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23062 \\ref macro.
23063
23064 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23065 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23066 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23067
23068 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23069 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23070 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23071
23072 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23073 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23074
23075 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23076 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23077
23078 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23079 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23080 on the menu bar.
23081
23082 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23083
23084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23085
23086 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23087 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23088 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23089
23090 \(fn)" nil nil)
23091
23092 ;;;***
23093 \f
23094 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23095 ;;;;;; (19669 41170))
23096 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23097
23098 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23099 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23100 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23101 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23102 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23103 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23104
23105 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23106
23107 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23108
23109 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23110 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23111 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23112 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23113 `reftex-cite-format'.
23114
23115 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23116 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23117 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23118 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23119
23120 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23121
23122 ;;;***
23123 \f
23124 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23125 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
23126 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23127
23128 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23129 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23130 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23131 the current TeX document.
23132
23133 With no argument, this command toggles
23134 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23135 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23136
23137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23138
23139 ;;;***
23140 \f
23141 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23142 ;;;;;; (19664 56235))
23143 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23144
23145 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23146 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23147 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23148
23149 To insert new phrases, use
23150 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23151 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23152
23153 To index phrases use one of:
23154
23155 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23156 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23157 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23158 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23159 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23160
23161 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23162 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23163
23164 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23165
23166 Here are all local bindings.
23167
23168 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
23169
23170 \(fn)" t nil)
23171
23172 ;;;***
23173 \f
23174 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23175 ;;;;;; (19607 63447))
23176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23177
23178 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23179 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23180 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23181 of master file.
23182
23183 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23184
23185 ;;;***
23186 \f
23187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (19580
23188 ;;;;;; 19536))
23189 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23190 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23191 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23192 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23193 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23194
23195 ;;;***
23196 \f
23197 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23198 ;;;;;; (19645 60484))
23199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23200
23201 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23202 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23203 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23204 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23205 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23206 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23207
23208 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23209 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23210
23211 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23212 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23213 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23214 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23215
23216 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23217
23218 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23219 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23220 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23221 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23222
23223 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23224
23225 ;;;***
23226 \f
23227 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23228 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23229 ;;;;;; (19672 39537))
23230 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23231
23232 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23233 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23234 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23235 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23236
23237 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23238
23239 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23240
23241 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23242 Call `remember' in another frame.
23243
23244 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23245
23246 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23247 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23248 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23249 application.
23250
23251 \(fn)" t nil)
23252
23253 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23254 Extract diary entries from the region.
23255
23256 \(fn)" nil nil)
23257
23258 ;;;***
23259 \f
23260 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (19645 60484))
23261 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23262
23263 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23264 Repeat most recently executed command.
23265 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23266 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23267 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23268
23269 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23270 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23271 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23272 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23273
23274 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23275 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23276 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23277
23278 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23279
23280 ;;;***
23281 \f
23282 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23283 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
23284 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23285
23286 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23287 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23288
23289 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23290 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23291 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23292 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23293 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23294 and point is left after the salutation.
23295
23296 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23297 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23298 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23299 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23300 left after that text.
23301
23302 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23303 is non-nil.
23304
23305 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23306 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23307 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23308 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23309
23310 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23311
23312 ;;;***
23313 \f
23314 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
23315 ;;;;;; (19668 19461))
23316 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23317
23318 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23319 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23320 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23321 visibility of comments that precede it.
23322 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23323 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23324 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23325 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23326 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23327 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23328 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23329 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23330 the comment lines.
23331 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23332 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23333 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23334 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23335 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23336
23337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23338
23339 ;;;***
23340 \f
23341 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
23342 ;;;;;; (19354 34807))
23343 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23344
23345 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23346 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
23347 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23348
23349 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23350 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23351 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23352
23353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23354
23355 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23356 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23357 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23358 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23359 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23360 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23361
23362 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23363
23364 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23365 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
23366 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23367
23368 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
23369 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
23370 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
23371
23372 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23373
23374 ;;;***
23375 \f
23376 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
23377 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
23378 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23379
23380 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23381 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23382
23383 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23384
23385 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23386 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23387
23388 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23389
23390 ;;;***
23391 \f
23392 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (19609 2536))
23393 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23394 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
23395
23396 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23397 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23398 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23399 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23400
23401 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23402
23403 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23404 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23405 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23406 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23407
23408 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23409 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23410
23411 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23412 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23413
23414 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23415 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23416 INPUT-ARGS.
23417
23418 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23419 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23420 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23421 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23422 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23423
23424 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23425 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23426 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23427 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23428
23429 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23430 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23431 variable.
23432
23433 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23434
23435 ;;;***
23436 \f
23437 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
23438 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
23439 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
23440 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
23441 ;;;;;; rmail-dont-reply-to-names rmail-user-mail-address-regexp
23442 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (19639
23443 ;;;;;; 17158))
23444 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23445
23446 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23447 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23448 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23449
23450 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23451
23452 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23453 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23454 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23455 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23456 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23457 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23458 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23459
23460 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23461 sent by you under different user names.
23462 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23463
23464 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23465
23466 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23467
23468 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23469 A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23470 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
23471 a value which excludes your own email address, plus whatever is
23472 specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.
23473
23474 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
23475 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
23476
23477 (custom-autoload 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names "rmail" t)
23478
23479 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names (purecopy "\\`info-") "\
23480 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23481 This is used when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names'
23482 explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's
23483 email address and name.) It is useful to set this variable in
23484 the site customization file. The default value is conventionally
23485 used for large mailing lists to broadcast announcements.")
23486
23487 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23488 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23489 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23490 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23491 which normally happens once for each message,
23492 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23493 To make a change in this variable take effect
23494 for a message that you have already viewed,
23495 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23496
23497 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23498
23499 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23500 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23501 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23502 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23503
23504 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23505
23506 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:") "\
23507 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23508
23509 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23510
23511 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23512 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23513 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23514
23515 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23516
23517 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23518 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23519 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23520 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23521 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23522 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23523
23524 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23525
23526 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23527 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23528
23529 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23530
23531 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23532 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23533
23534 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23535
23536 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23537 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23538
23539 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23540 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23541
23542 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23543
23544 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23545 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23546
23547 This is set to nil by default.")
23548
23549 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23550 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23551 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23552 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23553 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23554 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23555 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23556
23557 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23558 Read and edit incoming mail.
23559 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23560 file in RMAIL Mode.
23561 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23562
23563 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23564 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23565 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23566 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23567
23568 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23569
23570 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23571
23572 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23573 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23574 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23575 Instead, these commands are available:
23576
23577 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23578 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23579 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23580 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23581 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23582 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23583 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23584 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23585 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23586 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23587 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23588 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23589 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23590 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23591 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23592 till a deleted message is found.
23593 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23594 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23595 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23596 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23597 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23598 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23599 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23600 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23601 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23602 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23603 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23604 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23605 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23606 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23607 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23608 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23609 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23610 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23611 (label defaults to last one specified).
23612 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23613 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23614 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23615 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23616 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23617 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23618 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23619 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23620 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23621
23622 \(fn)" t nil)
23623
23624 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23625 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23626
23627 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23628
23629 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23630 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23631
23632 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23633
23634 ;;;***
23635 \f
23636 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23637 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (19580 19536))
23638 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23639 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23640
23641 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23642 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23643 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23644 case it writes Babyl.
23645
23646 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23647 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23648 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23649 `rmail-default-file'.
23650
23651 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23652 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23653 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23654
23655 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23656 the header display is currently pruned.
23657
23658 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23659 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23660 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23661 messages after output.
23662
23663 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23664 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23665 message (if writing a file directly).
23666
23667 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23668 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23669
23670 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23671
23672 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23673 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23674 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23675 i) the header is output as currently seen
23676 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23677 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23678
23679 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23680 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23681 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23682
23683 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23684
23685 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23686 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23687 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23688 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23689 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23690 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23691 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23692
23693 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23694 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23695 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23696
23697 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23698
23699 ;;;***
23700 \f
23701 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23702 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
23703 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23704
23705 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23706 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23707 Return a pattern.
23708
23709 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23710
23711 ;;;***
23712 \f
23713 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23714 ;;;;;; (19696 28661))
23715 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23716
23717 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23718 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23719 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23720 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23721
23722 \(fn)" t nil)
23723
23724 ;;;***
23725 \f
23726 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23727 ;;;;;; (19696 28661))
23728 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23729
23730 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23731 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23732
23733 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23734 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23735 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23736 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23737 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23738 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23739 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23740 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23741 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23742 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23743
23744 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23745 document. A schema can be specified explictly using
23746 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23747 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23748 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23749 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23750 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23751 to use for finding the schema.
23752
23753 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23754
23755 ;;;***
23756 \f
23757 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (19277
23758 ;;;;;; 34921))
23759 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23760
23761 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23762
23763 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23764 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23765 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23766 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23767 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23768 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23769 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23770 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23771 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23772 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23773 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23774 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23775 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23776 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23777 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23778 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23779 must be equal.
23780
23781 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23782
23783 ;;;***
23784 \f
23785 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23786 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (19277 34920))
23787 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23788
23789 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23790 Define a robin package.
23791
23792 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23793 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23794 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23795 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23796
23797 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23798 one replaces the old one.
23799
23800 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
23801
23802 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23803 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23804
23805 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23806 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23807 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23808
23809 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23810
23811 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23812 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23813
23814 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23815
23816 ;;;***
23817 \f
23818 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23819 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (19277 34917))
23820 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23821
23822 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23823 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23824
23825 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23826
23827 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23828 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23829
23830 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23831
23832 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23833 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23834
23835 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23836
23837 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23838 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23839 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23840
23841 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23842 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23843 in ROT13.
23844
23845 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23846
23847 \(fn)" t nil)
23848
23849 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23850 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23851
23852 \(fn)" t nil)
23853
23854 ;;;***
23855 \f
23856 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23857 ;;;;;; (19687 6902))
23858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23859 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23860
23861 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23862 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23863 \\<rst-mode-map>
23864 There are a number of convenient keybindings provided by
23865 Rst mode. The main one is \\[rst-adjust], it updates or rotates
23866 the section title around point or promotes/demotes the
23867 decorations within the region (see full details below).
23868 Use negative prefix arg to rotate in the other direction.
23869
23870 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23871 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23872 highlighting. You may customize `rst-mode-lazy' to toggle
23873 font-locking of blocks.
23874
23875 \\{rst-mode-map}
23876
23877 \(fn)" t nil)
23878
23879 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23880 ReST Minor Mode.
23881 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23882 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
23883 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
23884 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
23885
23886 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23887 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23888 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23889
23890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23891
23892 ;;;***
23893 \f
23894 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23895 ;;;;;; (19670 666))
23896 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23897
23898 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23899 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23900 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23901 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23902 nesting into account.
23903
23904 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23905
23906 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23907
23908 \(fn)" t nil)
23909
23910 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23911
23912 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23913
23914 ;;;***
23915 \f
23916 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (19502
23917 ;;;;;; 11548))
23918 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23919
23920 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23921 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23922 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23923
23924 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23925 Toggle Ruler mode.
23926 In Ruler mode, Emacs displays a ruler in the header line.
23927
23928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23929
23930 ;;;***
23931 \f
23932 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (19590
23933 ;;;;;; 30214))
23934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23935
23936 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23937 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23938 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23939 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23940
23941 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23942
23943 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23944 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23945 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23946
23947 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23948 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23949 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23950
23951 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23952 notation.
23953
23954 STRING
23955 matches string STRING literally.
23956
23957 CHAR
23958 matches character CHAR literally.
23959
23960 `not-newline', `nonl'
23961 matches any character except a newline.
23962
23963 `anything'
23964 matches any character
23965
23966 `(any SET ...)'
23967 `(in SET ...)'
23968 `(char SET ...)'
23969 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23970 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23971 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23972
23973 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23974 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23975 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23976 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23977
23978 `(not (any SET ...))'
23979 matches any character not in SET ...
23980
23981 `line-start', `bol'
23982 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23983 in the text being matched
23984
23985 `line-end', `eol'
23986 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23987
23988 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23989 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23990 string being matched against.
23991
23992 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23993 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23994 string being matched against.
23995
23996 `buffer-start'
23997 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23998 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23999
24000 `buffer-end'
24001 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24002 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24003
24004 `point'
24005 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24006
24007 `word-start', `bow'
24008 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24009
24010 `word-end', `eow'
24011 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24012
24013 `word-boundary'
24014 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24015 word.
24016
24017 `(not word-boundary)'
24018 `not-word-boundary'
24019 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24020 word.
24021
24022 `symbol-start'
24023 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24024
24025 `symbol-end'
24026 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24027
24028 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24029 matches 0 through 9.
24030
24031 `control', `cntrl'
24032 matches ASCII control characters.
24033
24034 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24035 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24036
24037 `blank'
24038 matches space and tab only.
24039
24040 `graphic', `graph'
24041 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24042 space, and DEL.
24043
24044 `printing', `print'
24045 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24046 and DEL.
24047
24048 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24049 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24050 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24051
24052 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24053 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24054 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24055
24056 `ascii'
24057 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24058
24059 `nonascii'
24060 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24061
24062 `lower', `lower-case'
24063 matches anything lower-case.
24064
24065 `upper', `upper-case'
24066 matches anything upper-case.
24067
24068 `punctuation', `punct'
24069 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24070 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24071
24072 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24073 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24074
24075 `word', `wordchar'
24076 matches anything that has word syntax.
24077
24078 `not-wordchar'
24079 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24080
24081 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24082 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24083 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24084 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24085
24086 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24087 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24088 `word' (\\sw)
24089 `symbol' (\\s_)
24090 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24091 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24092 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24093 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24094 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24095 `escape' (\\s\\)
24096 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24097 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24098 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24099 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24100 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24101
24102 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24103 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24104
24105 `(category CATEGORY)'
24106 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24107 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24108
24109 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24110 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24111 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24112 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24113 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24114 `symbol' (\\c5)
24115 `digit' (\\c6)
24116 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24117 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24118 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24119 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24120 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24121 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24122 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24123 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24124 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24125 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24126 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24127 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24128 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24129 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24130 `ascii' (\\ca)
24131 `arabic' (\\cb)
24132 `chinese' (\\cc)
24133 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24134 `greek' (\\cg)
24135 `korean' (\\ch)
24136 `indian' (\\ci)
24137 `japanese' (\\cj)
24138 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24139 `latin' (\\cl)
24140 `lao' (\\co)
24141 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24142 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24143 `thai' (\\ct)
24144 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24145 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24146 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24147 `can-break' (\\c|)
24148
24149 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24150 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24151
24152 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24153 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24154 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24155 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24156 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24157
24158 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24159 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24160 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24161 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24162
24163 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24164 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24165 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24166 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24167 regular expression.
24168
24169 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24170 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24171 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24172 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24173 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24174
24175 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24176 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24177
24178 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24179 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24180
24181 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24182 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24183 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24184
24185 `(* SEXP ...)'
24186 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24187 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24188
24189 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24190 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24191 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24192
24193 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24194 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24195 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24196
24197 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24198 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24199
24200 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24201 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24202
24203 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24204 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24205 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24206 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24207
24208 `(? SEXP ...)'
24209 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24210
24211 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24212 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24213
24214 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24215 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24216 matches N occurrences.
24217
24218 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24219 matches N or more occurrences.
24220
24221 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24222 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24223 matches N to M occurrences.
24224
24225 `(backref N)'
24226 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24227
24228 `(eval FORM)'
24229 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24230 `regexp-quote' it.
24231
24232 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24233 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24234
24235 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
24236
24237 ;;;***
24238 \f
24239 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (19423
24240 ;;;;;; 37200))
24241 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24242
24243 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24244 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24245 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24246 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24247 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24248 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24249
24250 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24251
24252 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24253 Toggle savehist-mode.
24254 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
24255 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
24256 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
24257 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
24258
24259 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24260 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
24261 which is probably undesirable.
24262
24263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24264
24265 ;;;***
24266 \f
24267 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24268 ;;;;;; (19561 48711))
24269 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24270
24271 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24272 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24273 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24274
24275 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24276 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24277 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24278 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24279 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24280 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24281 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24282 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24283
24284 Commands:
24285 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24286 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24287 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24288 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24289 if that value is non-nil.
24290
24291 \(fn)" t nil)
24292
24293 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24294 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24295 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24296
24297 Commands:
24298 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24299 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24300 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24301 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24302 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24303 that variable's value is a string.
24304
24305 \(fn)" t nil)
24306
24307 ;;;***
24308 \f
24309 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
24310 ;;;;;; (19582 65302))
24311 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24312
24313 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24314 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24315 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24316
24317 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24318
24319 \(fn)" t nil)
24320
24321 ;;;***
24322 \f
24323 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
24324 ;;;;;; (19433 56975))
24325 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24326
24327 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24328 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24329 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24330 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24331 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24332 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24333
24334 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24335
24336 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24337 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
24338 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24339 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
24340 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24341
24342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24343
24344 ;;;***
24345 \f
24346 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24347 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
24348 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24349
24350 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24351 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24352 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24353 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24354 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24355 during scrolling.
24356
24357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24358
24359 ;;;***
24360 \f
24361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (19444 23363))
24362 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24363 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24364 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24365
24366 ;;;***
24367 \f
24368 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
24369 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (19612 4032))
24370 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24371
24372 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24373 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24374 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24375
24376 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24377 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24378 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24379 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24380 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24381 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24382 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24383 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24384 keybinding for tag names.")
24385
24386 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24387
24388 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24389 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24390 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24392 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24393 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24394
24395 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24396
24397 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24398 Toggle Semantic mode.
24399 With ARG, turn Semantic mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24400
24401 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24402 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24403 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24404 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24405 Semantic mode.
24406
24407 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24408
24409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24410
24411 ;;;***
24412 \f
24413 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24414 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24415 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24416 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24417 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24418 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24419 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24420 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24421 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (19696 28661))
24422 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24423
24424 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24425 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24426
24427 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24428 king@grassland.com
24429 If `parens', they look like:
24430 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24431 If `angles', they look like:
24432 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24433
24434 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24435 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24436
24437 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24438
24439 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24440 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24441 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24442 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24443
24444 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24445 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24446 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24447 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24448
24449 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24450
24451 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24452 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24453 This is done when the message is initialized,
24454 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24455
24456 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24457
24458 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24459 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24460 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24461
24462 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24463
24464 (put 'send-mail-function 'standard-value '((if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it)))
24465
24466 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type '(darwin windows-nt))) 'mailclient-send-it 'sendmail-send-it) "\
24467 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24468 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24469 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24470 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24471 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24472 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24473
24474 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24475 (custom-initialize-delay 'send-mail-function nil)
24476
24477 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24478 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24479
24480 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24481
24482 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24483 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24484 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24485 be a Babyl file.")
24486
24487 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24488
24489 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24490 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24491 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24492 when you first send mail.")
24493
24494 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24495
24496 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24497 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24498 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24499 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24500 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24501
24502 (custom-autoload 'mail-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24503
24504 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24505 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24506 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24507 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24508 This file need not actually exist.")
24509
24510 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24511
24512 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24513 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24514
24515 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24516
24517 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24518 Alist of mail address aliases,
24519 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24520 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24521 can specify a different file name.)
24522 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24523 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24524
24525 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24526 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24527 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24528
24529 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24530
24531 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24532 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24533 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24534
24535 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24536
24537 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24538 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24539 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24540 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24541 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24542 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24543 in the cited portion of the message.
24544
24545 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24546 instead of no action.")
24547
24548 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24549
24550 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24551 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24552 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24553 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24554 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24555
24556 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24557
24558 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24559 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24560 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24561 If a string, that string is inserted.
24562 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24563 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24564 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24565 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24566
24567 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24568
24569 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24570 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24571
24572 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24573
24574 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24575 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24576 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24577
24578 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24579 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24580
24581 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24582
24583 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24584 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24585 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24586 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24587
24588 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24589
24590 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24591 If non-nil, try to show Rmail summary buffer after returning from mail.
24592 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24593 the Rmail summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24594 is non-nil.")
24595
24596 (custom-autoload 'mail-bury-selects-summary "sendmail" t)
24597
24598 (defvar mail-send-nonascii 'mime "\
24599 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24600 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24601 `query' means ask the user each time.
24602 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24603 The default is `mime'.
24604 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24605 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24606
24607 (custom-autoload 'mail-send-nonascii "sendmail" t)
24608
24609 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24610 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24611 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24612
24613 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24614 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24615
24616 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24617 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24618 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24619 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24620 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24621 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24622 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24623 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24624 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24625 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24626 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24627 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24628 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24629
24630 \(fn)" t nil)
24631
24632 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24633 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24634 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24635 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24636
24637 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24638
24639 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24640 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24641 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24642 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24643 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24644 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24645
24646 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24647 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24648 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24649
24650 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24651 User should not set this variable manually,
24652 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24653 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24654 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24655 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*mail*"))
24656 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*unsent mail*"))
24657
24658 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24659 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24660 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24661 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24662
24663 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24664 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24665
24666 \\<mail-mode-map>
24667 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24668
24669 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24670 to move to message header fields:
24671 \\{mail-mode-map}
24672
24673 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24674 when the message is initialized.
24675
24676 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24677 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24678
24679 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24680 is inserted.
24681
24682 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24683 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24684
24685 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24686 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24687 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24688 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24689 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24690 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24691 buffer without erasing the contents.
24692
24693 The second through fifth arguments,
24694 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24695 the initial contents of those header fields.
24696 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24697 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24698 original message being replied to, or else an action
24699 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24700 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24701 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24702 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24703 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24704 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24705
24706 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24707
24708 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24709 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24710
24711 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24712
24713 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24714 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24715
24716 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24717
24718 ;;;***
24719 \f
24720 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24721 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (19687
24722 ;;;;;; 6902))
24723 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24724
24725 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24726
24727 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24728
24729 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24730
24731 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24732 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24733 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24734 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24735 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24736 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24737
24738 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24739 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24740
24741 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24742 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24743 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24744
24745 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24746 \\[server-start].
24747
24748 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24749
24750 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24751 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24752 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24753 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24754
24755 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24756
24757 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24758 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24759 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24760 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24761 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24762 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24763
24764 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24765
24766 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24767 Toggle Server mode.
24768 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24769 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24770 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24771
24772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24773
24774 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24775 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24776 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24777
24778 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24779 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24780
24781 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24782
24783 ;;;***
24784 \f
24785 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (19277 34917))
24786 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24787
24788 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24789 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24790 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24791
24792 Key definitions:
24793 \\{ses-mode-map}
24794 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24795 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24796 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24797 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24798
24799 \(fn)" t nil)
24800
24801 ;;;***
24802 \f
24803 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24804 ;;;;;; (19651 33965))
24805 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24806
24807 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24808 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24809 Makes > match <.
24810 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24811 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24812
24813 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24814 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24815 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24816
24817 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24818 in your `.emacs' file.
24819
24820 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24821
24822 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24823 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24824 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24825
24826 \(fn)" t nil)
24827
24828 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24829 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24830 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24831 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24832 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24833 which this is based.
24834
24835 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24836
24837 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24838 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24839 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24840 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24841
24842 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24843 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24844 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24845
24846 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24847 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24848 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24849 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24850
24851 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24852 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24853 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24854 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24855
24856 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24857
24858 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24859 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24860 To work around that, do:
24861 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24862
24863 \\{html-mode-map}
24864
24865 \(fn)" t nil)
24866
24867 ;;;***
24868 \f
24869 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24870 ;;;;;; (19672 56753))
24871 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24872 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24873
24874 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24875 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24876 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24877 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24878 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24879 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24880
24881 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24882 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24883 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24884 shell-specific features.
24885
24886 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24887 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24888 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24889 \\<sh-mode-map>
24890 \\[sh-case] case statement
24891 \\[sh-for] for loop
24892 \\[sh-function] function definition
24893 \\[sh-if] if statement
24894 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24895 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24896 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24897 \\[sh-select] select loop
24898 \\[sh-until] until loop
24899 \\[sh-while] while loop
24900
24901 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24902 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24903 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24904 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24905 would indent to the way it currently is.
24906 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24907 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24908
24909
24910 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24911 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24912 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24913 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24914 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24915 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24916
24917 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24918 {, (, [, ', \", `
24919 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24920
24921 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24922 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24923 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24924
24925 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24926 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24927
24928 \(fn)" t nil)
24929
24930 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24931
24932 ;;;***
24933 \f
24934 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "sha1.el" (19582 65302))
24935 ;;; Generated autoloads from sha1.el
24936
24937 (autoload 'sha1 "sha1" "\
24938 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24939 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24940 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24941 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24942 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24943
24944 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24945
24946 ;;;***
24947 \f
24948 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24949 ;;;;;; (19635 50568))
24950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24951
24952 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24953 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24954
24955 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24956 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24957 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24958
24959 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24960 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24961 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24962 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24963 the earlier.
24964
24965 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24966
24967 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24968
24969 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24970 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24971 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24972
24973 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24974 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24975
24976 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24977 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24978 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24979 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24980 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24981 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24982 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24983 Emacs version).
24984
24985 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24986 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24987 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24988 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24989 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24990
24991 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24992 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24993
24994 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24995
24996 ;;;***
24997 \f
24998 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24999 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (19277
25000 ;;;;;; 34917))
25001 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25002
25003 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25004 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25005 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25006 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25007 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25008 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25009 sites in the cluster.
25010
25011 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25012
25013 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25014 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25015 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25016 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25017 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25018
25019 \(fn)" t nil)
25020
25021 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25022 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25023 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25024 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25025 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25026 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25027 `shadow-define-cluster').
25028
25029 \(fn)" t nil)
25030
25031 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25032 Set up file shadowing.
25033
25034 \(fn)" t nil)
25035
25036 ;;;***
25037 \f
25038 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25039 ;;;;;; (19696 28661))
25040 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25041
25042 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25043 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25044 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25045 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25046 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25047 arguments.")
25048
25049 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25050
25051 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25052 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25053 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25054 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25055 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25056
25057 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25058 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25059 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25060 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25061 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25062 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25063 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25064 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25065 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25066 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25067 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25068
25069 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25070 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25071 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25072 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25073 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25074 `default-process-coding-system'.
25075
25076 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25077 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25078 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25079 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25080
25081 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25082
25083 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25084 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names (purecopy "*shell*"))
25085
25086 ;;;***
25087 \f
25088 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (19696
25089 ;;;;;; 27153))
25090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25091
25092 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25093 Not documented
25094
25095 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25096
25097 ;;;***
25098 \f
25099 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25100 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (19628 47406))
25101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25102
25103 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25104 Not documented
25105
25106 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25107
25108 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25109 Not documented
25110
25111 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25112
25113 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25114 Not documented
25115
25116 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25117
25118 ;;;***
25119 \f
25120 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25121 ;;;;;; (19582 65302))
25122 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25123
25124 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25125 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25126 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25127 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25128 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25129
25130 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25131
25132 \(fn)" t nil)
25133
25134 ;;;***
25135 \f
25136 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (19668
25137 ;;;;;; 19649))
25138 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25139
25140 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25141 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25142 \\{simula-mode-map}
25143 Variables controlling indentation style:
25144 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25145 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25146 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25147 `simula-indent-level'
25148 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25149 `simula-substatement-offset'
25150 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25151 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25152 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25153 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25154 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25155 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25156 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25157 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25158 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25159 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25160 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25161 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25162 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25163 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25164 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25165 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25166 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25167 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25168 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25169 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25170 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25171 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25172 or nil if they should not be changed.
25173 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25174 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25175 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25176 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25177
25178 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25179 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25180
25181 \(fn)" t nil)
25182
25183 ;;;***
25184 \f
25185 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25186 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (19677 38476))
25187 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25188
25189 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25190 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25191
25192 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25193 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25194 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25195 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25196
25197 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
25198
25199 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25200 Insert SKELETON.
25201 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25202 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25203 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25204 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25205 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25206
25207 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25208 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25209
25210 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25211
25212 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25213 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25214
25215 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25216 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25217 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25218 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25219
25220 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25221 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25222 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25223 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25224
25225 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25226 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25227 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25228
25229 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25230 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25231
25232 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25233 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25234
25235 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25236 _ interesting point, interregion here
25237 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25238 interesting point set by _
25239 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25240 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25241 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25242 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25243 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25244 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25245 nil skipped
25246
25247 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25248 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25249
25250 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25251 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25252 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25253 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25254 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25255 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25256 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25257 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25258
25259 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25260 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25261 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25262 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25263 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25264 available:
25265
25266 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25267 then: insert previously read string once more
25268 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25269 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25270 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25271
25272 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25273 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25274
25275 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25276
25277 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25278 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25279
25280 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25281 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25282 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25283 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25284 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25285 such as backslash.
25286
25287 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25288 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25289 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25290
25291 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25292
25293 ;;;***
25294 \f
25295 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25296 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (19677 38476))
25297 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25298
25299 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25300 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25301 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25302 buffer names.
25303
25304 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25305
25306 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25307 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25308 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25309
25310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25311
25312 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25313 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25314 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25315
25316 \(fn)" t nil)
25317
25318 ;;;***
25319 \f
25320 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
25321 ;;;;;; (19582 65302))
25322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25323
25324 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25325 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25326 A list of images is returned.
25327
25328 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25329
25330 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25331 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25332 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25333
25334 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25335
25336 ;;;***
25337 \f
25338 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
25339 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (19277 34921))
25340 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25341
25342 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25343 Not documented
25344
25345 \(fn)" nil nil)
25346
25347 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25348 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25349
25350 \(fn)" t nil)
25351
25352 ;;;***
25353 \f
25354 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (19277 34922))
25355 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25356
25357 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25358 Play the Snake game.
25359 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25360
25361 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25362
25363 Snake mode keybindings:
25364 \\<snake-mode-map>
25365 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25366 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25367 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25368 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25369 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25370 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25371 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25372
25373 \(fn)" t nil)
25374
25375 ;;;***
25376 \f
25377 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
25378 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
25379 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25380
25381 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25382 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25383 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25384 Tab indents for C code.
25385 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25386 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25387 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25388 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25389 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25390
25391 \(fn)" t nil)
25392
25393 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25394 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25395 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25396 Tab indents for C code.
25397 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25398 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25399 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25400 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25401 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25402
25403 \(fn)" t nil)
25404
25405 ;;;***
25406 \f
25407 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (19612
25408 ;;;;;; 4032))
25409 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25410
25411 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25412 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25413 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25414 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25415 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25416
25417 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25418
25419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25420
25421 ;;;***
25422 \f
25423 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (19277
25424 ;;;;;; 34922))
25425 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25426
25427 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25428 Play Solitaire.
25429
25430 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25431 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25432 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25433 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25434 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25435 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25436 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25437 check after each move or undo.)
25438
25439 What is Solitaire?
25440
25441 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25442 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25443 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25444
25445 Le Solitaire
25446 ============
25447
25448 o o o
25449
25450 o o o
25451
25452 o o o o o o o
25453
25454 o o o . o o o
25455
25456 o o o o o o o
25457
25458 o o o
25459
25460 o o o
25461
25462 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25463 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25464 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25465 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25466
25467 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25468 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25469 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25470 this: o o .
25471
25472 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25473 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25474
25475 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25476
25477 o o o
25478
25479 . o o
25480
25481 o o . o o o o
25482
25483 o . o o o o o
25484
25485 o o o o o o o
25486
25487 o o o
25488
25489 o o o
25490
25491 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25492
25493 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25494
25495 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25496
25497 ;;;***
25498 \f
25499 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25500 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25501 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (19668 19352))
25502 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25503 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25504
25505 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25506 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25507
25508 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25509 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25510 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25511 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25512 contiguous.
25513
25514 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25515 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25516 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25517 the sort order.
25518
25519 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25520 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25521
25522 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25523 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25524 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25525 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25526 is called.
25527
25528 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25529 It should move point to the end of the record.
25530
25531 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25532 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25533 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25534 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25535 starts at the beginning of the record.
25536
25537 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25538 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25539 same as ENDRECFUN.
25540
25541 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25542 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25543
25544 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25545
25546 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25547 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25548 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25549 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25550 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25551 the sort order.
25552
25553 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25554
25555 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25556 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25557 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25558 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25559 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25560 the sort order.
25561
25562 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25563
25564 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25565 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25566 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25567 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25568 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25569 the sort order.
25570
25571 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25572 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25573
25574 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25575 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25576 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25577 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25578 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25579 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25580 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25581 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25582 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25583
25584 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25585
25586 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25587 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25588 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25589 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25590 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25591 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25592 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25593 the sort order.
25594
25595 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25596
25597 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25598 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25599 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25600 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25601 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25602 is to be used for sorting.
25603 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25604 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25605 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25606 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25607 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25608
25609 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25610
25611 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25612 the sort order.
25613
25614 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25615 starting with the letter \"f\",
25616 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25617
25618 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25619
25620 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25621 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25622 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25623 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25624 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25625 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25626 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25627 the sort order.
25628
25629 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25630 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25631 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25632 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25633 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25634
25635 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25636
25637 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25638 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25639 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25640
25641 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25642
25643 ;;;***
25644 \f
25645 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (19648
25646 ;;;;;; 31344))
25647 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25648
25649 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25650 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25651 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25652 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25653 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25654 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25655
25656 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25657
25658 ;;;***
25659 \f
25660 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25661 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25662 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (19626 25721))
25663 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25664
25665 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25666 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25667
25668 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25669 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25670 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25671
25672 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25673
25674 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25675 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25676 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25677 server.
25678
25679 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25680
25681 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25682 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25683 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25684
25685 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25686
25687 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25688 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25689 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25690 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25691 Agent is plugged.
25692
25693 \(fn)" t nil)
25694
25695 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25696 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25697 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25698 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25699
25700 \(fn)" t nil)
25701
25702 ;;;***
25703 \f
25704 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25705 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (19687 6902))
25706 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25707
25708 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25709
25710 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25711 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25712 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25713 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25714 supported at a time.
25715 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25716 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25717
25718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25719
25720 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25721 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25722 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25723 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25724
25725 \(fn)" t nil)
25726
25727 ;;;***
25728 \f
25729 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25730 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (19609 2713))
25731 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25732
25733 (put 'spell-filter 'risky-local-variable t)
25734
25735 (autoload 'spell-buffer "spell" "\
25736 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25737 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25738 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25739 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25740 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25741
25742 \(fn)" t nil)
25743
25744 (make-obsolete 'spell-buffer 'ispell-buffer "23.1")
25745
25746 (autoload 'spell-word "spell" "\
25747 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25748 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25749 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25750
25751 \(fn)" t nil)
25752
25753 (make-obsolete 'spell-word 'ispell-word "23.1")
25754
25755 (autoload 'spell-region "spell" "\
25756 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25757 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25758 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25759 for example, \"word\".
25760
25761 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25762
25763 (make-obsolete 'spell-region 'ispell-region "23.1")
25764
25765 (autoload 'spell-string "spell" "\
25766 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25767
25768 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25769
25770 (make-obsolete 'spell-string "The `spell' package is obsolete - use `ispell'." "23.1")
25771
25772 ;;;***
25773 \f
25774 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (19277
25775 ;;;;;; 34922))
25776 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25777
25778 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25779 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25780
25781 \(fn)" t nil)
25782
25783 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25784 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25785
25786 \(fn)" nil nil)
25787
25788 ;;;***
25789 \f
25790 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25791 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25792 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25793 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25794 ;;;;;; (19661 46305))
25795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25796
25797 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25798 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25799
25800 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25801 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25802 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25803 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25804 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25805 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25806 of the current highlighting list.
25807
25808 For example:
25809
25810 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25811 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25812
25813 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25814 `_t' as data types.
25815
25816 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25817
25818 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25819 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25820
25821 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25822 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25823
25824 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25825
25826 \\\\FREE
25827
25828 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25829
25830 \\\\NONFREE
25831
25832 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25833
25834 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25835 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25836
25837 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25838 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25839 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25840 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25841
25842 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25843 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25844 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25845 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25846
25847 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25848 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25849 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25850
25851 \(fn)" t nil)
25852
25853 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25854 Major mode to edit SQL.
25855
25856 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25857 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25858 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25859
25860 \\{sql-mode-map}
25861 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25862
25863 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25864 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25865 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25866 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25867 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25868 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25869
25870 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25871 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25872
25873 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25874 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25875 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25876
25877 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25878 (lambda ()
25879 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25880
25881 \(fn)" t nil)
25882
25883 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25884 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25885
25886 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25887 their settings.
25888
25889 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25890 is specified in the connection settings.
25891
25892 \(fn CONNECTION)" t nil)
25893
25894 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25895 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25896
25897 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25898 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25899
25900 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25901 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25902 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25903 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25904
25905 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25906
25907 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25908
25909 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25910 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25911
25912 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25913 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25914 `*SQL*'.
25915
25916 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25917 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25918 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25919 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25920
25921 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25922 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25923
25924 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25925 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25926 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25927 buffer.
25928
25929 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25930 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25931 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25932 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25933 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25934 `default-process-coding-system'.
25935
25936 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25937
25938 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25939
25940 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25941 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25942
25943 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25944 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25945 `*SQL*'.
25946
25947 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25948 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25949 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25950 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25951
25952 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25953 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25954
25955 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25956 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25957 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25958 buffer.
25959
25960 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25961 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25962 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25963 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25964 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25965 `default-process-coding-system'.
25966
25967 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25968
25969 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25970
25971 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25972 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25973
25974 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25975 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25976 `*SQL*'.
25977
25978 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25979 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25980
25981 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25982 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25983
25984 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25985 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25986 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25987 buffer.
25988
25989 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25990 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25991 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25992 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25993 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25994 `default-process-coding-system'.
25995
25996 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25997
25998 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25999
26000 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26001 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26002
26003 SQLite is free software.
26004
26005 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26006 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26007 `*SQL*'.
26008
26009 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26010 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26011 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26012 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26013
26014 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26015 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26016
26017 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26018 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26019 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26020 buffer.
26021
26022 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26023 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26024 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26025 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26026 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26027 `default-process-coding-system'.
26028
26029 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26030
26031 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26032
26033 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26034 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26035
26036 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26037
26038 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26039 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26040 `*SQL*'.
26041
26042 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26043 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26044 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26045 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26046
26047 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26048 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26049
26050 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26051 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26052 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26053 buffer.
26054
26055 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26056 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26057 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26058 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26059 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26060 `default-process-coding-system'.
26061
26062 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26063
26064 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26065
26066 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26067 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26068
26069 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26070 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26071 `*SQL*'.
26072
26073 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26074 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26075 defaults, if set.
26076
26077 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26078 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26079
26080 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26081 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26082 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26083 buffer.
26084
26085 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26086 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26087 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26088 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26089 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26090 `default-process-coding-system'.
26091
26092 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26093
26094 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26095
26096 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26097 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26098
26099 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26100 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26101 `*SQL*'.
26102
26103 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26104 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26105
26106 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26107 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26108
26109 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26110 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26111 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26112 buffer.
26113
26114 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26115 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26116 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26117 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26118 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26119 `default-process-coding-system'.
26120
26121 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26122
26123 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26124
26125 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26126 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26127
26128 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26129 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26130 `*SQL*'.
26131
26132 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26133 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26134 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26135 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26136
26137 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26138 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26139
26140 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26141 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26142 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26143 buffer.
26144
26145 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26146 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26147 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26148 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26149 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26150 `default-process-coding-system'.
26151
26152 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26153
26154 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26155
26156 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26157 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26158
26159 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26160 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26161 `*SQL*'.
26162
26163 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26164 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26165 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26166 `sql-postgres-options'.
26167
26168 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26169 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26170
26171 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26172 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26173 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26174 buffer.
26175
26176 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26177 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26178 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26179 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26180 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26181 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26182 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26183 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26184
26185 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26186 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26187
26188 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26189
26190 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26191
26192 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26193 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26194
26195 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26196 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26197 `*SQL*'.
26198
26199 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26200 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26201 defaults, if set.
26202
26203 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26204 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26205
26206 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26207 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26208 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26209 buffer.
26210
26211 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26212 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26213 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26214 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26215 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26216 `default-process-coding-system'.
26217
26218 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26219
26220 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26221
26222 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26223 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26224
26225 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26226 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26227 `*SQL*'.
26228
26229 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26230 automatic login.
26231
26232 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26233 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26234
26235 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26236 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26237 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26238 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26239
26240 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26241 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26242 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26243 buffer.
26244
26245 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26246 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26247 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26248 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26249 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26250 `default-process-coding-system'.
26251
26252 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26253
26254 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26255
26256 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26257 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26258
26259 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26260 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26261 `*SQL*'.
26262
26263 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26264 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26265 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26266 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26267 parameters.
26268
26269 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26270 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26271 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26272 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26273 an empty password.
26274
26275 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26276 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26277
26278 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26279 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26280 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26281 buffer.
26282
26283 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26284
26285 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26286
26287 ;;;***
26288 \f
26289 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26290 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
26291 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26292
26293 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26294 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26295
26296 \(fn)" t nil)
26297
26298 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26299
26300 ;;;***
26301 \f
26302 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26303 ;;;;;; (19614 24990))
26304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26305
26306 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26307 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26308 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26309 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26310 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26311 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26312 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26313 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26314 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26315 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26316 with any buffer
26317 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26318 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26319 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26320 GNUTLS requires a port number.
26321
26322 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26323
26324 ;;;***
26325 \f
26326 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26327 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26328 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26329 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26330 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (19277
26331 ;;;;;; 34917))
26332 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26333
26334 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26335 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26336 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26337 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26338 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26339 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26340
26341 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26342
26343 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26344
26345 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26346 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26347 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26348 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26349 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26350 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26351 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26352
26353 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26354
26355 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26356 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26357 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26358 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26359 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26360 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26361 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26362
26363 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26364
26365 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26366 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26367 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26368
26369 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26370
26371 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26372 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26373 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26374
26375 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26376
26377 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26378 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26379
26380 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26381
26382 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26383 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26384
26385 \(fn)" t nil)
26386
26387 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26388 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26389
26390 \(fn)" t nil)
26391
26392 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26393 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26394 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
26395 chronologically by command name.
26396 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26397
26398 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26399
26400 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26401 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26402 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26403 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26404 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26405 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26406
26407 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26408
26409 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26410 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
26411 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
26412 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26413 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26414 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26415 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26416
26417 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26418 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26419 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26420 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26421
26422 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26423
26424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26425
26426 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26427 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26428 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26429 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26430
26431 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26432
26433 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26434 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26435
26436 \(fn)" t nil)
26437
26438 ;;;***
26439 \f
26440 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
26441 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19267 61660))
26442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26443
26444 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26445 Studlify-case the region.
26446
26447 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26448
26449 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26450 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26451
26452 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26453
26454 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26455 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26456
26457 \(fn)" t nil)
26458
26459 ;;;***
26460 \f
26461 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
26462 ;;;;;; (19445 54332))
26463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26464
26465 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26466 Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys.
26467 In spite of GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol by
26468 mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. \"GtkWidget\",
26469 \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\", etc. Here we call these
26470 mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Also, each capitalized (or
26471 completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a `subword'.
26472 Here are some examples:
26473
26474 Nomenclature Subwords
26475 ===========================================================
26476 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26477 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26478 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26479
26480 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
26481 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
26482 as words.
26483
26484 \\{subword-mode-map}
26485
26486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26487
26488 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26489 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26490 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26492 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26493 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26494
26495 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26496
26497 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26498 Toggle Subword mode in every possible buffer.
26499 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Subword mode on if and only if
26500 ARG is positive.
26501 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26502 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26503 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26504
26505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26506
26507 ;;;***
26508 \f
26509 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26510 ;;;;;; (19426 22841))
26511 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26512
26513 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26514 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26515 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26516 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26517 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26518 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26519 original message but it does require a few things:
26520
26521 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26522
26523 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26524 reply buffer.
26525
26526 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26527 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26528 original message.
26529
26530 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26531
26532 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26533
26534 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26535 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26536 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26537
26538 \(fn)" nil nil)
26539
26540 ;;;***
26541 \f
26542 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (19277
26543 ;;;;;; 34917))
26544 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26545
26546 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26547
26548 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26549 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26550 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26551 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26552 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26553 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26554
26555 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26556
26557 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26558 Toggle gpm-mouse mode to use the mouse in GNU/Linux consoles.
26559 With prefix arg, turn gpm-mouse mode on if arg is positive,
26560 otherwise turn it off.
26561
26562 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26563 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26564 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26565
26566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26567
26568 ;;;***
26569 \f
26570 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (19580 19536))
26571 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26572
26573 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26574 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26575 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26576 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26577 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26578
26579 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26580
26581 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26582 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26583 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26584 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26585 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26586 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26587 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26588
26589 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26590
26591 ;;;***
26592 \f
26593 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26594 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26595 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26596 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26597 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26598 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26599 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26600 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26601 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26602 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26603 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26604 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26605 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (19668 19553))
26606 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26607
26608 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26609 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26610 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26611
26612 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26613
26614 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26615 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26616
26617 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26618
26619 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26620 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26621
26622 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26623
26624 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26625 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26626
26627 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26628
26629 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26630 Insert an editable text table.
26631 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26632 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26633 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26634 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26635 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26636 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26637 delimiting them.
26638
26639 Examples:
26640
26641 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26642
26643 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26644 location of point.
26645
26646 -!-
26647
26648 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26649 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26650 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26651 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26652 first cell.
26653
26654 +-----+-----+-----+
26655 |-!- | | |
26656 +-----+-----+-----+
26657
26658 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26659
26660 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26661 width, which results as
26662
26663 +--------------+-----+-----+
26664 |-!- | | |
26665 +--------------+-----+-----+
26666
26667 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26668 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26669
26670 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26671 | | |-!- |
26672 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26673
26674 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26675 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26676 width information to `table-insert'.
26677
26678 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26679
26680 instead of
26681
26682 Cell width(s): 5
26683
26684 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26685 work all together.
26686
26687 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26688 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26689
26690 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26691 |-!- | | |
26692 | | | |
26693 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26694
26695 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26696
26697 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26698 |-!- | | |
26699 | | | |
26700 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26701 | | | |
26702 | | | |
26703 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26704
26705 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26706
26707 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26708 | | | |
26709 | | | |
26710 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26711 | | | |
26712 | | | |
26713 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26714 -!-
26715
26716 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26717 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26718 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26719
26720 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26721 | | | |
26722 | | | |
26723 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26724 | | | |
26725 | | | |
26726 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26727 |-!- | | |
26728 | | | |
26729 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26730
26731 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26732 results.
26733
26734 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26735 | | | |
26736 | | | |
26737 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26738 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26739 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26740 | | |expected results.-!- |
26741 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26742 | | | |
26743 | | | |
26744 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26745
26746 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26747
26748 \\{table-cell-map}
26749
26750 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26751
26752 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26753 Insert N table row(s).
26754 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26755 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26756 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26757 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26758
26759 \(fn N)" t nil)
26760
26761 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26762 Insert N table column(s).
26763 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26764 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26765 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26766 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26767
26768 \(fn N)" t nil)
26769
26770 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26771 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26772 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26773
26774 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26775
26776 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26777 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26778 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26779 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26780 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26781 all the table specific features.
26782
26783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26784
26785 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26786 Not documented
26787
26788 \(fn)" t nil)
26789
26790 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26791 Recognize all tables within region.
26792 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26793 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26794 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26795 specific features.
26796
26797 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26798
26799 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26800 Not documented
26801
26802 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26803
26804 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26805 Recognize a table at point.
26806 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26807 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26808 the table specific features.
26809
26810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26811
26812 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26813 Not documented
26814
26815 \(fn)" t nil)
26816
26817 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26818 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26819 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26820 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26821 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26822 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26823 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26824
26825 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26826
26827 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26828 Not documented
26829
26830 \(fn)" t nil)
26831
26832 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26833 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26834 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26835 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26836 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26837 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26838 specified.
26839
26840 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26841
26842 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26843 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26844 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26845 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26846 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26847 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26848 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26849 table structure.
26850
26851 \(fn N)" t nil)
26852
26853 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26854 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26855 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26856 table's rectangle structure.
26857
26858 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26859
26860 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26861 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26862 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26863 table's rectangle structure.
26864
26865 \(fn N)" t nil)
26866
26867 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26868 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26869 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26870 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26871 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26872
26873 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26874
26875 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26876 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26877 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26878
26879 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26880 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26881 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26882 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26883 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26884 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26885 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26886
26887 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26888 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26889 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26890 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26891 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26892 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26893 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26894
26895 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26896 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26897 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26898 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26899 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26900 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26901 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26902 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26903
26904 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26905
26906 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26907 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26908 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26909 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26910
26911 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26912
26913 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26914 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26915 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26916
26917 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26918
26919 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26920 Split current cell vertically.
26921 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26922
26923 \(fn)" t nil)
26924
26925 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26926 Split current cell horizontally.
26927 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26928
26929 \(fn)" t nil)
26930
26931 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26932 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26933 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26934
26935 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26936
26937 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26938 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26939 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26940 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26941
26942 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26943
26944 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26945 Justify cell contents.
26946 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26947 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26948 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26949 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26950
26951 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26952
26953 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26954 Justify cells of a row.
26955 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26956 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26957
26958 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26959
26960 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26961 Justify cells of a column.
26962 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26963 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26964
26965 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26966
26967 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26968 Toggle fixing width mode.
26969 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26970 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26971 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26972
26973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26974
26975 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26976 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26977 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26978 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26979 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26980 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26981 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26982 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26983 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26984 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26985 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26986
26987 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26988
26989 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26990 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26991 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26992 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26993 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26994 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26995 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26996 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26997 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26998 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26999 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27000 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27001 untouched.
27002
27003 References used for this implementation:
27004
27005 HTML:
27006 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27007
27008 LaTeX:
27009 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27010
27011 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27012 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27013 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27014
27015 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27016
27017 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27018 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27019 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27020 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27021 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27022 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27023 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27024 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27025 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27026 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27027 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27028 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27029 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27030 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27031 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27032 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27033 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27034
27035 Example:
27036
27037 (progn
27038 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27039 (table-forward-cell 15)
27040 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27041 (table-forward-cell 16)
27042 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27043 (table-forward-cell 1)
27044 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27045
27046 (progn
27047 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27048 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27049 (table-forward-cell 1)
27050 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27051
27052 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27053
27054 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27055 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27056 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27057 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27058 consists from cells of same height.
27059
27060 \(fn N)" t nil)
27061
27062 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27063 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27064 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27065 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27066 column must consists from cells of same width.
27067
27068 \(fn N)" t nil)
27069
27070 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27071 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27072 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27073 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27074 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27075 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27076 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27077 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27078 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27079 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27080 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27081 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27082 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27083 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27084 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27085
27086
27087 Example 1:
27088
27089 1, 2, 3, 4
27090 5, 6, 7, 8
27091 , 9, 10
27092
27093 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27094 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27095 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27096 specified as 5.
27097
27098 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27099 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27100 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27101 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27102 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27103 | | 9 | 10 | |
27104 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27105
27106 Note:
27107
27108 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27109 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27110 of each row is optional.
27111
27112
27113 Example 2:
27114
27115 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27116 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27117 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27118 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27119 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27120
27121 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27122 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27123
27124 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27125 expression and raw delimiter regular
27126 expression, it parses the specified text
27127 area and extracts cell items from
27128 non-table text and then forms a table out
27129 of them.
27130
27131 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27132 creates a single cell table. The text in
27133 the specified region is placed in that
27134 cell.-*-
27135
27136 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27137 like this.
27138
27139 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27140 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27141 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27142 | |
27143 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27144 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27145 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27146 | area and extracts cell items from |
27147 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27148 | of them. |
27149 | |
27150 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27151 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27152 | the specified region is placed in that |
27153 | cell. |
27154 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27155
27156 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27157 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27158 independently.
27159
27160 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27161 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27162 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27163 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27164 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27165 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27166 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27167 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27168 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27169 | |of them. |
27170 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27171 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27172 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27173 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27174 | |cell. |
27175 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27176
27177 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27178 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27179 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27180
27181 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27182
27183 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27184 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27185 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
27186 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27187 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27188
27189 \(fn)" t nil)
27190
27191 ;;;***
27192 \f
27193 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (19277 34917))
27194 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27195
27196 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27197 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27198
27199 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27200
27201 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27202 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27203
27204 \(fn)" t nil)
27205
27206 ;;;***
27207 \f
27208 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (19617 12132))
27209 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27210
27211 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27212 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27213 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27214 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27215 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27216 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27217 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27218
27219 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27220 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27221 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27222 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27223
27224 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27225 \\{tar-mode-map}
27226
27227 \(fn)" t nil)
27228
27229 ;;;***
27230 \f
27231 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27232 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (19673 45510))
27233 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27234
27235 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27236 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27237 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27238 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27239 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27240 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27241
27242 Variables controlling indentation style:
27243 `tcl-indent-level'
27244 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27245 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27246 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27247
27248 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27249 documentation for details):
27250 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27251 Controls action of TAB key.
27252 `tcl-auto-newline'
27253 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27254 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27255 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27256 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27257 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27258
27259 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27260 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27261 already exist.
27262
27263 Commands:
27264 \\{tcl-mode-map}
27265
27266 \(fn)" t nil)
27267
27268 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27269 Run inferior Tcl process.
27270 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27271 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27272
27273 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27274
27275 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27276 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27277 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27278
27279 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27280
27281 ;;;***
27282 \f
27283 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (19635 50595))
27284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27285 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)"))
27286
27287 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27288 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27289 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27290 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27291
27292 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27293 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27294 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27295 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27296 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27297
27298 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27299 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps (purecopy "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)"))
27300
27301 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27302 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27303 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27304 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27305
27306 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27307
27308 ;;;***
27309 \f
27310 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27311 ;;;;;; (19672 56753))
27312 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27313
27314 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27315 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27316 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27317 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27318 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27319 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27320
27321 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27322
27323 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27324 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27325 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27326 commands to use in that buffer.
27327
27328 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27329
27330 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27331
27332 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27333 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27334
27335 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27336
27337 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27338 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27339 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27340 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27341 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27342 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27343 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27344 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27345 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27346 use in that buffer.
27347 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27348
27349 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27350
27351 ;;;***
27352 \f
27353 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (19277
27354 ;;;;;; 34917))
27355 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
27356
27357 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
27358 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
27359 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
27360 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
27361 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
27362 program as keyboard input.
27363
27364 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
27365 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
27366 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
27367 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
27368
27369 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
27370 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
27371 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
27372 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
27373 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
27374
27375 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
27376
27377 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
27378 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
27379 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
27380 terminal-redisplay-interval.
27381
27382 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
27383 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
27384 subprocess started.
27385
27386 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
27387
27388 ;;;***
27389 \f
27390 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
27391 ;;;;;; (19277 34919))
27392 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27393
27394 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27395 Start coverage on function under point.
27396
27397 \(fn)" t nil)
27398
27399 ;;;***
27400 \f
27401 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (19552 37739))
27402 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27403
27404 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27405 Play the Tetris game.
27406 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27407 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27408 as to form complete rows.
27409
27410 tetris-mode keybindings:
27411 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27412 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27413 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27414 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27415 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27416 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27417 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27418 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27419 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27420
27421 \(fn)" t nil)
27422
27423 ;;;***
27424 \f
27425 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
27426 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
27427 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27428 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
27429 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
27430 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
27431 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
27432 ;;;;;; (19651 33965))
27433 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27434
27435 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27436 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27437
27438 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27439
27440 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27441 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27442 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27443 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27444 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27445
27446 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27447
27448 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27449 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27450 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27451 if it matches the first line of the file,
27452 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27453
27454 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27455
27456 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27457 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27458 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27459 if the variable is non-nil.")
27460
27461 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27462
27463 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27464 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27465
27466 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27467
27468 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27469 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27470 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27471 See the documentation of that variable.")
27472
27473 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27474
27475 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27476 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27477 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27478 See the documentation of that variable.")
27479
27480 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27481
27482 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27483 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27484 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27485 See the documentation of that variable.")
27486
27487 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27488
27489 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27490 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27491 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27492 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27493 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27494
27495 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27496
27497 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27498 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27499 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27500 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27501
27502 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27503
27504 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27505 User defined LaTeX block names.
27506 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27507
27508 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27509
27510 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27511 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27512 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27513 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27514
27515 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27516
27517 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27518 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27519 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27520 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27521
27522 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27523
27524 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27525 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27526 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27527 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27528
27529 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27530 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27531 for example,
27532
27533 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27534 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27535
27536 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27537 use.")
27538
27539 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27540
27541 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27542 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27543 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27544 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27545 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27546
27547 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27548
27549 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27550
27551 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27552 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27553 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27554
27555 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27556
27557 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27558 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27559 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27560 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27561 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27562
27563 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27564
27565 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27566 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27567
27568 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27569
27570 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27571 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27572
27573 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27574
27575 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27576 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27577 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27578 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27579 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27580 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27581 says which mode to use.
27582
27583 \(fn)" t nil)
27584
27585 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27586
27587 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27588
27589 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27590
27591 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27592 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27593 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27594 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27595 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27596
27597 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27598 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27599 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27600 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27601 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27602 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27603 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27604
27605 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27606 mismatched $'s or braces.
27607
27608 Special commands:
27609 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27610
27611 Mode variables:
27612 tex-run-command
27613 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27614 tex-directory
27615 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27616 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27617 tex-dvi-print-command
27618 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27619 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27620 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27621 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27622 tex-dvi-view-command
27623 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27624 tex-show-queue-command
27625 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27626 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27627
27628 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27629 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27630 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27631
27632 \(fn)" t nil)
27633
27634 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27635 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27636 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27637 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27638 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27639
27640 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27641 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27642 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27643 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27644 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27645 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27646 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27647
27648 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27649 mismatched $'s or braces.
27650
27651 Special commands:
27652 \\{latex-mode-map}
27653
27654 Mode variables:
27655 latex-run-command
27656 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27657 tex-directory
27658 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27659 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27660 tex-dvi-print-command
27661 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27662 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27663 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27664 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27665 tex-dvi-view-command
27666 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27667 tex-show-queue-command
27668 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27669 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27670
27671 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27672 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27673 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27674
27675 \(fn)" t nil)
27676
27677 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27678 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27679 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27680 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27681 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27682
27683 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27684 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27685 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27686 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27687 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27688 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27689 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27690
27691 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27692 mismatched $'s or braces.
27693
27694 Special commands:
27695 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27696
27697 Mode variables:
27698 slitex-run-command
27699 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27700 tex-directory
27701 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27702 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27703 tex-dvi-print-command
27704 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27705 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27706 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27707 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27708 tex-dvi-view-command
27709 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27710 tex-show-queue-command
27711 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27712 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27713
27714 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27715 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27716 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27717 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27718
27719 \(fn)" t nil)
27720
27721 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27722 Not documented
27723
27724 \(fn)" nil nil)
27725
27726 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27727 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27728
27729 \(fn)" t nil)
27730
27731 ;;;***
27732 \f
27733 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27734 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (19673 38854))
27735 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27736
27737 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27738 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27739 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27740 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27741
27742 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27743 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27744 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27745
27746 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27747
27748 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27749 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27750 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27751 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27752 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27753
27754 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27755
27756 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27757 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27758 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27759 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27760
27761 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27762 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27763 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27764 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27765
27766 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27767 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27768
27769 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27770
27771 ;;;***
27772 \f
27773 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27774 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (19594 48841))
27775 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27776
27777 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27778 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27779
27780 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27781
27782 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27783 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27784
27785 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27786
27787 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27788 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27789
27790 It has these extra commands:
27791 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27792
27793 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27794 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27795 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27796 modified version of TeX input format.
27797
27798 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27799 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27800 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27801 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27802
27803 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27804 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27805 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27806 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27807 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27808 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27809 in the Texinfo file.
27810
27811 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27812 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27813 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27814 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27815 move forward past the closing brace.
27816
27817 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27818 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27819
27820 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27821 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27822 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27823
27824 Here are the functions:
27825
27826 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27827 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27828 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27829
27830 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27831 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27832 texinfo-master-menu
27833
27834 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27835
27836 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27837 which menu descriptions are indented.
27838
27839 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27840 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27841 in the region.
27842
27843 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27844 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27845 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27846 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27847
27848 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27849 be the first node in the file.
27850
27851 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27852 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27853
27854 \(fn)" t nil)
27855
27856 ;;;***
27857 \f
27858 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27859 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27860 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
27861 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27862
27863 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27864 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27865 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27866 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27867
27868 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27869
27870 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27871 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27872
27873 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27874
27875 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27876 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27877
27878 \(fn)" t nil)
27879
27880 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27881 Not documented
27882
27883 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27884
27885 ;;;***
27886 \f
27887 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27888 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27889 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (19277 34917))
27890 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27891
27892 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27893 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27894
27895 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27896
27897 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27898 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27899 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27900 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27901 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27902
27903 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27904 a symbol as a valid THING.
27905
27906 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27907 of the textual entity that was found.
27908
27909 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27910
27911 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27912 Return the THING at point.
27913 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27914 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27915 `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27916
27917 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27918 a symbol as a valid THING.
27919
27920 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27921
27922 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27923 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27924
27925 \(fn)" nil nil)
27926
27927 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27928 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27929
27930 \(fn)" nil nil)
27931
27932 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27933 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27934
27935 \(fn)" nil nil)
27936
27937 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27938 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27939
27940 \(fn)" nil nil)
27941
27942 ;;;***
27943 \f
27944 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27945 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27946 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
27947 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27948
27949 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27950 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27951
27952 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27953
27954 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27955 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27956 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27957 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27958
27959 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27960
27961 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27962 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27963
27964 \(fn)" t nil)
27965
27966 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27967 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27968
27969 \(fn)" t nil)
27970
27971 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27972
27973 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27974 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27975
27976 \(fn)" t nil)
27977
27978 ;;;***
27979 \f
27980 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27981 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27982 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27983 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27984 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (19277
27985 ;;;;;; 34921))
27986 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27987
27988 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27989 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27990 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27991
27992 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27993
27994 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27995 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27996
27997 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27998
27999 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28000 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28001 The returned string has no composition information.
28002
28003 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28004
28005 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28006 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28007
28008 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28009
28010 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28011 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28012
28013 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28014
28015 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28016 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28017 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28018 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28019
28020 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28021
28022 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28023 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28024 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28025 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28026
28027 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28028
28029 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28030 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28031 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28032
28033 \(fn)" t nil)
28034
28035 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28036 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28037 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28038
28039 \(fn)" t nil)
28040
28041 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28042 Not documented
28043
28044 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28045
28046 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28047 Not documented
28048
28049 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28050
28051 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28052 Not documented
28053
28054 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28055
28056 ;;;***
28057 \f
28058 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28059 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
28060 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28061
28062 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28063 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28064 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28065 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28066 parameters.
28067 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28068
28069 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28070
28071 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28072 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28073 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28074 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28075 parameters.
28076 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28077
28078 \(fn)" t nil)
28079
28080 ;;;***
28081 \f
28082 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28083 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28084 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (19623 51891))
28085 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28086
28087 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28088 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28089
28090 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28091 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28092
28093 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28094 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28095 This display updates automatically every minute.
28096 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28097 are displayed as well.
28098 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28099
28100 \(fn)" t nil)
28101
28102 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28103 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28104 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28106 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28107 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28108
28109 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28110
28111 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28112 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28113 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
28114
28115 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
28116 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28117 are displayed as well.
28118 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28119
28120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28121
28122 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28123 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28124 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28125 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28126
28127 \(fn)" t nil)
28128
28129 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28130 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28131 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28132 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28133
28134 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28135
28136 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28137 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28138
28139 \(fn)" t nil)
28140
28141 ;;;***
28142 \f
28143 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28144 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28145 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28146 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28147 ;;;;;; (19672 47874))
28148 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28149
28150 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28151 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28152 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28153
28154 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28155 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28156 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28157 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28158 (progn
28159 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28160 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28161 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28162
28163 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28164 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28165
28166 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28167
28168 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28169 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28170
28171 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28172
28173 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28174 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28175
28176 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28177
28178 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28179 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28180 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28181
28182 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28183
28184 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28185
28186 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28187 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28188 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28189
28190 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28191
28192 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28193 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28194
28195 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28196
28197 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28198 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28199 DATE should be a date-time string.
28200
28201 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28202
28203 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28204 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28205 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28206
28207 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28208
28209 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28210 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28211
28212 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28213
28214 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28215 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28216
28217 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28218
28219 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28220 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28221 TIME should be a time value.
28222 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28223
28224 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28225
28226 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28227 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28228 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28229
28230 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28231
28232 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28233 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28234 The valid format specifiers are:
28235 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28236 %d is the number of days.
28237 %h is the number of hours.
28238 %m is the number of minutes.
28239 %s is the number of seconds.
28240 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28241 %% is a literal \"%\".
28242
28243 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28244 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28245
28246 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28247 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28248 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28249
28250 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28251 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28252 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28253
28254 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28255
28256 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28257
28258 ;;;***
28259 \f
28260 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28261 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (19277 34917))
28262 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28263 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28264 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28265 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28266 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28267 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28268 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28269 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28270 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28271
28272 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28273 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28274 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28275 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28276 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28277 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28278 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28279 look like one of the following:
28280 Time-stamp: <>
28281 Time-stamp: \" \"
28282 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28283 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28284 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28285 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28286 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28287 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28288 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28289 the template.
28290
28291 \(fn)" t nil)
28292
28293 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28294 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28295 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28296
28297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28298
28299 ;;;***
28300 \f
28301 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28302 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28303 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28304 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28305 ;;;;;; (19674 6793))
28306 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28307
28308 (autoload 'timeclock-modeline-display "timeclock" "\
28309 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
28310 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28311 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
28312 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28313 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28314 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
28315 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
28316 display (non-nil means on).
28317
28318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28319
28320 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28321 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28322 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28323 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28324 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28325 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28326 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28327 this function is called within a day.
28328
28329 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28330 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28331 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28332 discover the name of the project.
28333
28334 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28335
28336 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28337 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28338 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28339 begun during the last time segment.
28340
28341 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28342 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28343 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28344 discover the reason.
28345
28346 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28347
28348 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28349 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28350 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28351 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28352 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28353
28354 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28355
28356 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28357 Change to working on a different project.
28358 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28359 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28360 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28361 working on.
28362
28363 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28364
28365 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28366 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28367 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28368
28369 \(fn)" nil nil)
28370
28371 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28372 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28373 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28374
28375 \(fn)" t nil)
28376
28377 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28378 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28379 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28380 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28381 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28382 \"relative to today\".
28383
28384 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28385
28386 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28387 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28388 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28389 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28390
28391 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28392
28393 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28394 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28395 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28396 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28397 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28398 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28399
28400 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28401
28402 ;;;***
28403 \f
28404 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
28405 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (19639 17158))
28406 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28407
28408 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28409 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28410 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28411 the generated Quail package is saved.
28412
28413 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28414
28415 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28416 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28417 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28418 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28419 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28420 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28421 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28422
28423 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28424
28425 ;;;***
28426 \f
28427 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
28428 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (19406 15657))
28429 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28430 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28431 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28432
28433 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28434 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28435 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28436 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28437 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28438
28439 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28440
28441 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28442 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28443 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28444 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28445 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28446
28447 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28448
28449 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28450 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28451 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28452 in the menu in two ways:
28453 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28454 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28455 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28456
28457 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28458 keymap or an alist of alists.
28459 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28460 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28461
28462 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28463
28464 ;;;***
28465 \f
28466 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
28467 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
28468 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (19672 18325))
28469 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28470
28471 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
28472 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28473
28474 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
28475
28476 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
28477 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28478
28479 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28480
28481 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
28482 Insert new TODO list entry.
28483 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28484 category.
28485
28486 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28487
28488 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28489 List top priorities for each category.
28490
28491 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28492 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28493
28494 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28495 between each category.
28496 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28497
28498 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28499
28500 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28501 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28502 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28503 between each category.
28504
28505 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28506
28507 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28508
28509 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28510 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28511
28512 \(fn)" t nil)
28513
28514 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28515 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28516
28517 \(fn)" nil nil)
28518
28519 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28520 Show TODO list.
28521
28522 \(fn)" t nil)
28523
28524 ;;;***
28525 \f
28526 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28527 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28528 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (19691 3508))
28529 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28530
28531 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28532 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28533 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28534
28535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28536
28537 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28538 Add an item to the tool bar.
28539 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28540 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28541 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28542 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28543
28544 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28545 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28546 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28547 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28548
28549 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28550 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28551
28552 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28553
28554 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28555 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28556 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28557 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28558 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28559 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28560
28561 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28562 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28563 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28564 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28565
28566 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28567
28568 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28569 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28570 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28571 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28572 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28573 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28574 properties to add to the binding.
28575
28576 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28577
28578 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28579 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28580
28581 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28582
28583 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28584 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28585 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28586 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28587 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28588 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28589 properties to add to the binding.
28590
28591 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28592 holds a keymap.
28593
28594 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28595
28596 ;;;***
28597 \f
28598 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28599 ;;;;;; (19674 8635))
28600 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28601
28602 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28603 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28604 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28606 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28607 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28608
28609 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28610
28611 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28612 TPU/edt emulation.
28613
28614 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28615
28616 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28617
28618 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28619 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28620
28621 \(fn)" t nil)
28622
28623 ;;;***
28624 \f
28625 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28626 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
28627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28628
28629 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28630 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28631
28632 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28633 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28634 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28635 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28636 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28637
28638 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28639 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28640 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28641 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28642 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
28643
28644 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28645 (tpu-edt)
28646
28647 Known Problems:
28648
28649 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28650 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28651 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28652 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28653 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28654 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28655
28656 \(fn)" t nil)
28657
28658 ;;;***
28659 \f
28660 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (19277 34919))
28661 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28662
28663 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28664 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28665 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28666 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28667 to a tcp server on another machine.
28668
28669 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28670
28671 ;;;***
28672 \f
28673 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28674 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (19370 23595))
28675 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28676
28677 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28678 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28679
28680 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28681
28682 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28683 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28684 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28685 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28686 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28687 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28688 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28689 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28690
28691 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28692
28693 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28694 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28695 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28696 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28697 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28698 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28699 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28700 the window or buffer configuration.
28701
28702 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28703
28704 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28705
28706 ;;;***
28707 \f
28708 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28709 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28710 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28711 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (19691 3508))
28712 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28713
28714 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28715 *Whether Tramp is enabled.
28716 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28717
28718 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28719
28720 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28721 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28722
28723 It can have the following values:
28724
28725 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28726 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28727 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28728
28729 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28730
28731 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/:]+\\|[^/]+]\\):") "\
28732 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28733 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28734 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28735
28736 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28737
28738 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28739 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28740 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28741 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28742
28743 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+://" "\
28744 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28745 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28746
28747 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28748 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28749 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28750 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28751 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28752 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28753 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28754 files which are not really Tramp files.
28755
28756 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28757 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28758 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28759 updated after changing this variable.
28760
28761 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28762
28763 (defconst tramp-root-regexp (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`\\([a-zA-Z]:\\)?/" "\\`/") "\
28764 Beginning of an incomplete Tramp file name.
28765 Usually, it is just \"\\\\`/\". On W32 systems, there might be a
28766 volume letter, which will be removed by `tramp-drop-volume-letter'.")
28767
28768 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'") (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/]*\\'")) "\
28769 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28770 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28771 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28772
28773 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28774
28775 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate (concat tramp-root-regexp "\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'") "\
28776 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28777 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28778 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28779
28780 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url (concat tramp-root-regexp "[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'") "\
28781 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28782 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28783
28784 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28785 *Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28786 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28787
28788 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28789 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28790 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28791 updated after changing this variable.
28792
28793 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28794
28795 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28796 Alist of completion handler functions.
28797 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28798 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28799 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28800
28801 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28802 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28803 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28804 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28805
28806 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28807 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28808 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28809 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28810
28811 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28812 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28813 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28814
28815 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28816
28817 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28818 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28819 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28820
28821 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28822 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28823
28824 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28825
28826 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28827 Not documented
28828
28829 \(fn)" nil nil)
28830
28831 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28832 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28833
28834 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28835
28836 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28837 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28838
28839 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28840
28841 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28842 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28843
28844 \(fn)" t nil)
28845
28846 ;;;***
28847 \f
28848 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28849 ;;;;;; (19599 45674))
28850 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28851
28852 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28853 Not documented
28854
28855 \(fn)" nil nil)
28856
28857 ;;;***
28858 \f
28859 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (19580
28860 ;;;;;; 19536))
28861 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28862
28863 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28864 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28865 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28866 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28867 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28868 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28869 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28870 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28871
28872 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28873 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28874 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28875
28876 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28877 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28878 resumed later.
28879
28880 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28881
28882 ;;;***
28883 \f
28884 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28885 ;;;;;; (19515 27412))
28886 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28887
28888 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28889 Not documented
28890
28891 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28892
28893 ;;;***
28894 \f
28895 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28896 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (19609 2643))
28897 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28898 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28899 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28900 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28901
28902 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28903 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28904 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28905 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28906 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28907 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28908 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28909
28910 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28911
28912 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28913 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28914 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28915 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28916
28917 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28918
28919 \(fn)" t nil)
28920
28921 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28922 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28923 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28924 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28925 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28926 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28927 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28928
28929 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28930 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28931
28932 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28933 \\___/\\
28934 / \\
28935 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28936
28937 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28938
28939 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28940
28941 ;;;***
28942 \f
28943 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28944 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28945 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28946 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28947 ;;;;;; (19668 18229))
28948 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28949
28950 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28951 Toggle typing break mode.
28952 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28953 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28954 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28955
28956 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28957
28958 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28959 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28960
28961 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
28962
28963 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28964 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28965
28966 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28967 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28968 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28969
28970 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28971 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28972
28973 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
28974
28975 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28976 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28977
28978 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28979 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28980 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28981 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28982
28983 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
28984
28985 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28986 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28987 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28988
28989 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28990 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28991 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28992 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28993 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28994 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28995
28996 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28997 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28998 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28999 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29000
29001 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29002 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29003
29004 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29005 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29006
29007 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29008
29009 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29010 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29011 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29012
29013 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29014 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29015 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29016 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29017 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29018 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29019 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29020
29021 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29022 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29023
29024 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29025 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29026 reset the keystroke counter.
29027
29028 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29029 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29030 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29031 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29032
29033 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29034 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29035 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29036 `type-break-schedule' command.
29037
29038 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29039 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29040 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29041 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29042 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29043 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29044 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29045 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29046 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29047
29048 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29049 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29050 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29051 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29052 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29053
29054 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29055 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29056 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29057 approximate good values for this.
29058
29059 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29060 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29061
29062 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29063 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29064 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29065 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29066 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29067 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29068
29069 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29070 a typing break occur. They include:
29071
29072 `type-break-query-mode'
29073 `type-break-query-function'
29074 `type-break-query-interval'
29075
29076 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29077
29078 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29079 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29080 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29081 problems.
29082
29083 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29084
29085 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29086 Take a typing break.
29087
29088 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29089 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29090
29091 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29092 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29093
29094 \(fn)" t nil)
29095
29096 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29097 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29098 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29099 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29100
29101 \(fn)" t nil)
29102
29103 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29104 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29105
29106 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29107 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29108 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29109 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29110 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29111 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29112 average typing speed.)
29113
29114 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29115 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29116 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29117 the computed maximum threshold.
29118
29119 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29120 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29121 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29122 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29123 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29124
29125 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29126
29127 ;;;***
29128 \f
29129 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (19277 34921))
29130 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29131
29132 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29133 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29134 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29135 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29136 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29137
29138 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29139
29140 ;;;***
29141 \f
29142 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29143 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29144 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29145 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29146 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29147 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (19600 6790))
29148 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29149
29150 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29151 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29152
29153 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29154
29155 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29156 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29157
29158 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29159
29160 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29161 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29162
29163 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29164
29165 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29166 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29167
29168 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29169
29170 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29171 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29172
29173 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29174
29175 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29176 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29177
29178 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29179
29180 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29181 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29182
29183 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29184
29185 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29186 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29187
29188 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29189
29190 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29191 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29192
29193 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29194
29195 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29196 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29197
29198 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29199
29200 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29201 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29202
29203 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29204
29205 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29206 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29207
29208 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29209
29210 ;;;***
29211 \f
29212 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29213 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (19277 34923))
29214 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29215
29216 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29217 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29218 Works by overstriking underscores.
29219 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29220 which specify the range to operate on.
29221
29222 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29223
29224 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29225 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29226 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29227 which specify the range to operate on.
29228
29229 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29230
29231 ;;;***
29232 \f
29233 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29234 ;;;;;; (19277 34921))
29235 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29236
29237 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29238 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29239 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29240 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29241 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29242 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29243
29244 \(fn)" nil nil)
29245
29246 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29247 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29248
29249 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29250
29251 ;;;***
29252 \f
29253 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (19645
29254 ;;;;;; 60484))
29255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29256
29257 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29258 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29259 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29260 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29261
29262 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29263
29264 ;;;***
29265 \f
29266 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29267 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (19622 39471))
29268 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29269
29270 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29271 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29272 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29273
29274 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29275 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29276 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29277 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29278 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29279 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29280
29281 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29282 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29283 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29284
29285 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29286 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29287 the callback is not called).
29288
29289 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29290 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29291 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29292 take effect.
29293
29294 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29295
29296 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT)" nil nil)
29297
29298 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29299 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29300 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29301 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29302 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29303
29304 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29305
29306 ;;;***
29307 \f
29308 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29309 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (19277 34923))
29310 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29311
29312 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29313 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29314 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29315
29316 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29317 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29318 `url-generic-parse-url'
29319 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29320 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29321 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29322 realm
29323 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29324 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29325 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29326 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29327 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29328 what type of auth to use
29329 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29330 if one cannot be found in the cache
29331
29332 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29333
29334 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29335 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29336
29337 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29338 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29339 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29340 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29341 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29342 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29343 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29344 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29345
29346 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29347
29348 ;;;***
29349 \f
29350 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
29351 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (19624 63510))
29352 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29353
29354 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29355 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29356
29357 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29358
29359 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29360 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29361 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29362
29363 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29364
29365 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29366 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29367
29368 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29369
29370 ;;;***
29371 \f
29372 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (19277 34923))
29373 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29374
29375 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29376 Not documented
29377
29378 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29379
29380 ;;;***
29381 \f
29382 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
29383 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (19277 34923))
29384 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29385
29386 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29387 Not documented
29388
29389 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29390
29391 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29392 Not documented
29393
29394 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29395
29396 ;;;***
29397 \f
29398 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (19687
29399 ;;;;;; 6902))
29400 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29401
29402 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29403 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29404
29405 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29406
29407 ;;;***
29408 \f
29409 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
29410 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (19645 60484))
29411 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29412
29413 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29414 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29415
29416 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29417
29418 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29419 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29420 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29421 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29422 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29423
29424 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
29425
29426 ;;;***
29427 \f
29428 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
29429 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
29430 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
29431 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29432
29433 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29434 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29435 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29436 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29437 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29438 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29439
29440 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29441
29442 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29443 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
29444
29445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29446
29447 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29448 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29449 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29450 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29451
29452 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29453
29454 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29455 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29456 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29457 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29458 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29459 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29460 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29461 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29462 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29463 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29464
29465 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29466
29467 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29468 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29469 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29470 accessible.
29471
29472 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29473
29474 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29475 Not documented
29476
29477 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29478
29479 ;;;***
29480 \f
29481 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
29482 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (19630 1041))
29483 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29484
29485 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
29486 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
29487 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
29488 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
29489 CBARGS as the arguments.
29490
29491 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29492
29493 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
29494 Not documented
29495
29496 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29497
29498 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
29499
29500 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
29501 Not documented
29502
29503 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
29504
29505 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
29506 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
29507 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
29508
29509 Property list members:
29510
29511 methods
29512 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
29513 supports.
29514
29515 dav
29516 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
29517 supported.
29518
29519 dasl
29520 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
29521
29522 ranges
29523 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
29524
29525 p3p
29526 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
29527 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
29528 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
29529 Emacs/W3.
29530
29531 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29532
29533 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
29534 Default HTTPS port.")
29535
29536 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
29537 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
29538 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29539
29540 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29541 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29542 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29543 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29544 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29545
29546 ;;;***
29547 \f
29548 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (19594 47996))
29549 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29550
29551 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29552 Not documented
29553
29554 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29555
29556 ;;;***
29557 \f
29558 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (19277
29559 ;;;;;; 34923))
29560 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29561
29562 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29563 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29564 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29565 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29566 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29567
29568 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29569
29570 ;;;***
29571 \f
29572 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29573 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
29574 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29575
29576 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29577 Not documented
29578
29579 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29580
29581 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29582 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29583
29584 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29585
29586 ;;;***
29587 \f
29588 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29589 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (19277 34923))
29590 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29591
29592 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29593 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29594
29595 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29596
29597 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29598 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29599
29600 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29601
29602 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29603 Not documented
29604
29605 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29606
29607 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29608
29609 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29610
29611 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29612
29613 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29614 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29615
29616 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29617
29618 ;;;***
29619 \f
29620 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29621 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
29622 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29623
29624 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29625 Not documented
29626
29627 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29628
29629 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29630 Not documented
29631
29632 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29633
29634 ;;;***
29635 \f
29636 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29637 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29638 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
29639 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29640
29641 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29642 Not documented
29643
29644 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29645
29646 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29647 Not documented
29648
29649 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29650
29651 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29652 Not documented
29653
29654 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29655
29656 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29657 Not documented
29658
29659 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29660
29661 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29662 Not documented
29663
29664 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29665
29666 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29667 Not documented
29668
29669 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29670
29671 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29672 Not documented
29673
29674 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29675
29676 ;;;***
29677 \f
29678 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29679 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (19622 39471))
29680 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29681
29682 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29683 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29684
29685 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29686
29687 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29688 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29689 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29690 TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORTSPEC FILENAME TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULLNESS.
29691
29692 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29693
29694 ;;;***
29695 \f
29696 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29697 ;;;;;; (19277 34923))
29698 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29699
29700 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29701 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29702
29703 \(fn)" t nil)
29704
29705 ;;;***
29706 \f
29707 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29708 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29709 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29710 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29711 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29712 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29713 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (19624 63510))
29714 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29715
29716 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29717 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29718 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29719
29720 If t, all messages will be logged.
29721 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29722 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29723
29724 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29725
29726 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29727 Not documented
29728
29729 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29730
29731 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29732 Not documented
29733
29734 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29735
29736 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29737 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29738 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29739 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29740 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29741 & ==> &amp;
29742 < ==> &lt;
29743 > ==> &gt;
29744 \" ==> &quot;
29745
29746 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29747
29748 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29749 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29750 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29751
29752 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29753
29754 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29755 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29756 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29757
29758 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29759
29760 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29761 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29762
29763 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29764
29765 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29766 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29767
29768 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29769
29770 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29771 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29772
29773 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29774
29775 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29776 Not documented
29777
29778 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29779
29780 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29781 Not documented
29782
29783 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29784
29785 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29786 Not documented
29787
29788 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29789
29790 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29791
29792 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29793 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29794
29795 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29796
29797 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29798 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29799
29800 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29801
29802 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29803 Not documented
29804
29805 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29806
29807 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29808 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29809 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29810 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29811 forbidden in URL encoding.
29812
29813 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29814
29815 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29816 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29817 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29818 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29819 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29820 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29821
29822 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29823
29824 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29825 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29826 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29827 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29828
29829 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29830
29831 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29832 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29833 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29834
29835 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29836
29837 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29838 View the current document's URL.
29839 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29840 the minibuffer.
29841
29842 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29843
29844 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29845
29846 ;;;***
29847 \f
29848 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29849 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (19277 34917))
29850 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29851
29852 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29853 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29854 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29855 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29856 to refrain from editing the file
29857 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29858 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29859 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29860 in any way you like.
29861
29862 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29863
29864 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29865 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29866 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29867 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29868 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29869
29870 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29871 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29872
29873 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29874
29875 ;;;***
29876 \f
29877 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29878 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29879 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (19451 17238))
29880 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29881
29882 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29883 Not documented
29884
29885 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29886
29887 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29888 Not documented
29889
29890 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29891
29892 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29893 Not documented
29894
29895 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29896
29897 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29898 Not documented
29899
29900 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29901
29902 ;;;***
29903 \f
29904 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (19618 38629))
29905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29906
29907 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29908 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29909
29910 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29911
29912 ;;;***
29913 \f
29914 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29915 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29916 ;;;;;; (19582 65302))
29917 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29918
29919 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29920 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29921 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29922 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29923
29924 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29925
29926 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29927 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29928 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29929
29930 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29931
29932 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29933 Uudecode region between START and END.
29934 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29935
29936 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29937
29938 ;;;***
29939 \f
29940 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29941 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-update
29942 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29943 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29944 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-diff vc-version-diff
29945 ;;;;;; vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
29946 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (19693 26133))
29947 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29948
29949 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29950 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29951 See `run-hooks'.")
29952
29953 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29954
29955 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29956 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29957 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29958
29959 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29960
29961 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29962 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29963 See `run-hooks'.")
29964
29965 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29966
29967 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29968 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29969 This requires that all files in the fileset be in the same state.
29970
29971 For locking systems:
29972 If every file is not already registered, this registers each for version
29973 control.
29974 If every file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29975 a writable and locked file of each ready for editing.
29976 If every file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29977 first checks to see if each file has changed since checkout. If not,
29978 it performs a revert on that file.
29979 If every file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29980 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29981 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29982 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29983 read-only copy of each changed file is left in place afterwards.
29984 If the affected file is registered and locked by someone else, you are
29985 given the option to steal the lock(s).
29986
29987 For merging systems:
29988 If every file is not already registered, this registers each one for version
29989 control. This does an add, but not a commit.
29990 If every file is added but not committed, each one is committed.
29991 If every working file is changed, but the corresponding repository file is
29992 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29993 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29994 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29995 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29996 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29997
29998 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29999
30000 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30001 Register into a version control system.
30002 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30003 Otherwise register the current file.
30004 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30005 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30006
30007 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30008 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30009 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30010 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30011 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30012 first backend that could register the file is used.
30013
30014 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30015
30016 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30017 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30018
30019 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30020
30021 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30022 Display diffs between file revisions.
30023 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30024 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30025 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30026
30027 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30028 saving the buffer.
30029
30030 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30031
30032 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30033 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30034 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30035 fileset with the working revision.
30036 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30037 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30038
30039 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30040 saving the buffer.
30041
30042 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30043
30044 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30045 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30046 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30047 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30048
30049 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30050
30051 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30052 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30053 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30054 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30055
30056 \(fn)" t nil)
30057
30058 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30059 Perform a version control merge operation.
30060 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30061 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30062 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30063
30064 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30065 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30066 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30067 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30068 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30069 changes from the current branch.
30070
30071 \(fn)" t nil)
30072
30073 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30074
30075 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30076 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30077 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30078 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30079 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30080 checked out in that new branch.
30081
30082 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30083
30084 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30085 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30086 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30087 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30088 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30089 allowed and simply skipped).
30090
30091 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30092
30093 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30094 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30095 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30096 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30097 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30098
30099 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30100 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30101
30102 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30103
30104 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30105 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30106 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30107 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30108 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30109
30110 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30111
30112 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30113 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30114 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30115
30116 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30117
30118 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30119 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30120 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30121
30122 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30123
30124 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30125 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30126 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30127 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30128
30129 \(fn)" t nil)
30130
30131 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30132 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30133 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30134 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30135
30136 \(fn)" t nil)
30137
30138 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30139
30140 (autoload 'vc-update "vc" "\
30141 Update the current fileset or branch.
30142 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30143 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30144 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30145
30146 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30147 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30148 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30149 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30150 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30151
30152 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30153
30154 (defalias 'vc-pull 'vc-update)
30155
30156 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30157 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30158 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30159 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30160 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30161 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30162 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30163
30164 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30165
30166 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30167 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30168 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30169 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30170 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30171 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30172 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30173 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30174 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30175
30176 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30177
30178 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30179 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30180
30181 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30182
30183 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30184 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30185
30186 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30187
30188 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30189 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30190 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30191 directory.
30192
30193 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30194
30195 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30196 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30197 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30198
30199 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30200 log entries should be gathered.
30201
30202 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30203
30204 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30205 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30206
30207 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30208
30209 ;;;***
30210 \f
30211 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30212 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
30213 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30214
30215 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30216 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30217
30218 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30219 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30220 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30221 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30222 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30223 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30224
30225 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30226 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30227 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30228 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30229 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30230 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30231 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30232 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30233
30234 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30235
30236 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30237
30238 Customization variables:
30239
30240 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30241 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30242 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30243 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30244
30245 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30246
30247 ;;;***
30248 \f
30249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (19662 23188))
30250 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
30251 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
30252 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
30253 (progn
30254 (load "vc-arch")
30255 (vc-arch-registered file))))
30256
30257 ;;;***
30258 \f
30259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (19693 26133))
30260 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30261
30262 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30263 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30264
30265 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
30266 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30267 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30268 (progn
30269 (load "vc-bzr")
30270 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30271
30272 ;;;***
30273 \f
30274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (19662 23188))
30275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30276 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30277 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30278 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30279 (load "vc-cvs")
30280 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30281
30282 ;;;***
30283 \f
30284 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (19580 19536))
30285 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30286
30287 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30288 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30289 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30290 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30291 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30292
30293 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30294 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30295 The file lines appear later.
30296
30297 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30298 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30299
30300 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30301
30302 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30303
30304 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30305
30306 ;;;***
30307 \f
30308 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
30309 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
30310 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30311
30312 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30313 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30314 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30315 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30316 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30317 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30318 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30319 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30320 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30321 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30322 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30323 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30324 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30325 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30326 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30327
30328 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30329
30330 ;;;***
30331 \f
30332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (19580 19536))
30333 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30334 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30335 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30336 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30337 (progn
30338 (load "vc-git")
30339 (vc-git-registered file))))
30340
30341 ;;;***
30342 \f
30343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (19687 6902))
30344 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30345 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30346 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30347 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30348 (progn
30349 (load "vc-hg")
30350 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30351
30352 ;;;***
30353 \f
30354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (19673 45510))
30355 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30356
30357 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
30358
30359 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
30360 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30361 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30362 (progn
30363 (load "vc-mtn")
30364 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30365
30366 ;;;***
30367 \f
30368 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
30369 ;;;;;; (19662 23188))
30370 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30371
30372 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30373 Where to look for RCS master files.
30374 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30375
30376 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30377
30378 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30379
30380 ;;;***
30381 \f
30382 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
30383 ;;;;;; (19662 23188))
30384 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30385
30386 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30387 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30388 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30389
30390 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30391 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30392
30393 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
30394 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30395 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30396 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30397
30398 ;;;***
30399 \f
30400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (19631 26857))
30401 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30402 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30403 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30404 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30405 "_svn")
30406 (t ".svn"))))
30407 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30408 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
30409 (file-name-directory f)))
30410 (load "vc-svn")
30411 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30412
30413 ;;;***
30414 \f
30415 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
30416 ;;;;;; (19668 19680))
30417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30418 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30419
30420 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30421 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30422
30423 Usage:
30424 ------
30425
30426 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30427 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30428 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30429 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30430
30431 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30432 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30433 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30434 completions.
30435
30436 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30437 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30438
30439 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30440 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30441
30442 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30443 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30444 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30445
30446 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30447
30448
30449 Maintenance:
30450 ------------
30451
30452 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30453 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30454
30455 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30456
30457 Official distribution is at
30458 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30459
30460
30461 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30462 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30463
30464 Key bindings:
30465 -------------
30466
30467 \\{vera-mode-map}
30468
30469 \(fn)" t nil)
30470
30471 ;;;***
30472 \f
30473 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30474 ;;;;;; (19673 45510))
30475 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30476
30477 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30478 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30479 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30480 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30481 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30482
30483 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30484
30485 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30486 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30487
30488 Supports highlighting.
30489
30490 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30491 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30492
30493 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30494
30495 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30496 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30497 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30498 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30499 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30500 on the left side of your screen.
30501 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30502 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30503 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30504 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30505 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30506 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30507 function keyword.
30508 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30509 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30510 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30511 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30512 if (a)
30513 begin
30514 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30515 Indentation for case statements.
30516 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30517 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30518 mark after an end.
30519 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30520 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30521 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30522 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30523 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30524 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30525 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30526 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30527 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30528 if (a)
30529 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30530 otherwise you get:
30531 if (a)
30532 begin
30533 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30534 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30535 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30536 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30537 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30538 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30539 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30540 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30541 comments in tight quarters.
30542 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30543 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30544
30545 Variables controlling other actions:
30546
30547 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30548 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30549 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30550
30551 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30552
30553 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30554
30555 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30556 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30557 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30558
30559 Some other functions are:
30560
30561 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30562 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30563 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30564 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30565 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30566
30567 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30568 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30569 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30570 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30571
30572 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30573 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30574 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30575 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30576 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30577 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30578 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30579 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30580 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30581 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30582 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30583 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30584 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30585 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30586 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30587 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30588 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30589 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30590 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30591 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30592 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30593 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30594 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30595 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30596 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30597 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30598 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30599 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30600
30601 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30602 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30603
30604 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30605
30606 \(fn)" t nil)
30607
30608 ;;;***
30609 \f
30610 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30611 ;;;;;; (19672 56753))
30612 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30613
30614 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30615 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30616
30617 Usage:
30618 ------
30619
30620 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30621 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30622 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30623 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30624 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30625 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30626 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30627 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30628 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
30629
30630 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30631 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30632 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30633 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30634
30635 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30636 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30637 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30638 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30639 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30640
30641 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30642 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30643
30644
30645 HEADER INSERTION:
30646 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30647 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30648 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30649
30650
30651 STUTTERING:
30652 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30653 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30654 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30655 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30656
30657 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30658 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30659 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30660 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30661 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30662
30663
30664 WORD COMPLETION:
30665 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30666 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30667 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30668 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30669
30670 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30671 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30672 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30673 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30674 beginning with \"std\").
30675
30676 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30677 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30678 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30679 stop.
30680
30681
30682 COMMENTS:
30683 `--' puts a single comment.
30684 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30685 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30686 with a comment in between.
30687 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30688 out following lines.
30689 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30690 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30691
30692 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30693 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30694 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30695 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30696 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30697 non-nil.
30698
30699 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30700 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30701 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30702 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30703 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30704 multi-line comments.
30705
30706
30707 INDENTATION:
30708 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30709 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30710 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30711 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30712
30713 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30714 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30715 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30716 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30717
30718 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30719 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30720 and vice versa.
30721
30722 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30723 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30724
30725
30726 ALIGNMENT:
30727 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30728 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30729 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30730 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30731 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30732 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30733 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30734 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30735
30736 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30737 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30738 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30739 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30740 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30741 is non-nil.
30742
30743 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30744 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30745 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30746
30747 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30748 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30749
30750
30751 CODE FILLING:
30752 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30753 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30754 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30755 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30756 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30757 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30758
30759
30760 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30761 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30762 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30763 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30764 command:
30765
30766 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30767
30768
30769 PORT TRANSLATION:
30770 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30771 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30772 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30773 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30774 internal signal initializations (menu).
30775
30776 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30777 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30778 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30779
30780 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30781 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30782 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30783 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30784 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30785 in subsequent paste operations.)
30786
30787 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30788 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30789 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30790
30791
30792 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30793 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30794 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30795 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30796 association list with formals).
30797
30798
30799 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30800 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30801 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30802 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30803 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30804 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30805 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30806 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30807 `vhdl-testbench'.
30808
30809
30810 KEY BINDINGS:
30811 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30812
30813
30814 VHDL MENU:
30815 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30816
30817
30818 FILE BROWSER:
30819 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30820 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30821 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30822
30823 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30824 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30825
30826
30827 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30828 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30829 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30830 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30831
30832 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30833 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30834 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30835
30836 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30837 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30838 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30839 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30840
30841 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30842 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30843 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30844 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30845 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30846
30847 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30848 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30849 required by secondary units.
30850
30851
30852 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30853 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30854 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30855 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30856 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30857 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30858 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30859 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30860 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30861 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30862 inputs to this component -> input port created
30863 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30864 outputs from this component -> output port created
30865 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30866 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30867
30868 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30869 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30870 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30871 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30872 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30873
30874 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30875 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30876
30877 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30878 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30879 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30880 component instantiation is also supported (option
30881 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30882
30883 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30884 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30885 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30886 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30887 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30888 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30889 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30890 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30891 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30892 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30893 | generating the configuration.
30894 |
30895 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30896 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30897 | configurations in speedbar.
30898
30899 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30900
30901
30902 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30903 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30904 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30905 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30906 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30907 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30908 information. New compilers can be added.
30909
30910 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30911 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30912
30913
30914 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30915 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30916 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30917 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30918 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30919
30920 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30921 command:
30922
30923 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30924 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30925 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30926
30927 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30928 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30929 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30930 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30931 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30932 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30933 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30934
30935 Limitations:
30936 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30937 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30938 not (yet) supported.
30939 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30940 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30941 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30942
30943
30944 PROJECTS:
30945 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30946 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30947 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30948 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30949 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30950 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30951 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30952 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30953
30954 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30955 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30956 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30957 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30958 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30959 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30960 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30961 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30962 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30963 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30964 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30965
30966
30967 SPECIAL MENUES:
30968 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30969 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30970 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30971 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30972 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30973 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30974 current directory for VHDL source files.
30975
30976
30977 VHDL STANDARDS:
30978 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30979 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30980
30981
30982 KEYWORD CASE:
30983 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30984 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30985 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30986 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30987 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30988 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30989 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30990 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30991
30992
30993 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30994 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30995 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30996 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30997 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30998 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30999 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31000
31001 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31002 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31003 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31004 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31005 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31006 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31007
31008 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31009 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31010 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31011 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31012 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31013 visually.
31014
31015 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31016 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31017 highlighted if written in lower case.
31018
31019 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31020 highlighted using a different background color if option
31021 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31022
31023 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31024 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31025 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31026 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31027 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31028
31029
31030 USER MODELS:
31031 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31032 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31033 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31034
31035
31036 HIDE/SHOW:
31037 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31038 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31039 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31040 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31041 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31042
31043
31044 CODE UPDATING:
31045 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31046 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31047 Limitations:
31048 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31049 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31050 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31051 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31052 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31053 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31054 (used to obtain the port names).
31055
31056
31057 CODE FIXING:
31058 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31059 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31060
31061
31062 PRINTING:
31063 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31064 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31065 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31066 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31067 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31068 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31069 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31070 printers.
31071
31072
31073 OPTIONS:
31074 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31075 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31076 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31077 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31078 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31079
31080 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31081 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31082 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31083 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31084 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31085 INSTALL file).
31086
31087 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31088 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31089
31090
31091 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31092 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31093 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31094 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31095
31096 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31097
31098
31099 HINTS:
31100 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31101 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31102
31103 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31104
31105 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31106
31107 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31108
31109
31110 RELEASE NOTES:
31111 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31112
31113
31114 Maintenance:
31115 ------------
31116
31117 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31118 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31119
31120 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31121
31122 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31123 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31124 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31125 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31126
31127 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31128 URL `http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html'
31129 where the latest version can be found.
31130
31131
31132 Known problems:
31133 ---------------
31134
31135 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
31136 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31137 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31138
31139
31140 The VHDL Mode Authors
31141 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31142
31143 Key bindings:
31144 -------------
31145
31146 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31147
31148 \(fn)" t nil)
31149
31150 ;;;***
31151 \f
31152 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (19267 61660))
31153 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31154
31155 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31156 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31157 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31158 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31159
31160 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31161 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31162 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31163 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31164 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31165
31166 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31167 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31168
31169 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31170
31171 * Limitations and unsupported features
31172 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31173 not supported.
31174 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31175 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31176
31177 * Modifications
31178 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31179 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31180 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31181 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31182 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31183 for undoing a repeated change command.
31184 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31185 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31186 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31187
31188 * Extensions
31189 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31190 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31191 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31192 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31193 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31194 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31195 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31196 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31197
31198 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31199
31200 \(fn)" t nil)
31201
31202 ;;;***
31203 \f
31204 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31205 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31206 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31207 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (19277 34921))
31208 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31209
31210 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31211 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31212
31213 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31214
31215 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31216 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31217 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31218 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31219
31220 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31221
31222 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31223 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31224
31225 \(fn)" t nil)
31226
31227 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31228 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31229 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31230 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31231
31232 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31233
31234 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31235 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31236
31237 \(fn)" t nil)
31238
31239 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31240 Not documented
31241
31242 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31243
31244 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31245 Not documented
31246
31247 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31248
31249 ;;;***
31250 \f
31251 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
31252 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
31253 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
31254 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
31255 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (19423 37200))
31256 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31257
31258 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31259 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31260 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31261
31262 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31263
31264 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31265 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31266 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31267 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31268
31269 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31270
31271 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31272 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31273
31274 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31275
31276 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31277 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31278 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31279 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31280 moving around in the buffer.
31281 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31282 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31283
31284 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31285
31286 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31287
31288 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31289 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31290 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31291 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31292
31293 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31294 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31295 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31297 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31298
31299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31300
31301 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31302
31303 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31304 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31305 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31306 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31307 buffer.
31308
31309 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31310 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31311 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31312 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31313 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31314
31315 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31316
31317 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31318
31319 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31320 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31321 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31322 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31323 moving around in the buffer.
31324 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31325 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31326
31327 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31328
31329 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31330 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31331 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31332
31333 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31334 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31335 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31336 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31337
31338 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31339
31340 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31341 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31342 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31343 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31344 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31345 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31346 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31347 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31348
31349 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31350
31351 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31352 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31353 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31354
31355 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31356
31357 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31358 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31359 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is
31360 non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31361 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are
31362 defined for moving around in the buffer.
31363 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31364 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31365
31366 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31367
31368 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31369 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31370 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31371
31372 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31373
31374 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31375 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31376 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
31377 turn it off.
31378
31379 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
31380 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
31381 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
31382 read-only.
31383 \\<view-mode-map>
31384 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
31385 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
31386 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
31387 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
31388 commands default to a repeat count of one.
31389
31390 H, h, ? This message.
31391 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31392 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31393 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31394 > move to the end of buffer.
31395 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31396 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31397 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31398 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31399 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31400 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31401 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31402 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31403 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31404 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31405 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31406 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31407 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31408 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31409 Use this to view a changing file.
31410 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31411 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31412 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31413 . set the mark.
31414 x exchanges point and mark.
31415 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31416 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31417 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31418 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31419 ' go to position saved in character register.
31420 s do forward incremental search.
31421 r do reverse incremental search.
31422 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31423 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31424 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31425 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31426 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31427 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31428 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31429 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31430 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31431 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31432 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31433 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31434 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31435 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31436 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31437 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31438 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31439
31440 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31441 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31442 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31443 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31444 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31445 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31446 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31447 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31448 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31449
31450 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31451
31452 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31453
31454 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31455 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31456 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31457 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31458 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a decsription of items
31459 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31460 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31461 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31462 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31463
31464 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31465
31466 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31467 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31468 RETURN-TO non-nil means add RETURN-TO as an element to the buffer
31469 local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer
31470 local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a
31471 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31472 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31473
31474 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view
31475 mode, or must have the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
31476 WINDOW is the window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the
31477 window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do
31478 with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
31479 1) nil Do nothing.
31480 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window and
31481 `view-remove-frame-by-deleting' is non-nil, its
31482 frame.
31483 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
31484 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
31485 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
31486 5) keep-frame Like case 2) but do not delete the frame.
31487
31488 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31489
31490 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31491
31492 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31493
31494 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31495 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31496
31497 \(fn)" t nil)
31498
31499 ;;;***
31500 \f
31501 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (19609
31502 ;;;;;; 2196))
31503 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31504
31505 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31506 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31507
31508 \(fn)" nil nil)
31509
31510 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31511 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31512
31513 \(fn)" t nil)
31514
31515 ;;;***
31516 \f
31517 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31518 ;;;;;; (19580 19536))
31519 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31520
31521 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31522 Toggle Viper on/off.
31523 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31524
31525 \(fn)" t nil)
31526
31527 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31528 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31529
31530 \(fn)" t nil)
31531
31532 ;;;***
31533 \f
31534 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31535 ;;;;;; (19607 38013))
31536 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31537
31538 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31539 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31540 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31541 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31542 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31543 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31544 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31545 the beginning of the warning.")
31546
31547 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31548 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31549 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31550 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31551 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31552 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31553 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31554 also call that function before the next warning.")
31555
31556 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31557 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31558
31559 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31560 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31561 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31562 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31563
31564 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31565 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31566 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31567 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31568 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31569 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31570
31571 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31572 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31573 Default is :warning.
31574
31575 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31576 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31577 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31578 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31579 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31580 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31581
31582 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31583 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31584 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31585
31586 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31587
31588 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31589 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31590
31591 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31592
31593 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31594 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31595 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31596 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31597
31598 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31599 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31600 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31601 can be whatever you like.)
31602
31603 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31604 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31605
31606 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31607 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31608 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31609 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31610 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31611
31612 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31613
31614 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31615 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31616 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31617 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31618 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31619
31620 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31621
31622 ;;;***
31623 \f
31624 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31625 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
31626 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31627
31628 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31629 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
31630 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31631 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
31632 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
31633 in disk.
31634
31635 See `wdired-mode'.
31636
31637 \(fn)" t nil)
31638
31639 ;;;***
31640 \f
31641 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (19277 34921))
31642 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31643
31644 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31645 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31646
31647 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31648 hotlist.
31649
31650 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31651 <nwv@acm.org>.
31652
31653 \(fn)" t nil)
31654
31655 ;;;***
31656 \f
31657 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31658 ;;;;;; (19552 37739))
31659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31660 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31661 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31662
31663 (defalias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode)
31664
31665 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31666 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31667 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31668 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31669 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31670 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31671
31672 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31673
31674 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31675 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
31676 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
31677 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
31678
31679 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
31680 and off otherwise.
31681
31682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31683
31684 ;;;***
31685 \f
31686 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31687 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31688 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31689 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (19580 19536))
31690 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31691
31692 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31693 Toggle whitespace minor mode visualization (\"ws\" on modeline).
31694
31695 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31696 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31697 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31698
31699 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31700 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31701
31702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31703
31704 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31705 Toggle NEWLINE minor mode visualization (\"nl\" on modeline).
31706
31707 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31708 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31709 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31710
31711 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31712 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31713 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31714 use `whitespace-mode'.
31715
31716 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31717
31718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31719
31720 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31721 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31722 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31723 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31724 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31725 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31726
31727 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31728
31729 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31730 Toggle whitespace global minor mode visualization (\"WS\" on modeline).
31731
31732 If ARG is null, toggle whitespace visualization.
31733 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31734 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31735
31736 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31737 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31738
31739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31740
31741 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31742 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31743 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31745 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31746 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31747
31748 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31749
31750 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31751 Toggle NEWLINE global minor mode visualization (\"NL\" on modeline).
31752
31753 If ARG is null, toggle NEWLINE visualization.
31754 If ARG is a number greater than zero, turn on visualization;
31755 otherwise, turn off visualization.
31756
31757 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31758 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31759 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31760 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31761
31762 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31763
31764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31765
31766 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31767 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31768
31769 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31770 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31771
31772 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31773 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31774
31775 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31776
31777 CHAR MEANING
31778 (VIA FACES)
31779 f toggle face visualization
31780 t toggle TAB visualization
31781 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31782 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31783 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31784 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31785 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31786 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31787 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31788 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31789 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31790 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31791 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31792 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31793 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31794 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31795 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31796
31797 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31798 T toggle TAB visualization
31799 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31800 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31801
31802 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31803 ? display brief help
31804
31805 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31806 The valid symbols are:
31807
31808 face toggle face visualization
31809 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31810 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31811 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31812 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31813 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31814 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31815 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31816 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31817 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31818 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31819 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31820 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31821 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31822 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31823 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31824 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31825
31826 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31827 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31828 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31829
31830 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31831
31832 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31833
31834 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31835
31836 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31837 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31838
31839 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31840 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31841
31842 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31843 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31844
31845 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31846
31847 CHAR MEANING
31848 (VIA FACES)
31849 f toggle face visualization
31850 t toggle TAB visualization
31851 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31852 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31853 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31854 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31855 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31856 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31857 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31858 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31859 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31860 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31861 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31862 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31863 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31864 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31865 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31866
31867 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31868 T toggle TAB visualization
31869 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31870 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31871
31872 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31873 ? display brief help
31874
31875 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31876 The valid symbols are:
31877
31878 face toggle face visualization
31879 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31880 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31881 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31882 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31883 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31884 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31885 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31886 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31887 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31888 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31889 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31890 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31891 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31892 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31893 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31894 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31895
31896 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31897 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31898 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31899
31900 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31901
31902 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31903
31904 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31905
31906 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31907 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31908
31909 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31910 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31911 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31912 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31913 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31914
31915 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31916
31917 The problems cleaned up are:
31918
31919 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31920 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31921 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31922 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31923
31924 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31925 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31926 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31927 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31928 SPACEs.
31929 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31930 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31931 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31932 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31933
31934 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31935 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31936 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31937 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31938 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31939 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31940 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31941 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31942
31943 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31944 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31945 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31946
31947 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31948 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31949 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31950 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31951 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31952 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31954 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31955
31956 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31957 documentation.
31958
31959 \(fn)" t nil)
31960
31961 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31962 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31963
31964 The problems cleaned up are:
31965
31966 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31967 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31968 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31969 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31970 SPACEs.
31971 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31972 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31973 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31974 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31975
31976 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31977 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31978 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31979 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31980 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31981 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31982 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31983 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31984
31985 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31986 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31987 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31988
31989 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31990 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31991 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31992 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31993 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31994 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31995 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31996 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31997
31998 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31999 documentation.
32000
32001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32002
32003 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32004 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32005
32006 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32007 non-nil.
32008
32009 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32010 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32011 `whitespace-style' to have:
32012
32013 empty
32014 trailing
32015 indentation
32016 space-before-tab
32017 space-after-tab
32018
32019 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32020 whitespace problems in buffer.
32021
32022 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32023
32024 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32025 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32026 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32027 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32028 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32029 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32030 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32031
32032 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32033 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32034 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32035 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32036 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32037 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32038 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32039
32040 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32041 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32042 cleaning up these problems.
32043
32044 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32045
32046 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32047 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32048
32049 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32050 non-nil.
32051
32052 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32053 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32054 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32055
32056 empty
32057 indentation
32058 space-before-tab
32059 trailing
32060 space-after-tab
32061
32062 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32063 whitespace problems in buffer.
32064
32065 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32066
32067 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32068 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32069 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32070 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32071 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32072 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32073 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32074
32075 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32076 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32077 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32078 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32079 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32080 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32081 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32082
32083 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32084 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32085 cleaning up these problems.
32086
32087 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32088
32089 ;;;***
32090 \f
32091 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32092 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (19580 19536))
32093 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32094
32095 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32096 Browse the widget under point.
32097
32098 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32099
32100 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32101 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32102
32103 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32104
32105 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32106 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32107
32108 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32109
32110 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32111 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
32112 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32113
32114 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32115
32116 ;;;***
32117 \f
32118 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32119 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (19687
32120 ;;;;;; 6902))
32121 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32122
32123 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32124 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32125
32126 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32127
32128 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32129 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32130 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32131
32132 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32133
32134 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32135 Create widget of TYPE.
32136 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32137
32138 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32139
32140 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32141 Delete WIDGET.
32142
32143 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32144
32145 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32146 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32147
32148 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32149
32150 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32151 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32152 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32153 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32154
32155 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32156 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32157
32158 \(fn)" nil nil)
32159
32160 ;;;***
32161 \f
32162 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32163 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (19277
32164 ;;;;;; 34917))
32165 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32166
32167 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32168 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32169 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32170 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32171 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32172 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32173 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32174
32175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32176
32177 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32178 Select the window above the current one.
32179 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32180 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32181 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32182 negative ARG) of the current window.
32183 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32184
32185 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32186
32187 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32188 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32189 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32190 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32191 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32192 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32193 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32194
32195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32196
32197 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32198 Select the window below the current one.
32199 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32200 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32201 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32202 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32203 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32204
32205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32206
32207 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32208 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32209 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32210 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
32211
32212 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32213
32214 ;;;***
32215 \f
32216 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
32217 ;;;;;; (19277 34917))
32218 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32219
32220 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32221 Toggle Winner mode.
32222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32223 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
32224
32225 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32226
32227 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32228 Toggle Winner mode.
32229 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
32230
32231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32232
32233 ;;;***
32234 \f
32235 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
32236 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (19668 18093))
32237 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32238
32239 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32240 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32241 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32242 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32243 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32244
32245 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32246
32247 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32248 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32249 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32250 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32251 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32252 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32253 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32254 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32255
32256 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32257 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32258
32259 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32260
32261 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32262 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32263
32264 \(fn)" t nil)
32265
32266 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32267 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32268 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32269 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32270 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32271 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32272 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32273 `woman' command for further details.
32274
32275 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32276
32277 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32278 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32279
32280 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32281
32282 ;;;***
32283 \f
32284 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
32285 ;;;;;; (19634 23255))
32286 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
32287
32288 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
32289 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
32290
32291 BUGS:
32292 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
32293 are not implemented
32294 - Options for search and replace
32295 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
32296 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
32297
32298 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
32299 Emacs-like.
32300
32301 The key bindings are:
32302
32303 C-a backward-word
32304 C-b fill-paragraph
32305 C-c scroll-up-line
32306 C-d forward-char
32307 C-e previous-line
32308 C-f forward-word
32309 C-g delete-char
32310 C-h backward-char
32311 C-i indent-for-tab-command
32312 C-j help-for-help
32313 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
32314 C-l ws-repeat-search
32315 C-n open-line
32316 C-p quoted-insert
32317 C-r scroll-down-line
32318 C-s backward-char
32319 C-t kill-word
32320 C-u keyboard-quit
32321 C-v overwrite-mode
32322 C-w scroll-down
32323 C-x next-line
32324 C-y kill-complete-line
32325 C-z scroll-up
32326
32327 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
32328 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
32329 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
32330 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
32331 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
32332 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
32333 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
32334 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
32335 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
32336 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
32337 C-k b ws-begin-block
32338 C-k c ws-copy-block
32339 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
32340 C-k f find-file
32341 C-k h ws-show-markers
32342 C-k i ws-indent-block
32343 C-k k ws-end-block
32344 C-k p ws-print-block
32345 C-k q kill-emacs
32346 C-k r insert-file
32347 C-k s save-some-buffers
32348 C-k t ws-mark-word
32349 C-k u ws-exdent-block
32350 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
32351 C-k v ws-move-block
32352 C-k w ws-write-block
32353 C-k x kill-emacs
32354 C-k y ws-delete-block
32355
32356 C-o c wordstar-center-line
32357 C-o b switch-to-buffer
32358 C-o j justify-current-line
32359 C-o k kill-buffer
32360 C-o l list-buffers
32361 C-o m auto-fill-mode
32362 C-o r set-fill-column
32363 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
32364 C-o wd delete-other-windows
32365 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
32366 C-o wo other-window
32367 C-o wv split-window-vertically
32368
32369 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
32370 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
32371 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
32372 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
32373 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
32374 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
32375 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
32376 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
32377 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
32378 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
32379 C-q a ws-query-replace
32380 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
32381 C-q c end-of-buffer
32382 C-q d end-of-line
32383 C-q f ws-search
32384 C-q k ws-to-block-end
32385 C-q l ws-undo
32386 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
32387 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
32388 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
32389 C-q w ws-last-error
32390 C-q y ws-kill-eol
32391 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
32392
32393 \(fn)" t nil)
32394
32395 ;;;***
32396 \f
32397 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (19360 14173))
32398 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
32399
32400 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
32401 Perform an interactive search.
32402 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
32403 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
32404 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
32405 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
32406
32407 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
32408 Example:
32409
32410 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32411
32412 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32413
32414 ;;;***
32415 \f
32416 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32417 ;;;;;; (19515 27412))
32418 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32419
32420 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32421 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32422 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
32423 Returns the top node with all its children.
32424 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32425 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32426
32427 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32428
32429 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32430 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32431 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32432 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
32433 is not well-formed XML.
32434 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
32435 and returned as the first element of the list.
32436 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
32437
32438 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32439
32440 ;;;***
32441 \f
32442 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32443 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (19277 34921))
32444 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32445
32446 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32447 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32448 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32449 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32450 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32451 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32452 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32453 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32454 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32455 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32456
32457 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32458
32459 ;;;***
32460 \f
32461 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (19524
32462 ;;;;;; 29717))
32463 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32464
32465 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32466 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32467 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32468 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32469 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32470 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32471
32472 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32473
32474 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32475 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32476 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
32477 it off.
32478
32479 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32480 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32481 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32482 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32483 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32484 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32485
32486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32487
32488 ;;;***
32489 \f
32490 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32491 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (19582 65302))
32492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32493
32494 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32495 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32496
32497 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32498
32499 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32500 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32501
32502 \(fn)" nil nil)
32503
32504 ;;;***
32505 \f
32506 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32507 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (19277 34922))
32508 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32509
32510 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32511 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32512
32513 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32514
32515 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32516 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32517
32518 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32519
32520 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32521 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32522 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32523
32524 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32525
32526 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32527 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32528
32529 \(fn)" t nil)
32530
32531 ;;;***
32532 \f
32533 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (19515 27412))
32534 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32535
32536 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32537 Zone out, completely.
32538
32539 \(fn)" t nil)
32540
32541 ;;;***
32542 \f
32543 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/mode-local.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-comp.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "forms-d2.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/auth-source.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "gnus/color.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/shr-color.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el" "international/cp51932.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "net/gnutls.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap-hash.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "net/sasl.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-imap.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32704 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-css.el"
32705 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32706 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32707 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lisp.el"
32708 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32709 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32710 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
32711 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el"
32712 ;;;;;; "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32713 ;;;;;; "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32714 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32715 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el"
32716 ;;;;;; "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32717 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el" "org/org-list.el"
32718 ;;;;;; "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el" "org/org-mew.el"
32719 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32720 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32721 ;;;;;; "org/org-wl.el" "patcomp.el" "pgg-def.el" "pgg-parse.el"
32722 ;;;;;; "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
32723 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32724 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32725 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32726 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32727 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32728 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32729 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32730 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32731 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32732 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32733 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32734 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32735 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32736 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32737 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32738 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
32739 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32740 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32741 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32742 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32743 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
32744 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (19696 28874 906463))
32745
32746 ;;;***
32747 \f
32748 ;; Local Variables:
32749 ;; version-control: never
32750 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32751 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32752 ;; coding: utf-8
32753 ;; End:
32754 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here